CN104349726B - Tissue thickness compensator and manufacturing method thereof - Google Patents

Tissue thickness compensator and manufacturing method thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN104349726B
CN104349726B CN201380027502.7A CN201380027502A CN104349726B CN 104349726 B CN104349726 B CN 104349726B CN 201380027502 A CN201380027502 A CN 201380027502A CN 104349726 B CN104349726 B CN 104349726B
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
staple
thickness compensator
tissue thickness
anvil
staples
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Expired - Fee Related
Application number
CN201380027502.7A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
CN104349726A (en
Inventor
R·W·蒂姆
M·D·蒂默
T·威登豪斯
M·M·朗
J·L·斯塔门
G·W·奈特
C·W·威登豪斯
W·B·威森伯格二世
S·A·马奇勒
M·H·兰西克
K·J·施米德
F·E·谢尔顿四世
C·O·巴克斯特三世
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Ethicon Endo Surgery Inc
Original Assignee
Ethicon Endo Surgery Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US13/433,140 external-priority patent/US9241714B2/en
Application filed by Ethicon Endo Surgery Inc filed Critical Ethicon Endo Surgery Inc
Publication of CN104349726A publication Critical patent/CN104349726A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of CN104349726B publication Critical patent/CN104349726B/en
Expired - Fee Related legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods
    • A61B17/068Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps
    • A61B17/072Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps for applying a row of staples in a single action, e.g. the staples being applied simultaneously
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods
    • A61B17/068Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps
    • A61B17/072Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps for applying a row of staples in a single action, e.g. the staples being applied simultaneously
    • A61B17/07207Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps for applying a row of staples in a single action, e.g. the staples being applied simultaneously the staples being applied sequentially
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods
    • A61B17/068Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps
    • A61B17/072Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps for applying a row of staples in a single action, e.g. the staples being applied simultaneously
    • A61B17/07292Reinforcements for staple line, e.g. pledgets
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods
    • A61B17/11Surgical instruments, devices or methods for performing anastomosis; Buttons for anastomosis
    • A61B17/115Staplers for performing anastomosis, e.g. in a single operation
    • A61B17/1155Circular staplers comprising a plurality of staples
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61LMETHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
    • A61L17/00Materials for surgical sutures or for ligaturing blood vessels ; Materials for prostheses or catheters
    • A61L17/005Materials for surgical sutures or for ligaturing blood vessels ; Materials for prostheses or catheters containing a biologically active substance, e.g. a medicament or a biocide
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods
    • A61B17/00491Surgical glue applicators
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods
    • A61B17/064Surgical staples, i.e. penetrating the tissue
    • A61B17/0643Surgical staples, i.e. penetrating the tissue with separate closing member, e.g. for interlocking with staple
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods
    • A61B17/064Surgical staples, i.e. penetrating the tissue
    • A61B17/0644Surgical staples, i.e. penetrating the tissue penetrating the tissue, deformable to closed position
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods
    • A61B17/28Surgical forceps
    • A61B17/29Forceps for use in minimally invasive surgery
    • A61B17/2909Handles
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods
    • A61B2017/00004(bio)absorbable, (bio)resorbable or resorptive
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods
    • A61B2017/00477Coupling
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods
    • A61B2017/00526Methods of manufacturing
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods
    • A61B2017/00526Methods of manufacturing
    • A61B2017/0053Loading magazines or sutures into applying tools
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods
    • A61B2017/00535Surgical instruments, devices or methods pneumatically or hydraulically operated
    • A61B2017/00561Surgical instruments, devices or methods pneumatically or hydraulically operated creating a vacuum
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods
    • A61B2017/00743Type of operation; Specification of treatment sites
    • A61B2017/00818Treatment of the gastro-intestinal system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods
    • A61B2017/00831Material properties
    • A61B2017/00862Material properties elastic or resilient
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods
    • A61B2017/00831Material properties
    • A61B2017/00884Material properties enhancing wound closure
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods
    • A61B2017/00831Material properties
    • A61B2017/00889Material properties antimicrobial, disinfectant
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods
    • A61B2017/00831Material properties
    • A61B2017/00893Material properties pharmaceutically effective
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods
    • A61B2017/00831Material properties
    • A61B2017/00898Material properties expandable upon contact with fluid
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods
    • A61B2017/00831Material properties
    • A61B2017/00942Material properties hydrophilic
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods
    • A61B2017/00831Material properties
    • A61B2017/00951Material properties adhesive
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods
    • A61B17/068Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps
    • A61B17/072Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps for applying a row of staples in a single action, e.g. the staples being applied simultaneously
    • A61B2017/07214Stapler heads
    • A61B2017/07228Arrangement of the staples
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods
    • A61B17/068Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps
    • A61B17/072Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps for applying a row of staples in a single action, e.g. the staples being applied simultaneously
    • A61B2017/07214Stapler heads
    • A61B2017/07235Stapler heads containing different staples, e.g. staples of different shapes, sizes or materials
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods
    • A61B17/068Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps
    • A61B17/072Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps for applying a row of staples in a single action, e.g. the staples being applied simultaneously
    • A61B2017/07214Stapler heads
    • A61B2017/07242Stapler heads achieving different staple heights during the same shot, e.g. using an anvil anvil having different heights or staples of different sizes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods
    • A61B17/068Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps
    • A61B17/072Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps for applying a row of staples in a single action, e.g. the staples being applied simultaneously
    • A61B2017/07214Stapler heads
    • A61B2017/07257Stapler heads characterised by its anvil
    • A61B2017/07264Stapler heads characterised by its anvil characterised by its staple forming cavities, e.g. geometry or material
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods
    • A61B17/068Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps
    • A61B17/072Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps for applying a row of staples in a single action, e.g. the staples being applied simultaneously
    • A61B2017/07214Stapler heads
    • A61B2017/07271Stapler heads characterised by its cartridge
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods
    • A61B17/068Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps
    • A61B17/072Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps for applying a row of staples in a single action, e.g. the staples being applied simultaneously
    • A61B2017/07214Stapler heads
    • A61B2017/07278Stapler heads characterised by its sled or its staple holder
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods
    • A61B17/068Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps
    • A61B17/072Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps for applying a row of staples in a single action, e.g. the staples being applied simultaneously
    • A61B2017/07214Stapler heads
    • A61B2017/07285Stapler heads characterised by its cutter
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods
    • A61B17/28Surgical forceps
    • A61B17/29Forceps for use in minimally invasive surgery
    • A61B2017/2901Details of shaft
    • A61B2017/2908Multiple segments connected by articulations
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods
    • A61B17/28Surgical forceps
    • A61B17/29Forceps for use in minimally invasive surgery
    • A61B17/2909Handles
    • A61B2017/2912Handles transmission of forces to actuating rod or piston
    • A61B2017/2919Handles transmission of forces to actuating rod or piston details of linkages or pivot points
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods
    • A61B17/28Surgical forceps
    • A61B17/29Forceps for use in minimally invasive surgery
    • A61B17/2909Handles
    • A61B2017/2912Handles transmission of forces to actuating rod or piston
    • A61B2017/2923Toothed members, e.g. rack and pinion
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods
    • A61B17/28Surgical forceps
    • A61B17/29Forceps for use in minimally invasive surgery
    • A61B2017/2926Details of heads or jaws
    • A61B2017/2927Details of heads or jaws the angular position of the head being adjustable with respect to the shaft
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods
    • A61B17/28Surgical forceps
    • A61B17/29Forceps for use in minimally invasive surgery
    • A61B2017/2926Details of heads or jaws
    • A61B2017/2932Transmission of forces to jaw members
    • A61B2017/2933Transmission of forces to jaw members camming or guiding means
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods
    • A61B17/28Surgical forceps
    • A61B17/29Forceps for use in minimally invasive surgery
    • A61B2017/2926Details of heads or jaws
    • A61B2017/2932Transmission of forces to jaw members
    • A61B2017/2933Transmission of forces to jaw members camming or guiding means
    • A61B2017/2936Pins in guiding slots
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods
    • A61B17/28Surgical forceps
    • A61B17/29Forceps for use in minimally invasive surgery
    • A61B2017/2946Locking means
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods
    • A61B17/32Surgical cutting instruments
    • A61B2017/320052Guides for cutting instruments
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61LMETHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
    • A61L2300/00Biologically active materials used in bandages, wound dressings, absorbent pads or medical devices
    • A61L2300/10Biologically active materials used in bandages, wound dressings, absorbent pads or medical devices containing or releasing inorganic materials
    • A61L2300/102Metals or metal compounds, e.g. salts such as bicarbonates, carbonates, oxides, zeolites, silicates
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61LMETHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
    • A61L2300/00Biologically active materials used in bandages, wound dressings, absorbent pads or medical devices
    • A61L2300/20Biologically active materials used in bandages, wound dressings, absorbent pads or medical devices containing or releasing organic materials
    • A61L2300/23Carbohydrates
    • A61L2300/232Monosaccharides, disaccharides, polysaccharides, lipopolysaccharides
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61LMETHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
    • A61L2300/00Biologically active materials used in bandages, wound dressings, absorbent pads or medical devices
    • A61L2300/40Biologically active materials used in bandages, wound dressings, absorbent pads or medical devices characterised by a specific therapeutic activity or mode of action
    • A61L2300/45Mixtures of two or more drugs, e.g. synergistic mixtures

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Surgery (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Medical Informatics (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Surgical Instruments (AREA)
  • Materials For Medical Uses (AREA)
  • Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
  • Optical Fibers, Optical Fiber Cores, And Optical Fiber Bundles (AREA)

Abstract

A tissue thickness compensator (33420) includes a membrane body (33426) formed from a continuously extruded shape and a fibrous drug core (33425).

Description

组织厚度补偿件及其制造方法Tissue thickness compensator and manufacturing method thereof

背景技术Background technique

本发明涉及一种外科器械,并且在各种实施例中,本发明涉及被设计成用于切割和缝合组织的外科切割和缝合器械及其钉仓。The present invention relates to a surgical instrument, and in various embodiments, the present invention relates to a surgical cutting and stapling instrument and a staple cartridge thereof designed for cutting and stapling tissue.

发明内容Contents of the invention

以下为受权利要求书保护或可受权利要求书保护的本发明的实施例的不完全列表。The following is a non-exhaustive list of embodiments of the invention that are claimed or may be claimable.

1.一种制造组织厚度补偿件的方法,所述方法包括:1. A method of manufacturing a tissue thickness compensator, the method comprising:

挤出包括孔的管,所述孔包括第一开口端和第二开口端;extruding a tube comprising a bore comprising a first open end and a second open end;

制备纤维材料的股线,所述纤维材料包含药物特性;preparing strands of fibrous material comprising pharmaceutical properties;

相对于所述孔的所述第一开口端来定位所述股线;positioning the strand relative to the first open end of the aperture;

通过所述第二开口端将抓紧器插入所述孔内;inserting a grasper into the hole through the second open end;

利用所述抓紧器抓紧所述股线;grasping the strand with the grasper;

将所述股线牵拉穿过所述孔;pulling the strand through the hole;

释放所述股线;以及releasing said strand; and

通过所述第二开口端从所述孔移除所述抓紧器。The grasper is removed from the aperture through the second open end.

2.根据实施例1所述的方法,还包括压平所述管。2. The method of embodiment 1, further comprising flattening the tube.

3.根据实施例2所述的方法,包括在所述股线被牵拉穿过所述孔之后压平所述管。3. The method of example 2, comprising flattening the tube after the strand is drawn through the hole.

4.根据前述实施例中任一项所述的方法,还包括在所述股线被牵拉穿过所述孔之后分割所述管和所述股线。4. The method of any one of the preceding embodiments, further comprising splitting the tube and the strand after the strand is drawn through the aperture.

5.根据前述实施例中任一项所述的方法,还包括抖松所述股线。5. The method of any one of the preceding embodiments, further comprising fluffing the strands.

6.根据实施例5所述的方法,包括在牵拉所述股线穿过所述孔期间抖松所述股线。6. The method of example 5, comprising fluffing the strand during pulling the strand through the hole.

7.根据前述实施例中任一项所述的方法,还包括在所述股线中制作切口。7. The method of any one of the preceding embodiments, further comprising making an incision in the strand.

8.根据前述实施例中任一项所述的方法,还包括闭合所述第一开口端以及闭合所述第二开口端。8. The method of any one of the preceding embodiments, further comprising closing the first open end and closing the second open end.

9.一种通过前述实施例中任一项所述的方法制造的组织厚度补偿件。9. A tissue thickness compensator manufactured by the method of any preceding embodiment.

10.一种补偿件,其能够附接到紧固器械的砧座,其中所述砧座包括成形表面,并且其中所述补偿件包括:10. A compensator attachable to an anvil of a fastening instrument, wherein the anvil comprises a forming surface, and wherein the compensator comprises:

管,所述管包括孔、第一末端和第二末端;a tube comprising a bore, a first end and a second end;

纱股线,所述纱股线定位在所述孔内;和yarn strands positioned within the holes; and

附接部分,所述附接部分能够附接到所述砧座。An attachment portion is attachable to the anvil.

11.根据实施例10所述的补偿件,其中所述纱股线由氧化再生纤维素构成。11. The compensator of embodiment 10, wherein the yarn strands are comprised of oxidized regenerated cellulose.

12.根据实施例10或实施例11所述的补偿件,其中所述管由聚合物材料构成。12. The compensator of embodiment 10 or embodiment 11, wherein the tube is constructed of a polymeric material.

13.根据实施例10-12中任一项所述的补偿件,其中所述第一末端和所述第二末端已被密封闭合。13. The compensator according to any one of embodiments 10-12, wherein the first end and the second end have been sealed closed.

14.根据实施例10-13中任一项所述的补偿件,其中所述附接部分包括能够接合所述砧座的第一侧的第一侧翼和能够接合所述砧座的第二侧的第二侧翼。14. The compensator according to any one of embodiments 10-13, wherein the attachment portion comprises a first side wing configured to engage a first side of the anvil and a second side configured to engage the anvil the second flank.

15.根据实施例10-14中任一项所述的补偿件,其中所述管包括挠曲接合部。15. The compensator according to any one of embodiments 10-14, wherein the tube comprises a flex joint.

16.一种制造组织厚度补偿件的方法,所述方法包括:16. A method of manufacturing a tissue thickness compensator, the method comprising:

提供材料层;Provide material layers;

将纤维止血剂材料定位在所述材料层上;以及positioning a fibrous hemostat material on the layer of material; and

围绕所述纤维止血剂材料来折叠所述材料层。The layer of material is folded around the fibrous hemostatic material.

17.根据实施例16所述的方法,还包括在围绕所述纤维止血剂材料折叠所述层之后压平所述材料层和所述纤维止血剂材料。17. The method of embodiment 16, further comprising flattening the layer of material and the fibrous hemostat material after folding the layer around the fibrous hemostat material.

18.根据实施例16或实施例17所述的方法,还包括围绕所述纤维止血剂材料密封所述材料层。18. The method of embodiment 16 or embodiment 17, further comprising sealing the layer of material around the fibrous hemostatic material.

19.根据实施例16-18中任一项所述的方法,还包括在围绕所述纤维止血剂材料折叠层之后分割所述材料层和所述纤维止血剂材料。19. The method of any one of embodiments 16-18, further comprising dividing the layer of material and the fibrous hemostatic material after folding the layer around the fibrous hemostatic material.

20.一种通过实施例16-19中任一项所述的方法制造的组织厚度补偿件。20. A tissue thickness compensator manufactured by the method of any one of embodiments 16-19.

21.一种组织厚度补偿件,包括:21. A tissue thickness compensator comprising:

由连续挤出形状形成的膜主体;和a film body formed from a continuous extruded shape; and

纤维药物芯。Fiber drug core.

附图说明Description of drawings

通过结合附图来参考本发明实施例的以下说明,本发明的特征及优点及其获取方法将会变得更加明显,并可更好地理解发明本身,其中:By referring to the following description of the embodiments of the present invention in conjunction with the accompanying drawings, the features and advantages of the present invention and methods of obtaining them will become more apparent, and the invention itself can be better understood, wherein:

图1是外科器械实施例的剖视图;Figure 1 is a cross-sectional view of a surgical instrument embodiment;

图1A是植入式钉仓的一个实施例的透视图;Figure 1A is a perspective view of one embodiment of an implantable staple cartridge;

图1B-图1E示出了用植入式钉仓夹持和缝合组织的端部执行器的部分;1B-1E illustrate portions of an end effector for clamping and stapling tissue with an implantable staple cartridge;

图2是联接到外科器械的一部分的另一个端部执行器的局部横截面侧视图,其中端部执行器支撑外科钉仓并且其砧座处于打开位置;2 is a partial cross-sectional side view of another end effector coupled to a portion of a surgical instrument, wherein the end effector supports a surgical staple cartridge and its anvil is in an open position;

图3是处于闭合位置的图2的端部执行器的另一个局部横截面侧视图;3 is another partial cross-sectional side view of the end effector of FIG. 2 in a closed position;

图4是图2和图3的端部执行器在刀杆开始穿过端部执行器推进时的另一个局部横截面侧视图;4 is another partial cross-sectional side view of the end effector of FIGS. 2 and 3 as the knife bar begins to advance through the end effector;

图5是图2-图4的端部执行器在刀杆被部分地推进穿过其中时的另一个局部横截面侧视图;5 is another partial cross-sectional side view of the end effector of FIGS. 2-4 with the knife bar partially advanced therethrough;

图6A-图6D根据至少一个实施例描绘定位在可塌缩钉仓体内的外科钉的变形;6A-6D depict deformation of surgical staples positioned within a collapsible staple cartridge body, according to at least one embodiment;

图7A是示出定位在可压溃钉仓体中的钉的示意图;Figure 7A is a schematic diagram showing a staple positioned in a crushable staple cartridge body;

图7B是示出图7A的可压溃钉仓体被砧座压溃的示意图;7B is a schematic diagram showing the crushable staple cartridge body of FIG. 7A being crushed by an anvil;

图7C是示出图7A的可压溃钉仓体被砧座进一步压溃的示意图;7C is a schematic diagram showing the crushable staple cartridge body of FIG. 7A being further crushed by the anvil;

图7D是示出图7A的钉处于完全成形构型并且图7A的可压溃钉仓处于完全压溃条件的示意图;7D is a schematic diagram showing the staple of FIG. 7A in a fully formed configuration and the crushable staple cartridge of FIG. 7A in a fully crushed condition;

图8是根据至少一个实施例的钉仓的顶视图,该钉仓包括嵌入可塌缩钉仓体中的钉;8 is a top view of a staple cartridge including staples embedded in a collapsible staple cartridge body in accordance with at least one embodiment;

图9是图8的钉仓的正视图;Figure 9 is a front view of the staple cartridge of Figure 8;

图10是可压缩钉仓的另选的实施例的分解透视图,该可压缩钉仓中包括钉和用于抵靠砧座而驱动钉的系统;10 is an exploded perspective view of an alternative embodiment of a compressible staple cartridge including staples and a system for driving the staples against an anvil;

图10A是图10的钉仓的另选的实施例的局部剖视图;10A is a partial cross-sectional view of an alternative embodiment of the staple cartridge of FIG. 10;

图11为图10的钉仓的剖视图;Fig. 11 is a cross-sectional view of the staple cartridge of Fig. 10;

图12是能够横贯图10的钉仓并使钉朝砧座运动的滑动件的正视图;Figure 12 is a front view of a slide capable of traversing the staple cartridge of Figure 10 and moving the staples toward the anvil;

图13是钉驱动器的示意图,该钉驱动器可由图12的滑动件朝砧座提升;Figure 13 is a schematic illustration of a staple driver liftable toward the anvil by the slide of Figure 12;

图14是根据本发明的至少一个实施例的钉仓的透视图,该钉仓包括与外科缝合器械一起使用的刚性支撑部分和可压缩组织厚度补偿件;14 is a perspective view of a staple cartridge including a rigid support portion and a compressible tissue thickness compensator for use with a surgical stapling instrument in accordance with at least one embodiment of the present invention;

图15是图14的钉仓的局部分解图;Figure 15 is a partial exploded view of the staple cartridge of Figure 14;

图16是图14的钉仓的完全分解图;Figure 16 is a fully exploded view of the staple cartridge of Figure 14;

图17是图14的钉仓的另一个分解图,该钉仓没有覆盖组织厚度补偿件的包裹物;17 is another exploded view of the staple cartridge of FIG. 14 without the wrap covering the tissue thickness compensator;

图18是图14的钉仓的仓体或支撑部分的透视图;18 is a perspective view of the cartridge body or support portion of the staple cartridge of FIG. 14;

图19是滑动件的顶部透视图,该滑动件可在图14的钉仓内运动以从钉仓部署钉;19 is a top perspective view of a sled movable within the staple cartridge of FIG. 14 to deploy staples from the staple cartridge;

图20是图19的滑动件的底部透视图;Figure 20 is a bottom perspective view of the slider of Figure 19;

图21是图19的滑动件的正视图;Figure 21 is a front view of the slider of Figure 19;

图22是驱动器的顶部透视图,该驱动器能够支撑一个或多个钉并被图19的滑动件向上提升以将钉从钉仓射出;Figure 22 is a top perspective view of a driver capable of supporting one or more staples and being lifted upwardly by the slide of Figure 19 to eject the staples from the staple cartridge;

图23是图22的驱动器的底部透视图;Figure 23 is a bottom perspective view of the driver of Figure 22;

图24是能够至少部分地围绕钉仓的可压缩组织厚度补偿件的包裹物;24 is a wrap capable of at least partially surrounding a compressible tissue thickness compensator of a staple cartridge;

图25是钉仓的局部剖视图,该钉仓包括刚性支撑部分和可压缩的组织厚度补偿件,示出了钉在第一序列期间从未击发位置运动到击发位置;25 is a partial cross-sectional view of a staple cartridge including a rigid support portion and a compressible tissue thickness compensator, showing movement of the staples from an unfired position to a fired position during a first sequence;

图26是图25的钉仓的正视图;Figure 26 is a front view of the staple cartridge of Figure 25;

图27是图25的钉仓的细部正视图;Figure 27 is a detailed front view of the staple cartridge of Figure 25;

图28是图25的钉仓的剖面端视图;Figure 28 is a cross-sectional end view of the staple cartridge of Figure 25;

图29是图25的钉仓的底视图;Figure 29 is a bottom view of the staple cartridge of Figure 25;

图30是图25的钉仓的细部底视图;Figure 30 is a detailed bottom view of the staple cartridge of Figure 25;

图31是钉仓和处于闭合位置的砧座的纵向剖视图,该钉仓包括刚性支撑部分和可压缩的组织厚度补偿件,示出了钉在第一序列期间从未击发位置运动到击发位置;31 is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of a staple cartridge including a rigid support portion and a compressible tissue thickness compensator, and an anvil in a closed position, showing movement of the staples from an unfired position to a fired position during a first sequence;

图32是图31的砧座和钉仓的另一个剖视图,其示出了击发序列完成之后处于打开位置的砧座;32 is another cross-sectional view of the anvil and staple cartridge of FIG. 31 showing the anvil in an open position after the firing sequence is complete;

图33是图31的钉仓的局部细部图,其示出了处于未击发位置的钉;33 is a partial detail view of the staple cartridge of FIG. 31 showing the staples in an unfired position;

图34是钉仓的剖面正视图,该钉仓包括刚性支撑部分和可压缩的组织厚度补偿件,示出了处于未击发位置的钉;34 is a cross-sectional front view of a staple cartridge including a rigid support portion and a compressible tissue thickness compensator, showing the staples in an unfired position;

图35为图34的钉仓的细部图;Figure 35 is a detailed view of the staple cartridge of Figure 34;

图36是钉仓和处于打开位置的砧座的正视图,该钉仓包括刚性支撑部分和可压缩的组织厚度补偿件,示出了处于未击发位置的钉;36 is a front view of a staple cartridge including a rigid support portion and a compressible tissue thickness compensator, showing the staples in an unfired position, and an anvil in an open position;

图37是钉仓和处于闭合位置的砧座的正视图,该钉仓包括刚性支撑部分和可压缩的组织厚度补偿件,示出了处于未击发位置的钉以及被捕获在砧座和组织厚度补偿件之间的组织;37 is a front view of a staple cartridge and anvil in a closed position, the staple cartridge including a rigid support portion and a compressible tissue thickness compensator, showing the staples in an unfired position and captured on the anvil and tissue thickness organization between compensation pieces;

图38是图37的砧座和钉仓的细部图;Figure 38 is a detailed view of the anvil and staple cartridge of Figure 37;

图39是钉仓和处于闭合位置的砧座的正视图,该钉仓包括刚性支撑部分和可压缩的组织厚度补偿件,示出了处于未击发位置的钉,示出了被定位在砧座和钉仓之间的较厚组织;39 is a front view of a staple cartridge and an anvil in a closed position, the staple cartridge including a rigid support portion and a compressible tissue thickness compensator, showing the staples in an unfired position, shown positioned on the anvil and the thicker tissue between the staple cartridge;

图40是图39的砧座和钉仓的细部图;Figure 40 is a detailed view of the anvil and staple cartridge of Figure 39;

图41是图39的砧座和钉仓的正视图,其示出了被定位在砧座和钉仓之间的具有不同厚度的组织;41 is a front view of the anvil and staple cartridge of FIG. 39 showing tissue of varying thickness positioned between the anvil and the staple cartridge;

图42是图39的砧座和钉仓的细部图,如图41所示;Figure 42 is a detailed view of the anvil block and the staple cartridge of Figure 39, as shown in Figure 41;

图43是示出了对被捕获在不同钉内的不同组织厚度进行补偿的组织厚度补偿件的示意图;43 is a schematic diagram illustrating a tissue thickness compensator compensating for different tissue thicknesses captured within different staples;

图44是示出了组织厚度补偿件向被钉线横切的一根或多根血管施加压缩压力的示意图;44 is a schematic diagram illustrating the application of compressive pressure by a tissue thickness compensator to one or more blood vessels transected by a staple wire;

图45是示出了其中一个或多个钉未恰当成形的情况的示意图;Figure 45 is a schematic diagram illustrating a situation where one or more staples are not properly formed;

图46是示出了可补偿未恰当成形钉的组织厚度补偿件的示意图;46 is a schematic diagram showing a tissue thickness compensator that can compensate for improperly formed staples;

图47是示出了被定位在其中多个钉线相交的组织区域中的组织厚度补偿件的示意图;47 is a schematic diagram illustrating a tissue thickness compensator positioned in a region of tissue where multiple staple lines intersect;

图48是示出了被捕获在钉内的组织的示意图;Figure 48 is a schematic diagram showing tissue captured within a staple;

图49是示出了被捕获在钉内的组织和组织厚度补偿件的示意图;49 is a schematic diagram showing tissue and tissue thickness compensator captured within a staple;

图50是示出了被捕获在钉内的组织的示意图;Figure 50 is a schematic diagram showing tissue captured within a staple;

图51是示出了被捕获在钉内的厚组织和组织厚度补偿件的示意图;Figure 51 is a schematic diagram showing thick tissue and tissue thickness compensator captured within a staple;

图52是示出了被捕获在钉内的薄组织和组织厚度补偿件的示意图;52 is a schematic diagram showing thin tissue and tissue thickness compensator captured within a staple;

图53是示出了被捕获在钉内的组织厚度补偿件以及具有中间厚度的组织的示意图;53 is a schematic diagram showing a tissue thickness compensator captured within a staple and tissue having an intermediate thickness;

图54是示出了被捕获在钉内的组织厚度补偿件以及具有另一中间厚度的组织的示意图;54 is a schematic diagram showing a tissue thickness compensator captured within a staple and tissue having another intermediate thickness;

图55是示出了被捕获在钉内的厚组织和组织厚度补偿件的示意图;55 is a schematic diagram showing thick tissue and tissue thickness compensator captured within a staple;

图56是外科缝合器械的端部执行器的局部剖视图,其示出了处于回缩、未击发位置的击发杆和钉击发滑动件;56 is a partial cross-sectional view of an end effector of a surgical stapling instrument showing the firing bar and staple firing sled in a retracted, unfired position;

图57是图56的端部执行器的另一个局部剖视图,其示出了处于部分推进位置的击发杆和钉击发滑动件;57 is another partial cross-sectional view of the end effector of FIG. 56 showing the firing rod and nail firing sled in a partially advanced position;

图58是图56的端部执行器的剖视图,其示出了处于完全推进或击发位置的击发杆;58 is a cross-sectional view of the end effector of FIG. 56 showing the firing rod in a fully advanced or fired position;

图59是图56的端部执行器的剖视图,其示出了在被击发后处于回缩位置的击发杆以及留在其完全击发位置的钉击发滑动件;59 is a cross-sectional view of the end effector of FIG. 56 showing the firing rod in the retracted position after being fired and the nail firing sled remaining in its fully fired position;

图60是图59的处于回缩位置的击发杆的细部图;Figure 60 is a detail view of the firing rod of Figure 59 in the retracted position;

图61是根据至少一个实施例的包括保持器和两个组织厚度补偿件的保持器组件的分解图;61 is an exploded view of a retainer assembly including a retainer and two tissue thickness compensators, according to at least one embodiment;

图62是图61所示的保持器组件的透视图;Figure 62 is a perspective view of the retainer assembly shown in Figure 61;

图63是可与图61的保持器组件一起使用的砧座的透视图;Figure 63 is a perspective view of an anvil usable with the retainer assembly of Figure 61;

图64是示出图61所示的保持器组件的图示,所述保持器组件被插入外科缝合器的端部执行器中,所述端部执行器包括砧座和钉仓;64 is a diagram showing the retainer assembly shown in FIG. 61 inserted into an end effector of a surgical stapler, the end effector comprising an anvil and a staple cartridge;

图65是与图64的钉仓接合的图61所示的保持器组件的侧视图;65 is a side view of the retainer assembly shown in FIG. 61 engaged with the staple cartridge of FIG. 64;

图66是与图64的钉仓和砧座接合的图61所示的保持器组件的侧视图,其示出了处于闭合位置的砧座;66 is a side view of the retainer assembly shown in FIG. 61 engaged with the staple cartridge and anvil of FIG. 64, showing the anvil in a closed position;

图67是从图64的端部执行器移出的图61的保持器组件的侧视图;67 is a side view of the retainer assembly of FIG. 61 removed from the end effector of FIG. 64;

图68是保持器的透视图;Figure 68 is a perspective view of a retainer;

图69是图68的保持器以及附接到其底部表面和顶部表面的组织厚度补偿件的侧视图,其示出了与包括砧座的外科缝合器中的钉仓接合的组织厚度补偿件中的一个;69 is a side view of the retainer of FIG. 68 and a tissue thickness compensator attached to its bottom and top surfaces, showing the tissue thickness compensator engaged with a staple cartridge in a surgical stapler including an anvil. one of;

图70是示出处于闭合位置的图69的砧座的侧视图;Figure 70 is a side view showing the anvil of Figure 69 in a closed position;

图71是根据至少一个实施例的保持器和组织厚度补偿件的分解透视图;Figure 71 is an exploded perspective view of a retainer and tissue thickness compensator in accordance with at least one embodiment;

图72是图71的组织厚度补偿件和外科缝合器的砧座的分解透视图;72 is an exploded perspective view of the tissue thickness compensator and anvil of the surgical stapler of FIG. 71;

图73是根据至少一个实施例的保持器和组织厚度补偿件的分解顶部透视图;Figure 73 is an exploded top perspective view of a retainer and tissue thickness compensator in accordance with at least one embodiment;

图74是图73的保持器和组织厚度补偿件的分解底部透视图;74 is an exploded bottom perspective view of the retainer and tissue thickness compensator of FIG. 73;

图75是与外科缝合器接合的图73的保持器和组织厚度补偿件的顶部透视图;75 is a top perspective view of the retainer and tissue thickness compensator of FIG. 73 engaged with a surgical stapler;

图76是与图75的外科缝合器接合的图73的保持器和组织厚度补偿件的底部透视图;76 is a bottom perspective view of the retainer and tissue thickness compensator of FIG. 73 engaged with the surgical stapler of FIG. 75;

图77是与图75的外科缝合器接合的图73的保持器和组织厚度补偿件的侧视图;77 is a side view of the retainer and tissue thickness compensator of FIG. 73 engaged with the surgical stapler of FIG. 75;

图78是图73的保持器和组织厚度补偿件的底部透视图,其示出了附接到图75的外科缝合器的组织厚度补偿件;78 is a bottom perspective view of the retainer and tissue thickness compensator of FIG. 73, showing the tissue thickness compensator attached to the surgical stapler of FIG. 75;

图79是图73的保持器和组织厚度补偿件的顶部透视图,其示出了附接到图78的砧座的组织厚度补偿件;79 is a top perspective view of the retainer and tissue thickness compensator of FIG. 73 showing the tissue thickness compensator attached to the anvil of FIG. 78;

图80是附接到图78的砧座的图73的组织厚度补偿件的侧视图;80 is a side view of the tissue thickness compensator of FIG. 73 attached to the anvil of FIG. 78;

图81是附接到外科缝合器的钉仓和通道的图73和图74的保持器和组织厚度补偿件的剖视图;81 is a cross-sectional view of the retainer and tissue thickness compensator of FIGS. 73 and 74 attached to a staple cartridge and channel of a surgical stapler;

图82是附接到图81的外科缝合器的钉仓和通道的图73和图74的保持器和组织厚度补偿件的剖视图,其示出了与组织厚度补偿件接合的外科缝合器的砧座;82 is a cross-sectional view of the retainer and tissue thickness compensator of FIGS. 73 and 74 attached to the staple cartridge and channel of the surgical stapler of FIG. 81 showing the anvil of the surgical stapler engaged with the tissue thickness compensator seat;

图83是附接到外科缝合器的砧座并且正移动远离保持器的图73的组织厚度补偿件的剖视图;83 is a cross-sectional view of the tissue thickness compensator of FIG. 73 attached to an anvil of a surgical stapler and being moved away from a retainer;

图84是根据至少一个实施例的保持器组件的剖视图,所述保持器组件包括保持器、安装在保持器的第一表面和第二表面上的组织厚度补偿件、和穿过保持器中的孔的连接器;84 is a cross-sectional view of a retainer assembly including a retainer, a tissue thickness compensator mounted on a first surface and a second surface of the retainer, and a hole connector;

图85是图84的保持器组件的透视图,其中示出组织厚度补偿件的一部分因图示目的而被移除;85 is a perspective view of the retainer assembly of FIG. 84, showing a portion of the tissue thickness compensator removed for illustration purposes;

图86是与外科缝合器接合的图84的保持器组件的侧视图,所述外科缝合器包括被示为处于打开位置的砧座;86 is a side view of the retainer assembly of FIG. 84 engaged with a surgical stapler including an anvil shown in an open position;

图87是图84的保持器组件和被示为处于闭合位置的图86的砧座的侧视图;Figure 87 is a side view of the retainer assembly of Figure 84 and the anvil of Figure 86 shown in a closed position;

图88是图84的保持器组件的侧视图,其示出了正从保持器组件的组织厚度补偿件之间移出的保持器;88 is a side view of the retainer assembly of FIG. 84, showing the retainer being removed from between the tissue thickness compensators of the retainer assembly;

图89是从图84的组织厚度补偿件移出的保持器的侧视图;89 is a side view of the retainer removed from the tissue thickness compensator of FIG. 84;

图90是根据至少一个实施例的能够接合外科缝合器的砧座的保持器的透视图;90 is a perspective view of a retainer configured to engage an anvil of a surgical stapler in accordance with at least one embodiment;

图91是图90的保持器的顶视图;Figure 91 is a top view of the holder of Figure 90;

图92是图90的保持器的侧视图;Figure 92 is a side view of the holder of Figure 90;

图93是图90的保持器的底视图;Figure 93 is a bottom view of the holder of Figure 90;

图94示出了保持器组件,所述保持器组件包括图90的保持器和附接到用于外科缝合器的钉仓的组织厚度补偿件;Figure 94 shows a retainer assembly comprising the retainer of Figure 90 and a tissue thickness compensator attached to a staple cartridge for a surgical stapler;

图95示出了接合外科缝合器的端部执行器的砧座的图94的保持器组件和钉仓;95 illustrates the retainer assembly and staple cartridge of FIG. 94 engaged with an anvil of an end effector of a surgical stapler;

图96示出了接合图95的外科缝合器的端部执行器的砧座的图94的保持器组件和钉仓;96 illustrates the retainer assembly and staple cartridge of FIG. 94 engaged with the anvil of the end effector of the surgical stapler of FIG. 95;

图97示出了接合在图95的外科缝合器的砧座上的图94的保持器组件和钉仓;Figure 97 shows the retainer assembly and staple cartridge of Figure 94 engaged on the anvil of the surgical stapler of Figure 95;

图98示出了接合在图95的外科缝合器的砧座上的图94的保持器组件和钉仓以及正移动到闭合位置的砧座;Figure 98 shows the retainer assembly and staple cartridge of Figure 94 engaged on the anvil of the surgical stapler of Figure 95 and the anvil being moved to a closed position;

图99示出了处于打开位置的图95的外科缝合器的砧座,所述砧座具有附接到其的组织厚度补偿件和与外科缝合器的钉仓通道接合的保持器;Figure 99 shows the anvil of the surgical stapler of Figure 95 in an open position, the anvil having a tissue thickness compensator attached thereto and a retainer engaged with a cartridge channel of the surgical stapler;

图100示出了与图95的外科缝合器的钉仓通道接合的图94的保持器和处于打开位置的砧座;Figure 100 shows the retainer of Figure 94 engaged with the staple cartridge channel of the surgical stapler of Figure 95 and the anvil in an open position;

图101是包括组织厚度补偿件的保持器的剖视图,所述组织厚度补偿件包括能够接合外科缝合器的砧座的突起或翼;101 is a cross-sectional view of a retainer including a tissue thickness compensator comprising protrusions or wings configured to engage an anvil of a surgical stapler;

图102是包括组织厚度补偿件的保持器的剖视图,所述组织厚度补偿件包括能够接合外科缝合器的砧座的承套;102 is a cross-sectional view of a retainer including a tissue thickness compensator including a socket configured to engage an anvil of a surgical stapler;

图103是根据至少一个实施例的包括由铰链连接的两个板的保持器的透视图;Figure 103 is a perspective view of a holder comprising two plates connected by a hinge, according to at least one embodiment;

图104是图103的保持器的侧视图;Figure 104 is a side view of the holder of Figure 103;

图105是能够与图103的保持器一起使用的插入工具的实施例的后透视图;Figure 105 is a rear perspective view of an embodiment of an insertion tool that can be used with the holder of Figure 103;

图106是图105的插入工具的顶部透视图;Figure 106 is a top perspective view of the insertion tool of Figure 105;

图107是图105的插入工具的后透视图,其中插入工具的一部分因图示目的而被移除;107 is a rear perspective view of the insertion tool of FIG. 105 with a portion of the insertion tool removed for illustration purposes;

图108是图105的插入工具的侧视图,其中插入工具的一部分因图示目的而被移除;108 is a side view of the insertion tool of FIG. 105 with a portion of the insertion tool removed for illustration purposes;

图109是图105的插入工具的顶视图;Figure 109 is a top view of the insertion tool of Figure 105;

图110是保持器组件的透视图,所述保持器组件包括图103的保持器、定位在保持器上的组织厚度补偿件、定位在保持器上的钉仓、以及与保持器接合的图105的插入工具,其中插入工具的一部分因图示目的而被移除;110 is a perspective view of a retainer assembly comprising the retainer of FIG. 103, a tissue thickness compensator positioned on the retainer, a staple cartridge positioned on the retainer, and the retainer of FIG. 105 engaged with the retainer. an insertion tool for which part of the insertion tool has been removed for illustration purposes;

图111是保持器组件的侧视图,所述保持器组件包括图103的保持器、定位在保持器上的组织厚度补偿件、以及与保持器接合的图105的插入工具,其中插入工具的一部分因图示目的而被移除;111 is a side view of a retainer assembly comprising the retainer of FIG. 103, a tissue thickness compensator positioned on the retainer, and the insertion tool of FIG. 105 engaged with the retainer, wherein a portion of the insertion tool is inserted removed for illustration purposes;

图112示出了被插入包括砧座和钉仓通道的外科器械内的图110的保持器组件,其中插入工具的一部分因图示目的而被移除;Fig. 112 shows the retainer assembly of Fig. 110 inserted into a surgical instrument including an anvil and a staple cartridge channel, with a portion of the insertion tool removed for illustration purposes;

图113示出了被插入包括砧座和钉仓通道的外科器械内的图110的保持器组件,其中插入工具的一部分因图示目的而被移除;113 shows the retainer assembly of FIG. 110 inserted into a surgical instrument including an anvil and a staple cartridge channel, with a portion of the insertion tool removed for illustration purposes;

图114示出了正相对于保持器移动以接合钉仓通道中的钉仓并且接合随同砧座的组织厚度补偿件的图105的插入工具,其中插入工具的一部分因图示目的而被移除;114 shows the insertion tool of FIG. 105 being moved relative to the retainer to engage the staple cartridge in the staple cartridge channel and engage the tissue thickness compensator with the anvil, with a portion of the insertion tool removed for illustration purposes ;

图115示出了正相对于保持器移动以使保持器从组织厚度补偿件和钉仓脱离的图105的插入工具,其中插入工具的一部分因图示目的而被移除;115 shows the insertion tool of FIG. 105 being moved relative to the retainer to disengage the retainer from the tissue thickness compensator and staple cartridge, with a portion of the insertion tool removed for illustration purposes;

图116是根据至少一个实施例的附接到外科缝合器械的砧座的组织厚度补偿件的剖视图;116 is a cross-sectional view of a tissue thickness compensator attached to an anvil of a surgical stapling instrument in accordance with at least one embodiment;

图117是示出变形钉的示意图,所述变形钉在其中至少部分地捕获图116的组织厚度补偿件;117 is a schematic diagram illustrating a deformable staple at least partially capturing therein the tissue thickness compensator of FIG. 116;

图118是根据至少一个实施例的包括钉仓和砧座的外科缝合器械的端部执行器的剖视图,所述钉仓包括第一组织厚度补偿件,所述砧座包括第二组织厚度补偿件;118 is a cross-sectional view of an end effector of a surgical stapling instrument comprising a staple cartridge comprising a first tissue thickness compensator and an anvil comprising a second tissue thickness compensator in accordance with at least one embodiment ;

图119是图118的端部执行器的剖视图,其示出了得自钉仓的从未击发位置移动到击发位置的钉;119 is a cross-sectional view of the end effector of FIG. 118 showing staples from the staple cartridge moved from an unfired position to a fired position;

图120是根据至少一个实施例的附接到端部执行器的砧座的组织厚度补偿件的透视图,其中组织厚度补偿件包括多个囊;120 is a perspective view of a tissue thickness compensator attached to an anvil of an end effector, wherein the tissue thickness compensator includes a plurality of bladders, according to at least one embodiment;

图120A是图120的组织厚度补偿件的局部透视图;Figure 120A is a partial perspective view of the tissue thickness compensator of Figure 120;

图121是正从未击发位置移动到击发位置以刺穿图120的组织厚度补偿件的囊的钉的剖视图;121 is a cross-sectional view of a staple being moved from an unfired position to a fired position to pierce the capsule of the tissue thickness compensator of FIG. 120;

图122是根据至少一个实施例的砧座和组织厚度补偿件的分解图;Figure 122 is an exploded view of an anvil and tissue thickness compensator in accordance with at least one embodiment;

图123是根据至少一个实施例的砧座和组织厚度补偿件的剖视图,所述砧座包括多个钉成形凹坑,所述组织厚度补偿件包括与成形凹坑对齐的多个囊;123 is a cross-sectional view of an anvil comprising a plurality of staple forming pockets and a tissue thickness compensator comprising a plurality of pockets aligned with the forming pockets, according to at least one embodiment;

图124是图123的组织厚度补偿件的囊的细部图;124 is a detail view of the bladder of the tissue thickness compensator of FIG. 123;

图125是示出相对于组织进行定位的图123的砧座和组织厚度补偿件的示意图,所述组织将通过得自定位在组织的相对侧的钉仓的钉进行缝合;125 is a schematic diagram showing the anvil and tissue thickness compensator of FIG. 123 positioned relative to tissue to be stapled with staples from a staple cartridge positioned on the opposite side of the tissue;

图126是示出正朝图125的钉仓移动的图123的砧座和从钉仓部分地击发的钉的示意图;126 is a schematic diagram showing the anvil of FIG. 123 being moved toward the staple cartridge of FIG. 125 and staples partially fired from the staple cartridge;

图127是示出处于完全击发构型的图126的钉和处于破裂状态的图123的组织厚度补偿件的囊的示意图;127 is a schematic diagram showing the staple of FIG. 126 in a fully fired configuration and the bladder of the tissue thickness compensator of FIG. 123 in a ruptured state;

图128是示出处于未击发状态的图126的钉的示意图;Figure 128 is a schematic diagram showing the staple of Figure 126 in an unfired state;

图129是示出处于完全击发构型的图126的钉和处于至少部分横切状态的图123的组织厚度补偿件的示意图;129 is a schematic diagram showing the staple of FIG. 126 in a fully fired configuration and the tissue thickness compensator of FIG. 123 in an at least partially transected state;

图130是根据至少一个实施例的组织厚度补偿件的另选的实施例的剖面透视图;Figure 130 is a cross-sectional perspective view of an alternative embodiment of a tissue thickness compensator in accordance with at least one embodiment;

图131是组织厚度补偿件的另选的实施例的透视图,所述组织厚度补偿件包括与外科缝合器械的切割构件对齐的多个囊;131 is a perspective view of an alternative embodiment of a tissue thickness compensator comprising a plurality of bladders aligned with cutting members of a surgical stapling instrument;

图132是图131的囊的细部图;Figure 132 is a detail view of the bladder of Figure 131;

图133是图131的组织厚度补偿件的剖视图,所述组织厚度补偿件包括与外科缝合器械的砧座的刀狭槽对齐的多个囊;133 is a cross-sectional view of the tissue thickness compensator of FIG. 131 comprising a plurality of pockets aligned with knife slots of an anvil of a surgical stapling instrument;

图134和图135示出了正附接到砧座的组织厚度补偿件的另选的实施例;134 and 135 illustrate an alternative embodiment of a tissue thickness compensator being attached to an anvil;

图136是根据至少一个实施例的砧座和补偿件的剖面分解图;Figure 136 is a cross-sectional exploded view of an anvil and compensator in accordance with at least one embodiment;

图137示出了附接到砧座的图136的补偿件;Figure 137 shows the compensator of Figure 136 attached to the anvil;

图138是根据至少一个实施例的组织厚度补偿件和切入组织厚度补偿件的切割构件的局部透视图;138 is a partial perspective view of a tissue thickness compensator and a cutting member that incises into the tissue thickness compensator in accordance with at least one embodiment;

图139是根据至少一个实施例的组织厚度补偿件的另选的实施例的局部剖视图;Figure 139 is a partial cross-sectional view of an alternative embodiment of a tissue thickness compensator according to at least one embodiment;

图140是根据至少一个实施例的组织厚度补偿件的另一个另选的实施例的局部剖视图;Figure 140 is a partial cross-sectional view of another alternative embodiment of a tissue thickness compensator in accordance with at least one embodiment;

图141是示出根据各种实施例的组织厚度补偿件的示意图,所述组织厚度补偿件包括多个不规则和/或非对称的腔体;141 is a schematic diagram illustrating a tissue thickness compensator comprising a plurality of irregular and/or asymmetric cavities, according to various embodiments;

图142是根据至少一个实施例的附接到外科缝合器械的砧座的组织厚度补偿件的局部剖视图;Figure 142 is a partial cross-sectional view of a tissue thickness compensator attached to an anvil of a surgical stapling instrument in accordance with at least one embodiment;

图143是根据至少一个实施例的组织厚度补偿件的无缝挤出壳体或外管的透视图;143 is a perspective view of a seamless extruded shell or outer tube of a tissue thickness compensator in accordance with at least one embodiment;

图144是根据至少一个实施例的组织厚度补偿件的另一个无缝挤出壳体或外管的透视图;144 is a perspective view of another seamless extruded shell or outer tube of a tissue thickness compensator in accordance with at least one embodiment;

图145是氧化再生纤维素纤维的透视图;Figure 145 is a perspective view of oxidized regenerated cellulose fibers;

图146是短于图145的纤维的氧化再生纤维素纤维的透视图;Figure 146 is a perspective view of an oxidized regenerated cellulose fiber shorter than the fiber of Figure 145;

图147是示出正利用图146的纤维织造成股线的图145的纤维的示意图;Figure 147 is a schematic diagram showing the fibers of Figure 145 being woven into strands using the fibers of Figure 146;

图148示出了正被抖松并且正被至少部分地切割的图147的股线;Figure 148 shows the strand of Figure 147 being fluffed and at least partially cut;

图149示出了插过组织厚度补偿件的壳体或外管并且被定位成抓紧图147的股线的抓紧器;Fig. 149 shows the grasper inserted through the housing or outer tube of the tissue thickness compensator and positioned to grasp the strands of Fig. 147;

图150示出了正从套管退出的图149的抓紧器和正被牵拉穿过壳体的图147的股线;Figure 150 shows the grasper of Figure 149 being withdrawn from the cannula and the strand of Figure 147 being pulled through the housing;

图151示出了正被分割的图150的壳体和股线;Figure 151 shows the shell and strands of Figure 150 being segmented;

图152示出了正进行加热焊接和/或密封的壳体的末端;Figure 152 shows the end of the housing being heat welded and/or sealed;

图153示出了用于产生不具有横向接缝的组织厚度补偿件的方法;Figure 153 illustrates a method for producing a tissue thickness compensator without transverse seams;

图154示出了外科缝合器的砧座和可选择性地附接到砧座的多个补偿件,其中补偿件中的每一个包括毛细管通道的阵列;Figure 154 shows an anvil of a surgical stapler and a plurality of compensators optionally attached to the anvil, wherein each of the compensators comprises an array of capillary channels;

图155是能够附接到砧座的补偿件的平面图;Figure 155 is a plan view of a compensator attachable to an anvil;

图156是图155的补偿件的一部分的细部图;Figure 156 is a detail view of a portion of the compensator of Figure 155;

图157是外科缝合器械的端部执行器的透视图;Figure 157 is a perspective view of an end effector of a surgical stapling instrument;

图158是图157的端部执行器的另一个透视图,其示出了布置在端部执行器的组织厚度补偿件上的流体;Fig. 158 is another perspective view of the end effector of Fig. 157 showing fluid disposed on a tissue thickness compensator of the end effector;

图159是图159的端部执行器的另一个透视图,其示出了附接到端部执行器的砧座的补偿件;Figure 159 is another perspective view of the end effector of Figure 159 showing the compensator attached to the anvil of the end effector;

图160是位于图159的补偿件上的毛细管通道阵列的细部图;Figure 160 is a detail view of an array of capillary channels on the compensator of Figure 159;

图161是根据至少一个实施例的包括多个层的补偿件的分解图;Figure 161 is an exploded view of a compensator comprising multiple layers, according to at least one embodiment;

图162是根据至少一个实施例的外科缝合器械的补偿件和砧座的分解图;Figure 162 is an exploded view of a compensator and anvil of a surgical stapling instrument in accordance with at least one embodiment;

图163是图162的补偿件和砧座的局部剖视图;Figure 163 is a partial cross-sectional view of the compensator and anvil of Figure 162;

图164是根据至少一个实施例的包括细胞向内生长基质的补偿件的分解图;Figure 164 is an exploded view of a compensator comprising a cellular ingrowth matrix, according to at least one embodiment;

图165是图164的补偿件的透视图;Figure 165 is a perspective view of the compensator of Figure 164;

图166是用于补偿件的纤维材料层的透视图;Figure 166 is a perspective view of a layer of fibrous material for a compensator;

图167是根据至少一个实施例的彼此堆叠在一起的多个纤维层的透视图;Figure 167 is a perspective view of multiple fiber layers stacked on top of each other, according to at least one embodiment;

图168是根据至少一个实施例的彼此堆叠在一起的另一多个纤维层的透视图;Figure 168 is a perspective view of another plurality of fiber layers stacked on top of each other in accordance with at least one embodiment;

图169是用于补偿件的纤维材料层的透视图;Figure 169 is a perspective view of a layer of fibrous material for a compensator;

图170是根据至少一个实施例的彼此堆叠在一起的多个纤维层的透视图,其中所述纤维沿着不同方向进行布置;Figure 170 is a perspective view of multiple fiber layers stacked on top of each other, wherein the fibers are arranged in different directions, according to at least one embodiment;

图171是根据至少一个实施例的彼此堆叠在一起的另一多个纤维层的透视图;Figure 171 is a perspective view of another plurality of fiber layers stacked on top of each other in accordance with at least one embodiment;

图172是根据至少一个实施例的外科器械的端部执行器插入件和端部执行器的透视图;Figure 172 is a perspective view of an end effector insert and an end effector of a surgical instrument in accordance with at least one embodiment;

图173是根据至少一个实施例的定位在外科器械的端部执行器中的组织厚度补偿件的正视图;173 is an elevational view of a tissue thickness compensator positioned in an end effector of a surgical instrument in accordance with at least one embodiment;

图174是根据至少一个实施例的定位在外科器械的端部执行器中的组织厚度补偿件的正视图;174 is an elevational view of a tissue thickness compensator positioned in an end effector of a surgical instrument in accordance with at least one embodiment;

图175是根据至少一个实施例的定位在外科器械的端部执行器的砧座上的套管的透视图;Figure 175 is a perspective view of a sleeve positioned on an anvil of an end effector of a surgical instrument in accordance with at least one embodiment;

图176是图175的套管的分叉部的平面图;Figure 176 is a plan view of a bifurcation of the sleeve of Figure 175;

图177是图175的套管的分叉部的正视图;Figure 177 is a front view of the bifurcated portion of the sleeve of Figure 175;

图178是图175的套管的分叉部的端视图;Figure 178 is an end view of the bifurcated portion of the sleeve of Figure 175;

图179是图175的套管的分叉部的透视图;Figure 179 is a perspective view of a bifurcation of the sleeve of Figure 175;

图180是根据至少一个实施例的套管的组织补偿件的平面图;Figure 180 is a plan view of a tissue compensator of a cannula in accordance with at least one embodiment;

图181是图180的组织补偿件的透视图;Figure 181 is a perspective view of the tissue compensator of Figure 180;

图182是图180的组织补偿件的正视图;Figure 182 is a front view of the tissue compensator of Figure 180;

图183是根据至少一个实施例的套管的组织补偿件的平面图;Figure 183 is a plan view of a tissue compensator of a cannula, according to at least one embodiment;

图184是图183的组织补偿件的透视图;Figure 184 is a perspective view of the tissue compensator of Figure 183;

图185是图183的组织补偿件的正视图;Figure 185 is a front view of the tissue compensator of Figure 183;

图186是图175的套管的鼻部的透视图;Figure 186 is a perspective view of the nose of the cannula of Figure 175;

图187是图186的鼻部的另一个透视图;Figure 187 is another perspective view of the nose of Figure 186;

图188是图186的鼻部的平面图,其以虚线示出了内部几何形状;Figure 188 is a plan view of the nose of Figure 186 showing the internal geometry in phantom;

图189是图186的鼻部的正视图,其以虚线示出了内部几何形状;Figure 189 is a front view of the nose of Figure 186 showing the internal geometry in phantom;

图190是定位在砧座上的图175的套管的另一个透视图;Figure 190 is another perspective view of the sleeve of Figure 175 positioned on an anvil;

图191是定位在砧座上的图175的套管的平面图;Figure 191 is a plan view of the sleeve of Figure 175 positioned on an anvil;

图192是定位在砧座上的图175的套管的正视图;Figure 192 is a front view of the sleeve of Figure 175 positioned on an anvil;

图193是定位在砧座上的图175的套管的平面图,其示出了以虚线显示的平移击发杆;Figure 193 is a plan view of the sleeve of Figure 175 positioned on an anvil showing the translating firing rod shown in phantom;

图194是定位在砧座上的图175的套管的正视图,其示出了以虚线显示的平移击发杆;Figure 194 is a front view of the sleeve of Figure 175 positioned on an anvil showing the translating firing rod shown in phantom;

图195是定位在砧座上的图175的套管的平面图,其示出了从套管释放的鼻部;Figure 195 is a plan view of the sleeve of Figure 175 positioned on an anvil showing the nose released from the sleeve;

图196是定位在砧座上的图175的套管的正视图,其示出了从套管释放的鼻部;Figure 196 is a front view of the sleeve of Figure 175 positioned on an anvil showing the nose released from the sleeve;

图197是定位在砧座上的图175的套管的平面图,其以虚线示出了击发杆并且示出了从套管释放的鼻部;Figure 197 is a plan view of the sleeve of Figure 175 positioned on the anvil, showing the firing rod in phantom and showing the nose released from the sleeve;

图198是定位在砧座上的图175的套管的正视图,其以虚线示出了击发杆并且示出了从套管释放的鼻部;Figure 198 is a front view of the sleeve of Figure 175 positioned on an anvil, showing the firing rod in phantom and showing the nose released from the sleeve;

图199是图197的套管、砧座、和击发杆的局部透视图;Figure 199 is a partial perspective view of the sleeve, anvil, and firing rod of Figure 197;

图200是图197的套管、砧座、和击发杆的另一个局部透视图;Figure 200 is another partial perspective view of the sleeve, anvil, and firing rod of Figure 197;

图201是图175的套管和砧座的正剖视图;Figure 201 is a front cross-sectional view of the sleeve and anvil of Figure 175;

图202是图175的砧座的正剖视图,其示出了从套管释放的组织补偿件;Figure 202 is an elevational cross-sectional view of the anvil of Figure 175 showing the tissue compensator released from the cannula;

图203是根据至少一个实施例的端部执行器插入件的平面图;Figure 203 is a plan view of an end effector insert according to at least one embodiment;

图204是图203的端部执行器插入件的正视图;Figure 204 is a front view of the end effector insert of Figure 203;

图205是图205的端部执行器插入件的透视图;Figure 205 is a perspective view of the end effector insert of Figure 205;

图206是图203的端部执行器插入件的局部透视图,其示出了接合外科器械的端部执行器的砧座的端部执行器插入件;Figure 206 is a partial perspective view of the end effector insert of Figure 203, showing the end effector insert engaging an anvil of an end effector of a surgical instrument;

图207是图203的端部执行器插入件的局部透视图,其示出了接合外科器械的端部执行器的钉仓的端部执行器插入件;207 is a partial perspective view of the end effector insert of FIG. 203, showing the end effector insert engaging a staple cartridge of the end effector of the surgical instrument;

图208是图203的端部执行器插入件的正视图,其示出了接合外科器械的端部执行器的端部执行器插入件;Figure 208 is a front view of the end effector insert of Figure 203, showing the end effector insert engaging the end effector of a surgical instrument;

图209是定位在外科器械的端部执行器中的图203的端部执行器插入件的正视图;Figure 209 is a front view of the end effector insert of Figure 203 positioned in the end effector of a surgical instrument;

图210是根据至少一个实施例的定位在端部执行器中的组织厚度补偿件的透视图,其中示出组织厚度补偿件的一部分被切除;210 is a perspective view of a tissue thickness compensator positioned in an end effector showing a portion of the tissue thickness compensator cut away, according to at least one embodiment;

图211是通过静电荷固定到端部执行器的砧座的图210的组织厚度补偿件的透视图;211 is a perspective view of the tissue thickness compensator of FIG. 210 secured to an anvil of an end effector by electrostatic charge;

图212是通过抽吸元件固定到端部执行器的砧座的图210的组织厚度补偿件的透视图;212 is a perspective view of the tissue thickness compensator of FIG. 210 secured to an anvil of an end effector by a suction element;

图213是通过钩-环紧固件固定到端部执行器的砧座的图210的组织厚度补偿件的透视图;213 is a perspective view of the tissue thickness compensator of FIG. 210 secured to an anvil of an end effector by hook-and-loop fasteners;

图214是通过带固定到端部执行器的砧座的图210的组织厚度补偿件的局部透视图;FIG. 214 is a partial perspective view of the tissue thickness compensator of FIG. 210 secured to the anvil of the end effector by the strap;

图215是通过组织厚度补偿件的远侧末端处的承套固定到端部执行器的砧座的图210的组织厚度补偿件的局部透视图;215 is a partial perspective view of the tissue thickness compensator of FIG. 210 secured to an anvil of an end effector by a socket at a distal end of the tissue thickness compensator;

图216是根据至少一个实施例的固定到外科器械的端部执行器的砧座的组织厚度补偿件的局部透视剖视图;216 is a partial perspective cross-sectional view of a tissue thickness compensator secured to an anvil of an end effector of a surgical instrument in accordance with at least one embodiment;

图217是图216的组织厚度补偿件的正剖视图;Figure 217 is a front cross-sectional view of the tissue thickness compensator of Figure 216;

图218是图216的组织厚度补偿件的另一个正剖视图;Figure 218 is another front cross-sectional view of the tissue thickness compensator of Figure 216;

图219是根据至少一个实施例的固定到外科器械的端部执行器的砧座的组织厚度补偿件的正剖视图,其示出了处于闭合位置的闩锁;219 is an elevational cross-sectional view of a tissue thickness compensator secured to an anvil of an end effector of a surgical instrument showing the latch in a closed position in accordance with at least one embodiment;

图220是图219的组织厚度补偿件的正剖视图,其示出了处于打开位置的闩锁;Figure 220 is an elevational cross-sectional view of the tissue thickness compensator of Figure 219, showing the latch in an open position;

图221是根据至少一个实施例的固定到外科器械的端部执行器的砧座的组织厚度补偿件的正剖视图;221 is an elevational cross-sectional view of a tissue thickness compensator secured to an anvil of an end effector of a surgical instrument in accordance with at least one embodiment;

图222是根据至少一个实施例的固定到外科器械的端部执行器的砧座的组织厚度补偿件的正剖视图;222 is an elevational cross-sectional view of a tissue thickness compensator secured to an anvil of an end effector of a surgical instrument in accordance with at least one embodiment;

图223是根据至少一个实施例的固定到外科器械的端部执行器的砧座的组织厚度补偿件的正剖视图;223 is an elevational cross-sectional view of a tissue thickness compensator secured to an anvil of an end effector of a surgical instrument in accordance with at least one embodiment;

图224是根据至少一个实施例的固定到外科器械的端部执行器的砧座的组织厚度补偿件的正剖视图;224 is an elevational cross-sectional view of a tissue thickness compensator secured to an anvil of an end effector of a surgical instrument in accordance with at least one embodiment;

图225是根据至少一个实施例的固定到外科器械的端部执行器的砧座的组织厚度补偿件的透视剖视分解图;225 is a perspective cutaway exploded view of a tissue thickness compensator secured to an anvil of an end effector of a surgical instrument in accordance with at least one embodiment;

图226是图225的组织厚度补偿件的透视图,其示出了朝砧座移动的组织厚度补偿件;Figure 226 is a perspective view of the tissue thickness compensator of Figure 225, showing the tissue thickness compensator moved toward the anvil;

图227是与砧座接合的图225的组织厚度补偿件的正剖视图;Figure 227 is an elevational cross-sectional view of the tissue thickness compensator of Figure 225 engaged with an anvil;

图228是根据至少一个实施例的固定到外科器械的端部执行器的砧座的组织厚度补偿件的透视剖视图;228 is a perspective cross-sectional view of a tissue thickness compensator secured to an anvil of an end effector of a surgical instrument in accordance with at least one embodiment;

图229是图228的组织厚度补偿件和砧座的透视剖视分解图;Figure 229 is a perspective cutaway exploded view of the tissue thickness compensator and anvil of Figure 228;

图230是根据至少一个实施例的组织厚度补偿件的正视图;Figure 230 is a front view of a tissue thickness compensator according to at least one embodiment;

图231是图230的组织厚度补偿件的透视图;Figure 231 is a perspective view of the tissue thickness compensator of Figure 230;

图232是图230的组织厚度补偿件的另一个透视图;Figure 232 is another perspective view of the tissue thickness compensator of Figure 230;

图233是图230的组织厚度补偿件的透视图,其示出了朝外科器械的端部执行器的砧座移动的组织厚度补偿件;233 is a perspective view of the tissue thickness compensator of FIG. 230, showing the tissue thickness compensator moving toward the anvil of the end effector of the surgical instrument;

图234是定位在砧座上的图230的组织厚度补偿件的剖视图;234 is a cross-sectional view of the tissue thickness compensator of FIG. 230 positioned on an anvil;

图235是定位在砧座上的图230的组织厚度补偿件的透视图;Figure 235 is a perspective view of the tissue thickness compensator of Figure 230 positioned on an anvil;

图236是定位在砧座上的图230的组织厚度补偿件的透视图,其示出了切断组织厚度补偿件的切割元件;FIG. 236 is a perspective view of the tissue thickness compensator of FIG. 230 positioned on an anvil, showing cutting elements severing the tissue thickness compensator;

图237是根据至少一个实施例的外科缝合器械的端部执行器的剖视正视图,所述端部执行器包括砧座和充电层;Figure 237 is a cross-sectional front view of an end effector of a surgical stapling instrument comprising an anvil and a charging layer in accordance with at least one embodiment;

图238是图237的砧座和充电层的底视图;Figure 238 is a bottom view of the anvil and charging layer of Figure 237;

图239是图237的砧座和充电层以及可释放地附接到充电层的组织厚度补偿件的分解图;Figure 239 is an exploded view of the anvil and charging layer of Figure 237 and a tissue thickness compensator releasably attached to the charging layer;

图240是根据至少一个实施例的组织厚度补偿件的透视图;Figure 240 is a perspective view of a tissue thickness compensator according to at least one embodiment;

图241是图240的组织厚度补偿件的平面图;Figure 241 is a plan view of the tissue thickness compensator of Figure 240;

图240A是根据至少一个另选的实施例的组织厚度补偿件的透视图;Figure 240A is a perspective view of a tissue thickness compensator according to at least one alternative embodiment;

图241A是图240A的组织厚度补偿件的平面图;Figure 241A is a plan view of the tissue thickness compensator of Figure 240A;

图242是根据至少一个另选的实施例的组织厚度补偿件的透视图;Figure 242 is a perspective view of a tissue thickness compensator according to at least one alternative embodiment;

图243是图242的组织厚度补偿件的平面图;Figure 243 is a plan view of the tissue thickness compensator of Figure 242;

图244是根据至少一个实施例的组织厚度补偿件的透视图;Figure 244 is a perspective view of a tissue thickness compensator according to at least one embodiment;

图245是根据至少一个实施例的附接到砧座的组织厚度补偿件的透视图;Figure 245 is a perspective view of a tissue thickness compensator attached to an anvil, according to at least one embodiment;

图246是图245的砧座和组织厚度补偿件的剖视图;Figure 246 is a cross-sectional view of the anvil and tissue thickness compensator of Figure 245;

图247是图245的组织厚度补偿件的横截面图;Figure 247 is a cross-sectional view of the tissue thickness compensator of Figure 245;

图248是根据至少一个另选的实施例的附接到砧座的组织厚度补偿件的透视图;Figure 248 is a perspective view of a tissue thickness compensator attached to an anvil according to at least one alternative embodiment;

图249是图248的砧座和组织厚度补偿件的剖视图;Figure 249 is a cross-sectional view of the anvil and tissue thickness compensator of Figure 248;

图250是处于打开构型的图248的组织厚度补偿件的剖视图;Figure 250 is a cross-sectional view of the tissue thickness compensator of Figure 248 in an open configuration;

图251是根据至少一个另选的实施例的附接到砧座的组织厚度补偿件的透视图;Figure 251 is a perspective view of a tissue thickness compensator attached to an anvil according to at least one alternative embodiment;

图252是图251的砧座和组织厚度补偿件的剖视图;Figure 252 is a cross-sectional view of the anvil and tissue thickness compensator of Figure 251;

图253是根据至少一个另选的实施例的附接到砧座的组织厚度补偿件的透视图;Figure 253 is a perspective view of a tissue thickness compensator attached to an anvil according to at least one alternative embodiment;

图254是图253的砧座和组织厚度补偿件的剖视图;Figure 254 is a cross-sectional view of the anvil and tissue thickness compensator of Figure 253;

图255是根据至少一个另选的实施例的附接到砧座的组织厚度补偿件的透视图;Figure 255 is a perspective view of a tissue thickness compensator attached to an anvil according to at least one alternative embodiment;

图256是图255的砧座和组织厚度补偿件的剖视图;Figure 256 is a cross-sectional view of the anvil and tissue thickness compensator of Figure 255;

图257是根据至少一个另选的实施例的附接到砧座的组织厚度补偿件的透视图;并且257 is a perspective view of a tissue thickness compensator attached to an anvil, according to at least one alternative embodiment; and

图258是图257的砧座和组织厚度补偿件的剖视图。258 is a cross-sectional view of the anvil and tissue thickness compensator of FIG. 257.

贯穿多个视图,对应的参考符号指示对应的部件。本文示出的范例以一种形式示出了本发明的某些实施例,并且不应将此类范例理解为以任何方式限制本发明的范围。Corresponding reference characters indicate corresponding parts throughout the several views. The exemplifications set forth herein illustrate certain embodiments of the invention in one form, and such exemplifications should not be construed as limiting the scope of the invention in any way.

具体实施方式detailed description

本申请的申请人还拥有以下的美国专利申请,这些专利申请以引用的方式各自完全并入本文:The applicant of the present application also owns the following U.S. patent applications, each of which is fully incorporated herein by reference:

名称为“SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH RECONFIGURABLE SHAFT SEGMENTS”(代理人案卷号END6734USNP/100058)的美国专利申请序列号12/894,311;U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 12/894,311, entitled "SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH RECONFIGURABLE SHAFT SEGMENTS" (Attorney Docket No. END6734USNP/100058);

名称为“SURGICAL STAPLE CARTRIDGES SUPPORTING NON-LINEARLY ARRANGEDSTAPLES AND SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENTS WITH COMMON STAPLE-FORMING POCKETS”(代理人案卷号END6735USNP/100059)的美国专利申请序列号12/894,340;U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 12/894,340, entitled "SURGICAL STAPLE CARTRIDGES SUPPORTING NON-LINEARLY ARRANGED STAPLES AND SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENTS WITH COMMON STAPLE-FORMING POCKETS" (Attorney Docket No. END6735USNP/100059);

名称为“JAW CLOSURE ARRANGEMENTS FOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS”(代理人案卷号END6736USNP/100060)的美国专利申请序列号12/894,327;U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 12/894,327, entitled "JAW CLOSURE ARRANGEMENTS FOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS" (Attorney Docket No. END6736USNP/100060);

名称为“SURGICAL CUTTING AND FASTENING INSTRUMENTS WITH SEPARATE ANDDISTINCT FASTENER DEPLOYMENT AND TISSUE CUTTING SYSTEMS”(代理人案卷号END6839USNP/100524)的美国专利申请序列号12/894,351;U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 12/894,351, entitled "SURGICAL CUTTING AND FASTENING INSTRUMENTS WITH SEPARATE ANDDISTINCT FASTENER DEPLOYMENT AND TISSUE CUTTING SYSTEMS" (Attorney Docket No. END6839USNP/100524);

名称为“IMPLANTABLE FASTENER CARTRIDGE HAVING A NON-UNIFORMARRANGEMENT”(代理人案卷号END6840USNP/100525)的美国专利申请序列号12/894,338;U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 12/894,338, entitled "IMPLANTABLE FASTENER CARTRIDGE HAVING A NON-UNIFOR MARRANGEMENT" (Attorney Docket No. END6840USNP/100525);

名称为“IMPLANTABLE FASTENER CARTRIDGE COMPRISING A SUPPORT RETAINER”(代理人案卷号END6841USNP/100526)的美国专利申请序列号12/894,369;U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 12/894,369, entitled "IMPLANTABLE FASTENER CARTRIDGE COMPRISING A SUPPORT RETAINER" (Attorney Docket No. END6841USNP/100526);

名称为“IMPLANTABLE FASTENER CARTRIDGE COMPRISING MULTIPLE LAYERS”(代理人案卷号END6842USNP/100527)的美国专利申请序列号12/894,312;U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 12/894,312, entitled "IMPLANTABLE FASTENER CARTRIDGE COMPRISING MULTIPLE LAYERS" (Attorney Docket No. END6842USNP/100527);

名称为“SELECTIVELY ORIENTABLE IMPLANTABLE FASTENER CARTRIDGE”(代理人案卷号END6843USNP/100528)的美国专利申请序列号12/894,377;U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 12/894,377, entitled "SELECTIVELY ORIENTABLE IMPLANTABLE FASTENER CARTRIDGE" (Attorney Docket No. END6843USNP/100528);

名称为“SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENT WITH COMPACT ARTICULATION CONTROLARRANGEMENT”(代理人案卷号END6847USNP/100532)的美国专利申请序列号12/894,339;U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 12/894,339, entitled "SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENT WITH COMPACT ARTICULATION CONTROLARRANGEMENT" (Attorney Docket No. END6847USNP/100532);

名称为“SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENT WITH A VARIABLE STAPLE FORMINGSYSTEM”(代理人案卷号END6848USNP/100533)的美国专利申请序列号12/894,360;U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 12/894,360, entitled "SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENT WITH A VARIABLE STAPLE FORMING SYSTEM" (Attorney Docket No. END6848USNP/100533);

名称为“SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENT WITH INTERCHANGEABLE STAPLECARTRIDGE ARRANGEMENTS”(代理人案卷号END6849USNP/100534)的美国专利申请序列号12/894,322;U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 12/894,322, entitled "SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENT WITH INTERCHANGEABLE STAPLECARTRIDGE ARRANGEMENTS" (Attorney Docket No. END6849USNP/100534);

名称为“SURGICAL STAPLE CARTRIDGES WITH DETACHABLE SUPPORT STRUCTURESAND SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENTS WITH SYSTEMS FOR PREVENTING ACTUATIONMOTIONS WHEN A CARTRIDGE IS NOT PRESENT”(代理人案卷号END6855USNP/100540)的美国专利申请序列号12/894,350;US PATENT APPLICATIONS 94,32/10, TITLE "SURGICAL STAPLE CARTRIDGES WITH DETACHABLE SUPPORT STRUCTURES AND SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENTS WITH SYSTEMS FOR PREVENTING ACTUATIONMOTIONS WHEN A CARTRIDGE IS NOT PRESENT" (Attorney Docket No. END6855USNP/100540);

名称为“IMPLANTABLE FASTENER CARTRIDGE COMPRISING BIOABSORBABLELAYERS”(代理人案卷号END6856USNP/100541)的美国专利申请序列号12/894,383;U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 12/894,383, entitled "IMPLANTABLE FASTENER CARTRIDGE COMPRISING BIOABSORBABLELAYERS" (Attorney Docket No. END6856USNP/100541);

名称为“COMPRESSIBLE FASTENER CARTRIDGE”(代理人案卷号END6857USNP/100542)的美国专利申请序列号12/894,389;U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 12/894,389, entitled "COMPRESSIBLE FASTENER CARTRIDGE" (Attorney Docket No. END6857USNP/100542);

名称为“FASTENERS SUPPORTED BY A FASTENER CARTRIDGE SUPPORT”(代理人案卷号END6858USNP/100543)的美国专利申请序列号12/894,345;U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 12/894,345, entitled "FASTENERS SUPPORTED BY A FASTENER CARTRIDGE SUPPORT" (Attorney Docket No. END6858USNP/100543);

名称为“COLLAPSIBLE FASTENER CARTRIDGE”(代理人案卷号END6859USNP/100544)的美国专利申请序列号12/894,306;U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 12/894,306, entitled "COLLAPSIBLE FASTENER CARTRIDGE" (Attorney Docket No. END6859USNP/100544);

名称为“FASTENER SYSTEM COMPRISING A PLURALITY OF CONNECTED RETENTIONMATRIX ELEMENTS”(代理人案卷号END6860USNP/100546)的美国专利申请序列号12/894,318;U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 12/894,318, entitled "FASTENER SYSTEM COMPRISING A PLURALITY OF CONNECTED RETENTIONMATRIX ELEMENTS" (Attorney Docket No. END6860USNP/100546);

名称为“FASTENER SYSTEM COMPRISING A RETENTION MATRIX AND AN ALIGNMENTMATRIX”(代理人案卷号END6861USNP/100547)的美国专利申请序列号12/894,330;U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 12/894,330, entitled "FASTENER SYSTEM COMPRISING A RETENTION MATRIX AND AN ALIGNMENTMATRIX" (Attorney Docket No. END6861USNP/100547);

名称为“FASTENER SYSTEM COMPRISING A RETENTION MATRIX”(代理人案卷号END6862USNP/100548)的美国专利申请序列号12/894,361;U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 12/894,361, entitled "FASTENER SYSTEM COMPRISING A RETENTION MATRIX" (Attorney Docket No. END6862USNP/100548);

名称为“FASTENER SYSTEM COMPRISING A RETENTION MATRIX”(代理人案卷号END6863USNP/100549)的美国专利申请序列号12/894,367;U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 12/894,367, entitled "FASTENER SYSTEM COMPRISING A RETENTION MATRIX" (Attorney Docket No. END6863USNP/100549);

名称为“FASTENER SYSTEM COMPRISING A RETENTION MATRIX AND A COVER”(代理人案卷号END6864USNP/100550)的美国专利申请序列号12/894,388;U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 12/894,388, entitled "FASTENER SYSTEM COMPRISING A RETENTION MATRIX AND A COVER" (Attorney Docket No. END6864USNP/100550);

名称为“FASTENER SYSTEM COMPRISING A PLURALITY OF FASTENER CARTRIDGES”(代理人案卷号END6865USNP/100551)的美国专利申请序列号12/894,376;U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 12/894,376, entitled "FASTENER SYSTEM COMPRISING A PLURALITY OF FASTENER CARTRIDGES" (Attorney Docket No. END6865USNP/100551);

名称为“SURGICAL STAPLER ANVIL COMPRISING A PLURALITY OF FORMINGPOCKETS”(代理人案卷号END6735USCIP1/100059CIP1)的美国专利申请序列号13/097,865;US Patent Application Serial No. 13/097,865, entitled "SURGICAL STAPLER ANVIL COMPRISING A PLURALITY OF FORMINGPOCKETS" (Attorney Docket No. END6735USCIP1/100059CIP1);

名称为“TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR FOR A SURGICAL STAPLER”(代理人案卷号END6736USCIP1/100060CIP1)的美国专利申请序列号13/097,936;U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 13/097,936, entitled "TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR FOR A SURGICAL STAPLER" (Attorney Docket No. END6736USCIP1/100060CIP1);

名称为“STAPLE CARTRIDGE COMPRISING A VARIABLE THICKNESS COMPRESSIBLEPORTION”(代理人案卷号END6840USCIP1/100525CIP1)的美国专利申请序列号13/097,954;U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 13/097,954, entitled "STAPLE CARTRIDGE COMPRISING A VARIABLE THICKNESS COMPRESSIBLE PORTION" (Attorney Docket No. END6840USCIP1/100525CIP1);

名称为“STAPLE CARTRIDGE COMPRISING STAPLES POSITIONED WITHIN ACOMPRESSIBLE PORTION THEREOF”(代理人案卷号END6841USCIP1/100526CIP1)的美国专利申请序列号13/097,856;U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 13/097,856, entitled "STAPLE CARTRIDGE COMPRISING STAPLES POSITIONED WITHIN ACOMPRESSIBLE PORTTION THEREOF" (Attorney Docket No. END6841USCIP1/100526CIP1);

名称为“TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR COMPRISING DETACHABLE PORTIONS”(代理人案卷号END6842USCIP1/100527CIP1)的美国专利申请序列号13/097,928;U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 13/097,928, entitled "TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR COMPRISING DETACHABLE PORTIONS" (Attorney Docket No. END6842USCIP1/100527CIP1);

名称为“TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR FOR A SURGICAL STAPLER COMPRISINGAN ADJUSTABLE ANVIL”(代理人案卷号END6843USCIP1/100528CIP1)的美国专利申请序列号13/097,891;U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 13/097,891 entitled "TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR FOR A SURGICAL STAPLER COMPRISINGAN ADJUSTABLE ANVIL" (Attorney Docket No. END6843USCIP1/100528CIP1);

名称为“STAPLE CARTRIDGE COMPRISING AN ADJUSTABLE DISTAL PORTION”(代理人案卷号END6847USCIP1/100532CIP1)的美国专利申请序列号13/097,948;US Patent Application Serial No. 13/097,948 entitled "STAPLE CARTRIDGE COMPRISING AN ADJUSTABLE DISTAL PORTION" (Attorney Docket No. END6847USCIP1/100532CIP1);

名称为“COMPRESSIBLE STAPLE CARTRIDGE ASSEMBLY”(代理人案卷号END6848USCIP1/100533CIP1)的美国专利申请序列号13/097,907;U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 13/097,907, entitled "COMPRESSIBLE STAPLE CARTRIDGE ASSEMBLY" (Attorney Docket No. END6848USCIP1/100533CIP1);

名称为“TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR COMPRISING PORTIONS HAVINGDIFFERENT PROPERTIES”(代理人案卷号END6849USCIP1/100534CIP1)的美国专利申请序列号13/097,861;U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 13/097,861, entitled "TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR COMPRISING PORTTIONS HAVING DIFFERENT PROPERTIES" (Attorney Docket No. END6849USCIP1/100534CIP1);

名称为“STAPLE CARTRIDGE LOADING ASSEMBLY”(代理人案卷号END6855USCIP1/100540CIP1)的美国专利申请序列号13/097,869;U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 13/097,869, entitled "STAPLE CARTRIDGE LOADING ASSEMBLY" (Attorney Docket No. END6855USCIP1/100540CIP1);

名称为“COMPRESSIBLE STAPLE CARTRIDGE COMPRISING ALIGNMENT MEMBERS”(代理人案卷号END6856USCIP1/100541CIP1)的美国专利申请序列号13/097,917;U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 13/097,917, entitled "COMPRESSIBLE STAPLE CARTRIDGE COMPRISING ALIGNMENT MEMBERS" (Attorney Docket No. END6856USCIP1/100541CIP1);

名称为“STAPLE CARTRIDGE COMPRISING A RELEASABLE PORTION”(代理人案卷号END6857USCIP1/100542CIP1)的美国专利申请序列号13/097,873;U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 13/097,873, entitled "STAPLE CARTRIDGE COMPRISING A RELEASABLE PORTION" (Attorney Docket No. END6857USCIP1/100542CIP1);

名称为“STAPLE CARTRIDGE COMPRISING COMPRESSIBLE DISTORTION RESISTANTCOMPONENTS”(代理人案卷号END6858USCIP1/100543CIP1)的美国专利申请序列号13/097,938;U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 13/097,938, entitled "STAPLE CARTRIDGE COMPRISING COMPRESSIBLE DISTORTION RESISTANT COMPONENTS" (Attorney Docket No. END6858USCIP1/100543CIP1);

名称为“STAPLE CARTRIDGE COMPRISING A TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR”(代理人案卷号END6859USCIP1/100544CIP1)的美国专利申请序列号13/097,924;US Patent Application Serial No. 13/097,924 entitled "STAPLE CARTRIDGE COMPRISING A TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR" (Attorney Docket No. END6859USCIP1/100544CIP1);

名称为“SURGICAL STAPLER WITH FLOATING ANVIL”(代理人案卷号END6841USCIP2/100526CIP2)的美国专利申请序列号13/242,029;US Patent Application Serial No. 13/242,029 entitled "SURGICAL STAPLER WITH FLOATING ANVIL" (Attorney Docket No. END6841USCIP2/100526CIP2);

名称为“CURVED END EFFECTOR FOR A STAPLING INSTRUMENT”(代理人案卷号END6841USCIP3/100526CIP3)的美国专利申请序列号13/242,066;U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 13/242,066, entitled "CURVED END EFFECTOR FOR A STAPLING INSTRUMENT" (Attorney Docket No. END6841USCIP3/100526CIP3);

名称为“STAPLE CARTRIDGE INCLUDING COLLAPSIBLE DECK”(代理人案卷号END7020USNP/110374)的美国专利申请序列号13/242,086;U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 13/242,086, entitled "STAPLE CARTRIDGE INCLUDING COLLAPSIBLE DECK" (Attorney Docket No. END7020USNP/110374);

名称为“STAPLE CARTRIDGE INCLUDING COLLAPSIBLE DECK ARRANGEMENT”(代理人案卷号END7019USNP/110375)的美国专利申请序列号13/241,912;U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 13/241,912, entitled "STAPLE CARTRIDGE INCLUDING COLLAPSIBLE DECK ARRANGEMENT" (Attorney Docket No. END7019USNP/110375);

名称为“SURGICAL STAPLER WITH STATIONARY STAPLE DRIVERS”(代理人案卷号END7013USNP/110377)的美国专利申请序列号13/241,922;U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 13/241,922 entitled "SURGICAL STAPLER WITH STATIONARY STAPLE DRIVERS" (Attorney Docket No. END7013USNP/110377);

名称为“SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH TRIGGER ASSEMBLY FOR GENERATINGMULTIPLE ACTUATION MOTIONS”(代理人案卷号END6888USNP3/110378)的美国专利申请序列号13/241,637;和U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 13/241,637, entitled "SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH TRIGGER ASSEMBLY FOR GENERATING MULTIPLE ACTUATION MOTIONS" (Attorney Docket No. END6888USNP3/110378); and

名称为“SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH SELECTIVELY ARTICULATABLE ENDEFFECTOR”(代理人案卷号END6888USNP2/110379)的美国专利申请序列号13/241,629。US Patent Application Serial No. 13/241,629, entitled "SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH SELECTIVELY ARTICULATABLE ENDEFFECTOR" (Attorney Docket No. END6888USNP2/110379).

本申请的申请人还拥有以下的美国专利申请,这些专利申请与本申请同一天提交,并且每个都以引用方式各自整体并入本文:The applicant of the present application also owns the following U.S. patent applications, which were filed on the same date as the present application, and each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety:

名称为“TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR COMPRISING A PLURALITY OFCAPSULES”(代理人案卷号END6864USCIP1/100550CIP1)的美国专利申请序列号_______________;US Patent Application Serial No. _______________ entitled "TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR COMPRISING A PLURALITY OFCAPSULES" (Attorney Docket No. END6864USCIP1/100550CIP1);

名称为“TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR COMPRISING A PLURALITY OF LAYERS”(代理人案卷号END6864USCIP2/100550CIP2)的美国专利申请序列号_______________;US Patent Application Serial No. _______________ entitled "TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR COMPRISING A PLURALITY OF LAYERS" (Attorney Docket No. END6864USCIP2/100550CIP2);

名称为“EXPANDABLE TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR”(代理人案卷号END6843USCIP2/100528CIP2)的美国专利申请序列号_______________。US Patent Application Serial No. _______________ entitled "EXPANDABLE TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR" (Attorney Docket No. END6843USCIP2/100528CIP2).

名称为“TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR COMPRISING A RESERVOIR”(代理人案卷号END6843USCIP3/100528CIP3)的美国专利申请序列号_______________;US Patent Application Serial No. _______________ entitled "TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR COMPRISING A RESERVOIR" (Attorney Docket No. END6843USCIP3/100528CIP3);

名称为“RETAINER ASSEMBLY INCLUDING A TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR”(代理人案卷号END6843USCIP4/100528CIP4)的美国专利申请序列号_______________;US Patent Application Serial No. _______________ entitled "RETAINER ASSEMBLY INCLUDING A TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR" (Attorney Docket No. END6843USCIP4/100528CIP4);

名称为“TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR COMPRISING AT LEAST ONEMEDICAMENT”(代理人案卷号END6843USCIP5/100528CIP5)的美国专利申请序列号_______________;US Patent Application Serial No. _______________ entitled "TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR COMPRISING AT LEAST ONEMEDICAMENT" (Attorney Docket No. END6843USCIP5/100528CIP5);

名称为“TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR COMPRISING CONTROLLED RELEASE ANDEXPANSION”(代理人案卷号END6843USCIP6/100528CIP6)的美国专利申请序列号_______________;US Patent Application Serial No. _______________ entitled "TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR COMPRISING CONTROLLED RELEASE ANDEXPANSION" (Attorney Docket No. END6843USCIP6/100528CIP6);

名称为“TISSUE TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR COMPRISING FIBERS TOPRODUCE A RESILIENT LOAD”(代理人案卷号END6843USCIP7/100528CIP7)的美国专利申请序列号_______________;US Patent Application Serial No. _______________ entitled "TISSUE TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR COMPRISING FIBERS TO PRODUCE A RESILIENT LOAD" (Attorney Docket No. END6843USCIP7/100528CIP7);

名称为“TISSUE TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR COMPRISING STRUCTURE TOPRODUCE A RESILIENT LOAD”(代理人案卷号END6843USCIP8/100528CIP8)的美国专利申请序列号_______________;US Patent Application Serial No. _______________ entitled "TISSUE TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR COMPRISING STRUCTURE TO PRODUCE A RESILIENT LOAD" (Attorney Docket No. END6843USCIP8/100528CIP8);

名称为“TISSUE TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR COMPRISING RESILIENTMEMBERS”(代理人案卷号END6843USCIP9/100528CIP9)的美国专利申请序列号_______________;US Patent Application Serial No. _______________ entitled "TISSUE TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR COMPRISING RESILIENTMEMBERS" (Attorney Docket No. END6843USCIP9/100528CIP9);

名称为“METHODS FOR FORMING TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR ARRANGEMENTSFOR SURGICAL STAPLERS”(代理人案卷号END6843USCIP10/100528CP10)的美国专利申请序列号_______________;U.S. Patent Application Serial No. _______________ entitled "METHODS FOR FORMING TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR ARRANGEMENTSFOR SURGICAL STAPLERS" (Attorney Docket No. END6843USCIP10/100528CP10);

名称为“TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATORS”(代理人案卷号END6843USCIP11/100528CP11)的美国专利申请序列号_______________;US Patent Application Serial No. _______________, entitled "TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATORS" (Attorney Docket No. END6843USCIP11/100528CP11);

名称为“LAYERED TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR”(代理人案卷号END6843USCIP12/100528CP12)的美国专利申请序列号_______________;US Patent Application Serial No. _______________ entitled "LAYERED TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR" (Attorney Docket No. END6843USCIP12/100528CP12);

名称为“TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATORS FOR CIRCULAR SURGICAL STAPLERS”(代理人案卷号END6843USCIP13/100528CP13)的美国专利申请序列号_______________;US Patent Application Serial No. _______________ entitled "TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATORS FOR CIRCULAR SURGICAL STAPLERS" (Attorney Docket No. END6843USCIP13/100528CP13);

名称为“TISSUE TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR COMPRISING CAPSULESDEFINING A LOW PRESSURE ENVIRONMENT”(代理人案卷号END7100USNP/110601)的美国专利申请序列号_______________;US Patent Application Serial No. _______________ entitled "TISSUE TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR COMPRISING CAPSULESDEFINING A LOW PRESSURE ENVIRONMENT" (Attorney Docket No. END7100USNP/110601);

名称为“TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR COMPRISED OF A PLURALITY OFMATERIALS”(代理人案卷号END7101USNP/110602)的美国专利申请序列号_______________;U.S. Patent Application Serial No. _______________, entitled "TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR COMPRISED OF A PLURALITY OFMATERIALS" (Attorney Docket No. END7101USNP/110602);

名称为“MOVABLE MEMBER FOR USE WITH A TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR”(代理人案卷号END7107USNP/110603)的美国专利申请序列号_______________;US Patent Application Serial No. _______________ entitled "MOVABLE MEMBER FOR USE WITH A TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR" (Attorney Docket No. END7107USNP/110603);

名称为“TISSUE TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR COMPRISING A PLURALITY OFMEDICAMENTS”(代理人案卷号END7102USNP/110604)的美国专利申请序列号_______________;US Patent Application Serial No. _______________, entitled "TISSUE TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR COMPRISING A PLURALITY OFMEDICAMENTS" (Attorney Docket No. END7102USNP/110604);

名称为“TISSUE TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR COMPRISING CHANNELS”(代理人案卷号END7104USNP/110606)的美国专利申请序列号_______________;U.S. Patent Application Serial No. _______________, entitled "TISSUE TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR COMPRISING CHANNELS" (Attorney Docket No. END7104USNP/110606);

名称为“TISSUE TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR COMPRISING TISSUE INGROWTHFEATURES”(代理人案卷号END7105USNP/110607)的美国专利申请序列号_______________;和U.S. Patent Application Serial No. _______________, entitled "TISSUE TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR COMPRISING TISSUE INGROWTHFEATURES" (Attorney Docket No. END7105USNP/110607); and

名称为“DEVICES AND METHODS FOR ATTACHING TISSUE THICKNESSCOMPENSATING MATERIALS TO SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENTS”(代理人案卷号END7106USNP/110608)的美国专利申请序列号_______________。US Patent Application Serial No. _______________, entitled "DEVICES AND METHODS FOR ATTACHING TISSUE THICKNESSCOMPENSATING MATERIALS TO SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENTS" (Attorney Docket No. END7106USNP/110608).

现在将描述某些示例性实施例,以从整体上理解本文所公开的装置和方法的结构、功能、制造和用途。这些实施例的一个或多个实例在附图中示出。本领域普通技术人员应当理解文中具体描述并用附图示出的装置与方法均为非限制的示例性实施例。结合一个示例性实施例示出或描述的结构可与其它实施例的结构相组合。这种修改形式和变型形式包括在本发明的范围内。Certain exemplary embodiments will now be described to provide an overall understanding of the structure, function, manufacture, and use of the devices and methods disclosed herein. One or more examples of these embodiments are illustrated in the accompanying drawings. Those of ordinary skill in the art should understand that the devices and methods specifically described herein and illustrated in the accompanying drawings are non-limiting exemplary embodiments. Structures shown or described in connection with one exemplary embodiment may be combined with structures of other embodiments. Such modifications and variations are included within the scope of the present invention.

本文公开的或受权利要求书保护的用于制造、形成或换句话讲制备制品或产品的方法中的任何一个可用于制造、形成或换句话讲制备所考虑的制品或产品中的全部或部分,并且在此类方法用于制造、形成或换句话讲制备所考虑的制品或产品的部分的情况下,制品或产品的其余部分可以任何方式(包括使用本文公开的或受权利要求书保护的用于制造、形成或换句话讲制备制品或产品的其它方法中的任何一个)来制备,并且可将如此制备的各个部分以任何方式进行组合。相似地,本文公开的或受权利要求书保护的任何制品或产品可单独存在,或者可结合与其兼容的本发明所公开的任何其它制品或产品而存在,或者可作为与其兼容的本发明所公开的任何其它制品或产品的一体部分而存在。因此,结合一种制品、产品或方法示出或描述的特定特征、结构、或特性可完全地或部分地(非限制地)与一种或多种其它兼容制品、产品或方法的特征、结构、或特性进行结合。这种修改形式和变型形式包括在本发明的范围内。Any of the methods disclosed or claimed herein for making, forming or otherwise preparing an article or product may be used to make, form or otherwise prepare all of the contemplated articles or products or part thereof, and where such methods are used to manufacture, form or otherwise prepare part of the article or product under consideration, the remainder of the article or product may be transformed in any way (including using the any of the other methods for making, forming or otherwise preparing an article or product protected by this book), and the parts so prepared may be combined in any way. Similarly, any article or product disclosed or claimed herein may exist alone or in combination with any other article or product of the present disclosure with which it is compatible, or as an inventive disclosure with which it is compatible. an integral part of any other article or product. Thus, a particular feature, structure, or characteristic shown or described in connection with one article, product, or method may be completely or partially (without limitation) compatible with one or more features, structures, or structures of another compatible article, product, or method. , or features are combined. Such modifications and variations are included within the scope of the present invention.

在本文参照特定附图或其它方式公开本发明的特定实施例,或者特定制品,产品或方法可包括特定结构、特性、或特征的情况下,读者应当理解,这意味着这些结构、特性、或特征可以任何合适的组合实施于所考虑的制品、产品或方法中。具体地讲,多个任选结构、特性、或特征的此类公开内容应被理解为公开这些结构、特性、或特征的全部组合,例外情况是被公开作为彼此的替代形式的结构、特性、或特征。在此类结构、特性、或特征被公开作为彼此的替代形式的情况下,这应被理解为公开作为彼此的替换物的这些替代形式。Where particular embodiments of the invention are disclosed herein by reference to particular drawings or otherwise, or that particular manufactures, products or methods may include particular structures, characteristics, or characteristics, the reader should understand that this means that those structures, characteristics, or Features may be implemented in any suitable combination in the article, product or method under consideration. In particular, such disclosure of multiple optional structures, properties, or characteristics should be understood as disclosing all combinations of such structures, properties, or features, with the exception that structures, properties, or features are disclosed as alternatives to each other. or features. Where such structures, properties, or characteristics are disclosed as alternatives to each other, this is to be understood as disclosing these alternatives as alternatives to each other.

本文所用术语“近侧”和“远侧”是相对于操纵外科器械的柄部部分的临床医生而言的。术语“近侧”是指最靠近临床医生的部分,术语“远侧”是指远离临床医生的部分。还应当理解,为简洁和清楚起见,本文可以结合附图使用诸如“竖直”、“水平”、“上”和“下”之类的空间术语。然而,外科器械在许多方向和位置中使用,并且这些术语并非限制性的和/或绝对的。The terms "proximal" and "distal" are used herein with respect to a clinician manipulating the handle portion of the surgical instrument. The term "proximal" refers to the portion closest to the clinician and the term "distal" refers to the portion remote from the clinician. It should also be understood that spatial terms such as "vertical," "horizontal," "upper," and "lower" may be used herein in connection with the drawings for the sake of brevity and clarity. However, surgical instruments are used in many orientations and positions, and these terms are not limiting and/or absolute.

提供了各种示例性装置和方法以执行腹腔镜式和微创外科手术操作。然而,读者将容易理解,本文所公开的各种方法和装置可用于多种外科手术和应用(包括与开放式外科手术结合)中。继续参阅本具体实施方式,读者将进一步理解,本文所公开的各种器械可以任何方式插入体内,例如通过自然腔道、通过形成于组织中的切口或穿刺孔等。器械的工作部分或端部执行器部分可直接插入患者体内或可通过具有工作通道的进入装置插入,外科器械的端部执行器和细长轴可通过所述工作通道推进。Various exemplary devices and methods are provided for performing laparoscopic and minimally invasive surgical procedures. However, the reader will readily appreciate that the various methods and devices disclosed herein can be used in a variety of surgical procedures and applications, including in conjunction with open surgery. Continuing to read the detailed description, readers will further understand that the various devices disclosed herein can be inserted into the body in any way, such as through natural orifices, through incisions or puncture holes formed in tissues, and the like. The working or end effector portion of the instrument can be inserted directly into the patient or through an access device having a working channel through which the end effector and elongated shaft of the surgical instrument can be advanced.

转到附图,其中在多个视图中,类似的数字表示类似的组件,图1示出了能够实践若干独特益处的外科器械10。外科缝合器械10被设计成用于操纵和/或致动可操作地附接到其上的各种形式及尺寸的端部执行器12。在图1-图1E中,例如端部执行器12包括细长通道14,该细长通道形成端部执行器12的下钳口13。细长通道14能够支撑“植入式”钉仓30并且还能够运动地支撑用作端部执行器12的上钳口15的砧座20。Turning to the drawings, wherein like numerals represent like components throughout the several views, FIG. 1 illustrates a surgical instrument 10 that enables several unique benefits to be practiced. Surgical stapling instrument 10 is designed to manipulate and/or actuate various forms and sizes of end effectors 12 to which it is operatively attached. In FIGS. 1-1E , for example, the end effector 12 includes an elongated channel 14 forming a lower jaw 13 of the end effector 12 . The elongated channel 14 is capable of supporting an “implantable” staple cartridge 30 and also movably supporting an anvil 20 serving as the upper jaw 15 of the end effector 12 .

细长通道14可由例如300&400系列,17-4&17-7不锈钢、钛等制成,并且可与间隔开的侧壁16一起形成。砧座20可由例如300&400系列,17-4&17-7不锈钢、钛等制成,并且可具有钉成形下表面(通常标记为22),所述钉成形下表面具有形成于其中的多个钉成形凹坑23。参见图1B-图1E。另外,砧座20具有从其向近侧突起的分为两部分的滑道组件24。砧座销26从滑道组件24的每个侧面突起,以接收在细长通道14的侧壁16中的对应狭槽或开口18内,从而有利于将砧座销可运动或可枢转地附接到所述对应狭槽或开口上。The elongated channel 14 may be fabricated from, for example, 300 & 400 series, 17-4 & 17-7 stainless steel, titanium, etc., and may be formed with spaced apart side walls 16 . The anvil 20 may be made of, for example, 300 & 400 series, 17-4 & 17-7 stainless steel, titanium, etc., and may have a staple forming lower surface (generally designated 22) having a plurality of staple forming recesses formed therein Pit 23. See Figures 1B-1E. Additionally, the anvil 20 has a bifurcated slide assembly 24 protruding proximally therefrom. Anvil pins 26 protrude from each side of the slideway assembly 24 to be received within corresponding slots or openings 18 in the side walls 16 of the elongated channel 14 to facilitate moving or pivoting the anvil pins. Attaches to the corresponding slot or opening.

各种形式的植入式钉仓可与本文所公开的外科器械一起使用。以下将更详细地论述特定的钉仓构型和构造。然而,在图1A中,示出了植入式钉仓30。钉仓30具有主体部分31,该主体部分由可压缩的止血剂材料(诸如氧化再生纤维素(“ORC”)或可生物吸收的泡沫)构成,其中支撑有多行未成形的金属钉32。为防止钉受影响并且防止止血剂材料在引入和定位过程期间被活化,整个仓可涂覆有或包裹有可生物降解的膜38,诸如以商标出售的六环酮膜或聚甘油癸二酸酯(PGS)膜或由PGA(聚乙醇酸,以商标Vicryl出售)、PCL(聚己内酯)、PLA或PLLA(聚乳酸)、PHA(聚羟基链烷酸酯)、PGCL(聚卡普隆25,以商标Monocryl出售)或PGA、PCL、PLA、PDS的复合物形成的其他可生物降解的膜,所述膜只有在破裂时才可渗透。钉仓30的主体31的尺寸被设定成可移除地支撑在如图所示的细长通道14内,使得当砧座20被驱动至与钉仓30形成接触时,其中的每个钉32均与砧座中对应的钉成形凹坑23对齐。Various forms of implantable staple cartridges can be used with the surgical instruments disclosed herein. Specific staple cartridge configurations and configurations are discussed in more detail below. In FIG. 1A , however, an implantable staple cartridge 30 is shown. Staple cartridge 30 has a body portion 31 constructed of a compressible hemostatic material, such as oxidized regenerated cellulose ("ORC") or bioabsorbable foam, in which rows of unformed metal staples 32 are supported. To prevent the staples from being affected and to prevent the hemostat material from being activated during the introduction and positioning process, the entire cartridge can be coated or wrapped with a biodegradable film 38, such as under the trademark Films of hexacyclone or polyglyceryl sebacate (PGS) are sold or made of PGA (polyglycolic acid, sold under the trademark Vicryl), PCL (polycaprolactone), PLA or PLLA (polylactic acid), PHA (poly Hydroxyalkanoates), PGCL (polycapron 25, sold under the trademark Monocryl) or other biodegradable membranes formed from complexes of PGA, PCL, PLA, PDS which are only permeable when ruptured . The main body 31 of the staple cartridge 30 is sized to be removably supported within the elongated channel 14 as shown so that when the anvil 20 is driven into contact with the staple cartridge 30, each staple therein 32 are each aligned with corresponding staple forming pockets 23 in the anvil.

在使用中,一旦端部执行器12邻近靶组织而定位,端部执行器12便被操纵成将靶组织捕获或夹紧于钉仓30的顶部表面36与砧座20的钉成形表面22之间。钉32通过如下方式成形:使砧座20在基本上平行于细长通道14的路径中运动,以使钉成形表面22且更具体地使其中的钉成形凹坑23基本上同时接触钉仓30的顶部表面36。当砧座20继续运动至钉仓30中时,钉32的腿34在砧座20中接触对应的钉成形凹坑23,该钉成形凹坑用于使钉腿34弯曲以使钉32成形为“B形”。砧座20朝细长通道14的进一步运动将进一步压缩钉32并使其成形为期望的最终成形高度“FF”。In use, once the end effector 12 is positioned adjacent to the target tissue, the end effector 12 is manipulated to capture or clamp the target tissue between the top surface 36 of the staple cartridge 30 and the staple forming surface 22 of the anvil 20 between. The staples 32 are formed by moving the anvil 20 in a path substantially parallel to the elongated channel 14 so that the staple forming surfaces 22, and more specifically the staple forming pockets 23 therein, contact the staple cartridge 30 substantially simultaneously. 36 of the top surface. As the anvil 20 continues to move into the staple cartridge 30, the legs 34 of the staples 32 contact corresponding staple forming pockets 23 in the anvil 20 for bending the staple legs 34 to form the staples 32 into "Shape B". Further movement of the anvil 20 toward the elongated channel 14 will further compress and form the staples 32 to the desired final formed height "FF".

上述钉成形过程大体绘示于图1B-图1E中。例如,图1B示出端部执行器12,其中靶组织“T”位于砧座20与植入式钉仓30的顶部表面36之间。图1C示出砧座20的初始夹紧位置,其中砧座20已被合拢至靶组织“T”上,以将靶组织“T”夹紧于砧座20与钉仓30的顶部表面36之间。图1D示出初始钉成形,其中砧座20已开始压缩钉仓30,使得钉32的腿34开始通过砧座20中的钉成形凹坑23而成形。图1E示出穿过靶组织“T”而处于最终成形条件的钉32,为清晰起见已移除砧座20。一旦钉32成形并紧固至靶组织“T”,外科医生便使砧座20运动至打开位置,以在自患者撤出端部执行器12时使仓体31及钉32能够保持附连到靶组织。当两个钳口13,15共同夹紧时,端部执行器12使所有的钉同时成形。其余“被压溃的”主体材料31用作止血剂(ORC)和钉线增强剂(PGA、PDS或任何上述其他膜组合物38)。此外,由于钉32在成形期间不必离开仓体31,因此钉32在成形期间变为畸形的可能性被最小化。如本文所用,术语“植入式”是指除钉之外,支撑钉的仓体材料也将被保持在患者体内并可最终被患者身体吸收。此类植入式钉仓区别于先前的钉仓结构,该先前的钉仓构造在其已被击发之后仍然完整地定位在端部执行器内。The above nail forming process is generally shown in FIG. 1B-FIG. 1E. For example, FIG. 1B shows end effector 12 with target tissue “T” positioned between anvil 20 and top surface 36 of implantable staple cartridge 30 . 1C shows the initial clamping position of the anvil 20, wherein the anvil 20 has been closed onto the target tissue "T" to clamp the target tissue "T" between the anvil 20 and the top surface 36 of the staple cartridge 30 between. FIG. 1D shows initial staple formation where the anvil 20 has begun to compress the staple cartridge 30 such that the legs 34 of the staples 32 begin to form through the staple forming pockets 23 in the anvil 20 . Figure IE shows staples 32 in a final formed condition through target tissue "T" with anvil 20 removed for clarity. Once the staples 32 are formed and fastened to the target tissue "T", the surgeon moves the anvil 20 to the open position to enable the cartridge body 31 and staples 32 to remain attached to the end effector 12 when withdrawing from the patient. target tissue. When the two jaws 13, 15 are clamped together, the end effector 12 forms all the staples simultaneously. The remaining "crushed" body material 31 acts as a hemostat (ORC) and staple line reinforcer (PGA, PDS, or any of the other film compositions 38 described above). Furthermore, since the staples 32 do not have to exit the cartridge body 31 during forming, the likelihood of the staples 32 becoming misshapen during forming is minimized. As used herein, the term "implantable" means that in addition to the staples, the cartridge body material supporting the staples will also be retained within the patient's body and can eventually be absorbed by the patient's body. Such implantable staple cartridges are distinguished from previous staple cartridge configurations that remain fully positioned within the end effector after they have been fired.

在各种具体实施中,端部执行器12能够联接到自柄部组件100突起的细长轴组件40。端部执行器12(在闭合时)和细长轴组件40可具有相似的横截面形状,并且其尺寸被设定成以另一种进入器械形式操作地穿过套管针管或工作通道。如本文所用,术语“可操作地穿过”是指端部执行器和细长轴组件的至少一部分可通过通道或管开口插入或可穿过通道或管开口,并可视需要在通道或管开口中对其进行操纵以完成外科缝合手术。当处于闭合位置时,端部执行器12的钳口13和15可为端部执行器提供大体圆形的横截面形状以利于其穿过圆形的通路/开口。然而,可设想本发明的端部执行器以及细长轴组件设有其他横截面形状,从而可以其他方式穿过具有非圆形横截面形状的进入通路和开口。因此,闭合的端部执行器的横截面的总体尺寸将与端部执行器打算穿过的通道或开口的尺寸相关。因此,一个端部执行器例如可被称为“5mm”端部执行器,这是指其能够可操作地穿过直径至少为大约5mm的开口。In various implementations, the end effector 12 can be coupled to an elongated shaft assembly 40 protruding from the handle assembly 100 . The end effector 12 (when closed) and the elongate shaft assembly 40 may have similar cross-sectional shapes and be sized to operatively pass through a trocar tube or working channel as another access instrument. As used herein, the term "operably passed through" means that at least a portion of the end effector and elongated shaft assembly can be inserted through or passed through a channel or tube opening, and optionally in the channel or tube opening. It is manipulated through the opening to complete the surgical closure. When in the closed position, the jaws 13 and 15 of the end effector 12 may provide the end effector with a generally circular cross-sectional shape to facilitate its passage through the circular passageway/opening. However, other cross-sectional shapes are contemplated for end effectors and elongated shaft assemblies of the present invention so that access passages and openings having non-circular cross-sectional shapes can be passed through in other ways. Thus, the overall size of the cross-section of a closed end effector will be related to the size of the passageway or opening through which the end effector is intended to pass. Thus, an end effector, for example, may be referred to as a "5 mm" end effector, meaning that it is capable of operatively passing through an opening that is at least about 5 mm in diameter.

细长轴组件40可具有与处于闭合位置的端部执行器12的外径基本相等的外径。例如,5mm端部执行器可联接到具有5mm横截面直径的细长轴组件40。然而,继续参阅本具体实施方式,将显而易见的是,本发明可有效地结合不同尺寸的端部执行器使用。例如,10mm端部执行器可附接到具有5mm横截面直径的细长轴。相反,对于其中提供10mm或更大的进入开口或通道的应用而言,细长轴组件40可具有10mm(或更大)的横截面直径,但也能够致动5mm或10mm端部执行器。因此,外轴40的外径可与附接到其上的闭合的端部执行器12的外径相同或不同。The elongated shaft assembly 40 may have an outer diameter substantially equal to the outer diameter of the end effector 12 in the closed position. For example, a 5 mm end effector may be coupled to an elongated shaft assembly 40 having a 5 mm cross-sectional diameter. However, with continued reference to the detailed description, it will become apparent that the present invention may be effectively used with end effectors of different sizes. For example, a 10mm end effector may be attached to an elongated shaft with a 5mm cross-sectional diameter. Conversely, for applications where an access opening or passageway of 10mm or greater is provided, the elongate shaft assembly 40 may have a cross-sectional diameter of 10mm (or greater), but is also capable of actuating a 5mm or 10mm end effector. Thus, the outer diameter of the outer shaft 40 may be the same or different than the outer diameter of the closed end effector 12 to which it is attached.

如图所示,细长轴组件40从柄部组件100大体上沿着直线向远侧延伸,以限定纵向轴线A-A。例如,细长轴组件40可为约9-16英寸(229-406mm)长。然而,细长轴组件40可设置为其他长度,或者可在其中具有接头或以其他方式能够有利于端部执行器12相对于轴或柄部组件的其他部分进行关节运动,如下文将更详细地论述。细长轴组件40包括脊构件50,该脊构件从柄部组件100延伸到端部执行器12。端部执行器12的细长通道14的近侧末端具有从其突起的一对保持凸耳17,该对保持凸耳的尺寸被设定成接收在脊构件50的远侧末端中所提供的对应的凸耳开口或支架52中,以使端部执行器12能够可移除地联接细长轴组件40。脊构件50可由例如6061或7075铝、不锈钢、钛等制成。As shown, elongated shaft assembly 40 extends distally from handle assembly 100 generally along a line to define longitudinal axis A-A. For example, the elongated shaft assembly 40 may be approximately 9-16 inches (229-406 mm) long. However, the elongated shaft assembly 40 may be provided at other lengths, or may have a joint therein or otherwise be capable of facilitating articulation of the end effector 12 relative to the shaft or other portion of the handle assembly, as will be described in more detail below. to discuss. Elongated shaft assembly 40 includes a spine member 50 that extends from handle assembly 100 to end effector 12 . The proximal end of the elongated channel 14 of the end effector 12 has a pair of retaining lugs 17 protruding therefrom, the pair of retaining lugs being dimensioned to receive a shank provided in the distal end of the spine member 50. Corresponding lug openings or brackets 52 are provided to enable end effector 12 to be removably coupled to elongate shaft assembly 40 . Spine member 50 may be made of, for example, 6061 or 7075 aluminum, stainless steel, titanium, or the like.

柄部组件100包括手枪抓握型外壳,该手枪抓握型外壳可出于组装目的而被制成两个或更多个部分。例如,如图所示的柄部组件100包括由聚合物或塑性材料模塑或以其他方式制成的、并被设计成配合在一起的右手壳体构件102和左手壳体构件(未示出)。可通过在其中模塑或以其他方式形成的按扣特征结构、栓、和承窝、和/或通过粘合剂、螺钉等而将此类壳体构件附接到一起。脊构件50具有近侧末端54,在该近侧末端上形成有凸缘56。凸缘56能够可旋转地支撑在沟槽106中,该沟槽由从壳体构件102,104中的每个向内突起的配合肋108形成。此类构造有利于脊构件50附接到柄部组件100,同时使脊构件50能够相对于柄部组件100沿360°路径围绕纵向轴线A-A旋转。The handle assembly 100 includes a pistol grip type housing that may be made in two or more parts for assembly purposes. For example, the handle assembly 100 as shown includes a right-hand housing member 102 and a left-hand housing member (not shown) molded or otherwise made from a polymer or plastic material and designed to fit together. ). Such housing components may be attached together by snap features, pegs, and sockets molded or otherwise formed therein, and/or by adhesives, screws, and the like. The spine member 50 has a proximal end 54 on which a flange 56 is formed. The flange 56 is rotatably supported in a channel 106 formed by a mating rib 108 projecting inwardly from each of the housing members 102 , 104 . Such a configuration facilitates attachment of spine member 50 to handle assembly 100 while enabling rotation of spine member 50 relative to handle assembly 100 along a 360° path about longitudinal axis A-A.

如在图1中可进一步看出,脊构件50穿过安装轴衬60并由安装轴衬60支撑,该安装轴衬60可旋转地附连到柄部组件100。安装轴衬60具有近侧凸缘62和远侧凸缘64,其限定旋转沟槽65,该旋转沟槽能够将柄部组件100的前缘部分101可旋转地接收在其间。这种构造使安装轴衬60能够相对于柄部组件100围绕纵向轴线A-A旋转。脊构件50通过脊销66不可旋转地销接至安装轴衬60。另外,旋钮70附接到安装轴衬60。例如,旋钮70具有中空安装凸缘部72,该中空安装凸缘部的尺寸被设定成将安装轴衬60的一部分接收在其中。旋钮70可由例如玻璃或碳填充尼龙、聚碳酸酯、等制成,并且也通过脊销66附连到安装轴衬60。此外,向内突起的保持凸缘74形成在安装凸缘部72上并能够延伸至形成于安装轴衬60中的径向沟槽68中。因此,外科医生可通过抓紧旋钮70并使其相对于柄部组件100旋转,而使脊构件50(和附接到其上的端部执行器12)围绕纵向轴线A-A沿360°路径旋转。As can further be seen in FIG. 1 , spine member 50 passes through and is supported by mounting bushing 60 , which is rotatably attached to handle assembly 100 . Mounting bushing 60 has proximal flange 62 and distal flange 64 that define a rotational groove 65 capable of rotatably receiving leading edge portion 101 of handle assembly 100 therebetween. This configuration enables the mounting bushing 60 to rotate relative to the handle assembly 100 about the longitudinal axis AA. The spine member 50 is non-rotatably pinned to the mounting bushing 60 by a spine pin 66 . Additionally, a knob 70 is attached to the mounting bushing 60 . For example, the knob 70 has a hollow mounting flange portion 72 sized to receive a portion of the mounting bushing 60 therein. Knob 70 may be made of, for example, glass or carbon filled nylon, polycarbonate, etc., and is also attached to the mounting bushing 60 by a spine pin 66. Additionally, an inwardly projecting retention flange 74 is formed on the mounting flange portion 72 and is extendable into a radial groove 68 formed in the mounting bushing 60 . Thus, the surgeon can rotate spine member 50 (and end effector 12 attached thereto) along a 360° path about longitudinal axis AA by grasping knob 70 and rotating it relative to handle assembly 100 .

砧座20由砧座弹簧21和/或另一个偏置构造保持在打开位置。通过大体被标记为109的击发系统,砧座20可从打开位置选择性地运动到各种闭合或夹紧位置以及击发位置。击发系统109包括“击发构件”110,其包括中空击发管110。中空击发管110可在脊构件50上轴向地运动,因此形成细长轴组件40的外部。击发管110可由聚合物或其他合适的材料制成,并具有附接到击发系统109的击发轭114的近侧末端。例如,击发轭114可模压到击发管110的近侧末端。然而,也可采用其他紧固件构造。Anvil 20 is held in the open position by anvil spring 21 and/or another biasing formation. Anvil 20 is selectively movable from an open position to various closed or clamped and fired positions by a firing system generally designated 109 . The firing system 109 includes a “firing member” 110 that includes a hollow firing tube 110 . Hollow firing tube 110 is axially movable on spine member 50 , thus forming the exterior of elongated shaft assembly 40 . Firing tube 110 may be fabricated from a polymer or other suitable material and has a proximal end that is attached to firing yoke 114 of firing system 109 . For example, firing yoke 114 may be molded to the proximal end of firing tube 110 . However, other fastener configurations may also be used.

如在图1中可看出,击发轭114能够可旋转地支撑在支撑衬圈120中,该支撑衬圈能够在柄部组件100中轴向运动。支撑衬圈120具有一对侧向延伸的翅片,该对翅片的尺寸设定成可滑动地接收在形成于左手壳体构件和右手壳体构件中的翅片狭槽内。因此,支撑衬圈120可在柄部外壳100中轴向滑动,同时使击发轭114和击发管110能够相对于支撑衬圈120围绕纵向轴线A-A旋转。根据本发明,穿过击发管110设置有纵向狭槽,以使脊销66能够穿过其中延伸到脊构件50中,同时有利于击发管110在脊构件50上轴向行进。As can be seen in FIG. 1 , the firing yoke 114 can be rotatably supported in a support collar 120 that can move axially within the handle assembly 100 . The support collar 120 has a pair of laterally extending fins sized to be slidably received within fin slots formed in the left and right hand housing members. Accordingly, the support collar 120 is axially slidable within the handle housing 100 while enabling the firing yoke 114 and firing tube 110 to rotate relative to the support collar 120 about the longitudinal axis A-A. In accordance with the present invention, a longitudinal slot is provided through firing tube 110 to enable spine pin 66 to extend therethrough into spine member 50 while facilitating axial travel of firing tube 110 over spine member 50 .

击发系统109还包括击发触发器130,该击发触发器用于控制击发管110在脊构件50上的轴向行进。参见图1。沿着击发管110的远侧方向形成与砧座20击发交互的此类轴向运动在本文中称为“击发动作”。如在图1中可看出,击发触发器130通过枢轴销132可运动地或者可枢转地联接到柄部组件100。采用扭转弹簧135来偏置击发触发器130远离柄部组件100的手枪式握把部107而到达未致动的“打开”或起始位置。如在图1中可看出,击发触发器130具有上部134,该上部可运动地附接(销接)到击发链节136,该击发链节可运动地附接(销接)到支撑衬圈120。因此,击发触发器130从起始位置(图1)朝邻近柄部组件100的手枪式握把部107的终止位置的运动将导致击发轭114和击发管110沿着远侧方向“DD”运动。击发触发器130远离柄部组件100的手枪式握把部107的运动(在扭转弹簧135的偏置力下)将导致击发轭114和击发管110在脊构件50上沿着近侧方向“PD”运动。Firing system 109 also includes a firing trigger 130 for controlling the axial travel of firing tube 110 over spine member 50 . See Figure 1. Such axial movement along the distal direction of the firing tube 110 to create a firing interaction with the anvil 20 is referred to herein as a "firing action." As can be seen in FIG. 1 , firing trigger 130 is movably or pivotally coupled to handle assembly 100 by pivot pin 132 . A torsion spring 135 is employed to bias the firing trigger 130 away from the pistol grip portion 107 of the handle assembly 100 to an unactuated "open" or home position. As can be seen in FIG. 1 , the firing trigger 130 has an upper portion 134 that is movably attached (pinned) to a firing link 136 that is movably attached (pinned) to the support bushing. Circle 120. Accordingly, movement of the firing trigger 130 from the starting position ( FIG. 1 ) toward the ending position adjacent the pistol grip portion 107 of the handle assembly 100 will cause the firing yoke 114 and firing tube 110 to move in the distal direction "DD". . Movement of the firing trigger 130 away from the pistol grip portion 107 of the handle assembly 100 (under the bias of the torsion spring 135) will cause the firing yoke 114 and firing tube 110 to move on the spine member 50 in the proximal direction “PD”. "sports.

本发明可与不同尺寸和构型的植入式钉仓一起使用。例如,当结合第一击发衔接子140使用时,外科器械10可与支撑植入式钉仓30的约20mm长(或以其他长度)的5mm端部执行器12一起使用。这种端部执行器尺寸可尤其非常适用于例如实现相对精细的解剖及血管处理。然而,如下文所更详细所述,例如也可通过将第一击发衔接子140更换为第二击发衔接子而将外科器械10与其他尺寸的端部执行器和钉仓结合使用。作为另外的替代形式,细长轴组件40能够附接到仅一种形式或尺寸的端部执行器。The present invention can be used with implantable staple cartridges of different sizes and configurations. For example, when used in conjunction with first firing adapter 140 , surgical instrument 10 may be used with a 5 mm end effector 12 that is approximately 20 mm long (or otherwise long) that supports implantable staple cartridge 30 . Such an end effector size may be particularly well-suited for, for example, achieving relatively fine dissections and vascular treatments. However, as described in more detail below, surgical instrument 10 may also be used with other sized end effectors and staple cartridges, for example by replacing first firing adapter 140 with a second firing adapter. As a further alternative, the elongated shaft assembly 40 can be attached to only one form or size of end effector.

现在将阐释一种将端部执行器12可移除地联接到脊构件50的方法。通过将细长通道14上的保持凸耳17插入脊构件50中的凸耳支架52中来开始联接过程。随后,外科医生将击发触发器130朝向外壳组件100的手枪式握把107推进,以将击发管110和第一击发衔接子140向远侧推进到细长通道14的近侧末端部分47之上,从而将凸耳17保持在其各自的支架52中。第一击发衔接子140在凸耳17上的这种位置在本文中称为“联接位置”。本发明还可具有端部执行器锁定组件以用于在端部执行器12已附接到脊构件50之后将击发触发器130锁定在适当位置。One method of removably coupling end effector 12 to spine member 50 will now be explained. The coupling process begins by inserting the retaining lugs 17 on the elongated channel 14 into the lug holders 52 in the spine member 50 . Subsequently, the surgeon advances the firing trigger 130 toward the pistol grip 107 of the housing assembly 100 to advance the firing tube 110 and first firing adapter 140 distally over the proximal end portion 47 of the elongated channel 14 , thereby retaining the lugs 17 in their respective brackets 52 . This position of the first firing adapter 140 on the lug 17 is referred to herein as the "coupling position". The present invention may also have an end effector locking assembly for locking the firing trigger 130 in place after the end effector 12 has been attached to the spine member 50 .

更具体地讲,端部执行器锁定组件160的一个实施例包括保持销162,该保持销被可运动地支撑在击发触发器130的上部134中。如上所述,击发管110必须首先向远侧被推进至联接位置,其中第一击发衔接子140将端部执行器12的保持凸耳17保持在脊构件50中的凸耳支架52中。外科医生通过从起始位置朝手枪式握把107牵拉击发触发器130而将击发衔接子140向远侧推进到联接位置。当击发触发器130被首先致动时,保持销162向远侧运动,直到击发管110将第一击发衔接子140推进到联接位置,此时保持销162被偏置到形成于壳体构件中的锁定腔164中。任选地,当保持销162进入锁定腔164中时,销162可发出可听见的“咔嗒”声或其他声音,而且为外科医生提供端部执行器12已被“锁定”到脊构件50上的触觉指示。另外,只要不有意地将保持销162偏置出锁定腔164,外科医生便不会无意间继续致动击发触发器130以开始使端部执行器12中的钉32成形。相似地,如果外科医生释放处于联接位置的击发触发器130,则保持销162会使击发触发器130保持在该位置,以防止击发触发器130返回至起始位置并因此从脊构件50释放端部执行器12。More specifically, one embodiment of the end effector lock assembly 160 includes a retaining pin 162 movably supported in the upper portion 134 of the firing trigger 130 . As described above, the firing tube 110 must first be advanced distally to the coupled position wherein the first firing adapter 140 retains the retaining lug 17 of the end effector 12 in the lug bracket 52 in the spine member 50 . The surgeon advances the firing adapter 140 distally to the coupled position by pulling the firing trigger 130 from the starting position toward the pistol grip 107 . When the firing trigger 130 is first actuated, the retaining pin 162 moves distally until the firing tube 110 advances the first firing adapter 140 to the coupled position, at which point the retaining pin 162 is biased into the housing member. in the locking cavity 164 of the Optionally, when the retaining pin 162 enters the locking cavity 164, the pin 162 may emit an audible "click" or other sound and provide the surgeon with an indication that the end effector 12 has been "locked" to the spine member 50. tactile indication on the Additionally, as long as the retaining pin 162 is not intentionally biased out of the locking cavity 164 , the surgeon cannot inadvertently continue to actuate the firing trigger 130 to begin forming the staples 32 in the end effector 12 . Similarly, if the surgeon releases the firing trigger 130 in the coupled position, the retaining pin 162 will keep the firing trigger 130 in this position, preventing the firing trigger 130 from returning to the starting position and thus releasing the end from the spine member 50 Department actuator 12.

本发明还可包括击发系统锁定按钮137,该击发系统锁定按钮以能够枢转的方式附接到柄部组件100。在一种形式中,击发系统锁定按钮137具有在其远侧末端上形成的闩锁138,该闩锁被取向成当击发释放按钮处于第一闩锁位置时接合击发轭114。如在图1中可看出,闩锁弹簧139用于将击发系统锁定按钮137偏置到第一闩锁位置。在各种情况下,闩锁138用于在以下点处接合击发轭114:在该点处,脊构件50上的击发轭114的位置对应于其中第一击发衔接子140即将朝远侧推进到砧座20上的夹紧滑道28上的点。应当理解,随着第一击发衔接子140轴向地向夹紧滑道28上推进,砧座20将沿路径运动,使得钉成形表面部分22基本上平行于钉仓30的顶部表面36。The present invention may also include a firing system lock button 137 that is pivotally attached to the handle assembly 100 . In one form, the firing system lockout button 137 has a latch 138 formed on its distal end oriented to engage the firing yoke 114 when the firing release button is in the first latched position. As can be seen in FIG. 1 , a latch spring 139 is used to bias the firing system lock button 137 to the first latched position. In each case, the latch 138 is used to engage the firing yoke 114 at the point at which the position of the firing yoke 114 on the spine member 50 corresponds to where the first firing adapter 140 is about to be advanced distally. Point on clamping slide 28 on anvil 20 . It should be appreciated that as first firing adapter 140 is advanced axially onto clamping chute 28 , anvil 20 will move along a path such that staple forming surface portion 22 is substantially parallel to top surface 36 of staple cartridge 30 .

在端部执行器12联接到脊构件50之后,通过首先压下击发系统锁定按钮137而开始钉成形过程,以使击发轭114能够在脊构件50上进一步向远侧运动并最终将砧座20压缩到钉仓30中。在压下击发系统锁定按钮137之后,外科医生继续朝手枪式握把107致动击发触发器130,从而将第一钉衬圈140的驱动到对应的钉成形滑道29上,以迫使砧座20与钉仓30中的钉32成形接触。击发系统锁定按钮137防止在外科医生准备好开始该过程之前无意地使钉32成形。在该实施例中,外科医生必须在击发触发器130可被进一步致动之前压下击发系统锁定按钮137以开始钉成形过程。After the end effector 12 is coupled to the spine member 50, the staple forming process is initiated by first depressing the firing system lock button 137 to enable the firing yoke 114 to move further distally on the spine member 50 and eventually to anvil 20. Compressed into the staple cartridge 30. After depressing the firing system lock button 137, the surgeon proceeds to actuate the firing trigger 130 toward the pistol grip 107, thereby driving the first staple collar 140 onto the corresponding staple forming slide 29 to force the anvil 20 is in forming contact with the staples 32 in the staple cartridge 30. The firing system lock button 137 prevents unintentional shaping of the staples 32 until the surgeon is ready to begin the procedure. In this embodiment, the surgeon must depress the firing system lockout button 137 to begin the staple forming process before the firing trigger 130 can be further actuated.

外科器械10可视需要而仅用作组织缝合装置。然而,本发明也可包括组织切割系统,该组织切割系统大体被标记为170。在至少一种形式中,组织切割系统170包括刀构件172,可通过致动刀行进触发器200将该刀构件选择性地从邻近侧末端部执行器12的近侧末端的未致动位置推进到致动位置。刀构件172被可运动地支撑在脊构件50内,并附接到刀杆180或以其他方式从刀杆180突起。刀构件172可由例如具有大于38HRC(洛氏硬度C级)的硬度的420或440不锈钢制成,并可具有形成于其远侧末端174上的组织切割刃176,并能够可滑动地延伸穿过砧座20中的狭槽以及在钉仓30中居中设置的狭槽33,以切穿夹紧于端部执行器12中的组织。刀杆180延伸穿过脊构件50并且具有与刀传送装置传动交接的近侧末端部分,该刀传送装置可操作地附接到刀行进触发器200。刀行进触发器200附接到枢轴销132,使得其可在无需致动击发触发器130的情况下进行枢转或以其他方式被致动。根据本发明,第一刀齿轮192也附接到枢轴销132,使得刀行进触发器200的致动也使第一刀齿轮192枢转。第一刀齿轮192与柄部壳体100之间附接有击发返回弹簧202,以将刀行进触发器200偏置到起始位置或未致动位置。Surgical instrument 10 may be used only as a tissue stapling device if desired. However, the present invention may also include a tissue cutting system, generally designated 170 . In at least one form, tissue cutting system 170 includes knife member 172 that can be selectively advanced from an unactuated position adjacent the proximal end of side tip effector 12 by actuating knife advancement trigger 200 . to the actuated position. Knife member 172 is movably supported within spine member 50 and is attached to or otherwise protrudes from knife bar 180 . Knife member 172 can be made of, for example, 420 or 440 stainless steel having a hardness greater than 38 HRC (Rockwell C scale), and can have a tissue cutting edge 176 formed on its distal tip 174 and can slidably extend through A slot in anvil 20 and a slot 33 centrally located in cartridge 30 to cut through tissue clamped in end effector 12 . Knife bar 180 extends through spine member 50 and has a proximal end portion in driving interface with a knife transport that is operably attached to knife advance trigger 200 . Knife travel trigger 200 is attached to pivot pin 132 such that it can pivot or otherwise be actuated without actuating firing trigger 130 . According to the present invention, first knife gear 192 is also attached to pivot pin 132 such that actuation of knife travel trigger 200 also pivots first knife gear 192 . A firing return spring 202 is attached between the first knife gear 192 and the handle housing 100 to bias the knife travel trigger 200 to a home or unactuated position.

刀传送装置还包括第二刀齿轮194,该第二刀齿轮可旋转地支撑在第二齿轮轴上并与第一刀齿轮192啮合。第二刀齿轮194与支撑在第三齿轮轴上的第三刀齿轮196啮合。第四刀齿轮198也被支撑在第三齿轮轴195上。第四刀齿轮198能够传动接合在刀杆180的近侧末端上的一系列环形齿轮齿或环。因此,这种构造使第四刀齿轮198能够沿远侧方向“DD”或近侧方向“PD”轴向地驱动刀杆180,同时使击发杆180相对于第四刀齿轮198围绕纵向轴线A-A旋转。因此,外科医生可通过朝柄部组件100的手枪式握把107牵拉刀行进触发器200而使击发杆180轴向地推进并最终朝远侧推动刀构件172。The knife transmission device also includes a second knife gear 194 rotatably supported on the second gear shaft and meshed with the first knife gear 192 . The second cutter gear 194 meshes with a third cutter gear 196 supported on the third gear shaft. The fourth knife gear 198 is also supported on the third gear shaft 195 . The fourth knife gear 198 can drivingly engage a series of ring gear teeth or rings on the proximal end of the knife bar 180 . Thus, this configuration enables the fourth knife gear 198 to axially drive the knife bar 180 in either the distal direction "DD" or the proximal direction "PD" while the firing rod 180 is about the longitudinal axis A-A relative to the fourth knife gear 198. rotate. Accordingly, the surgeon may axially advance the firing rod 180 and ultimately the knife member 172 distally by pulling the knife advancement trigger 200 toward the pistol grip 107 of the handle assembly 100 .

本发明还包括刀锁定系统210,该刀锁定系统防止刀构件172的推进,除非击发触发器130已被牵拉至完全击发位置。因此,这种结构将防止刀推进系统170的激活,除非钉已首先被击发或成形于组织中。如在图1中可看出,刀锁定系统210的各种具体实施包括刀锁定杆211,该刀锁定杆以能够枢转的方式支撑在柄部组件100的手枪式握把部107中。刀锁定杆211具有激活端212,当击发触发器130处于完全击发位置时,激活端212能够被击发触发器130接合。另外,刀锁定杆211在其另一端上具有保持吊钩214,该保持吊钩能够以吊钩方式接合第一切割齿轮192上的闩锁杆216。采用刀锁定弹簧218来将刀锁定杆211偏置到“锁定”位置,其中保持吊钩214保持与闩锁杆216接合,从而防止刀行进触发器200的致动,除非击发触发器130处于完全击发位置。The present invention also includes a knife locking system 210 that prevents advancement of the knife member 172 unless the firing trigger 130 has been pulled to the fully fired position. Thus, this configuration will prevent activation of the knife advancement system 170 unless the staples have first been fired or formed into the tissue. As can be seen in FIG. 1 , various implementations of the knife locking system 210 include a knife locking bar 211 pivotally supported in the pistol grip portion 107 of the handle assembly 100 . The knife locking lever 211 has an activated end 212 that is engageable by the firing trigger 130 when the firing trigger 130 is in the fully fired position. In addition, the knife locking lever 211 has a retaining hook 214 on its other end which is capable of hooking into a latch lever 216 on the first cutting gear 192 . A knife lock spring 218 is employed to bias the knife lock lever 211 to a "locked" position, wherein the retaining hook 214 remains engaged with the latch lever 216, thereby preventing actuation of the knife travel trigger 200 unless the firing trigger 130 is fully engaged. firing position.

在钉被“击发”(成形)至靶组织中之后,外科医生可压下击发触发器释放按钮167,以使击发触发器130能够在扭转弹簧135的偏置下返回至起始位置,从而使砧座20能够在弹簧21的偏置下偏置到打开位置。当处于打开位置时,外科医生可撤出端部执行器12而留下植入式钉仓30和钉32。在其中端部执行器穿过通道、工作通道等而被插入的应用中,外科医生将通过激活击发触发器130而使砧座20返回至闭合位置,以使端部执行器12能够通过通道或工作通道被撤出。然而,如果外科医生想要在击发钉之后切割靶组织,则外科医生以上述方式激活刀行进触发器200,以驱动刀杆172穿过靶组织到达端部执行器的端部。随后,外科医生可释放刀行进触发器200,以使击发返回弹簧202能够使击发传送装置将刀杆172返回至起始(未致动)位置。一旦刀杆172返回至起始位置,外科医生便可打开端部执行器钳口13、15,以将植入式仓30释放于患者体内并随后从患者体内撤出端部执行器12。因此,此类外科器械有利于使用可通过相对较小的工作通道和通道而被插入的小的植入式钉仓,同时为外科医生提供如下选择:在不切割组织的情况下击发钉、或视需要在击发钉之后还切割组织。After the staples have been "fired" (formed) into the target tissue, the surgeon can depress the firing trigger release button 167 so that the firing trigger 130 can return to the starting position under the bias of the torsion spring 135, thereby allowing the The anvil 20 is biasable to an open position under the bias of a spring 21 . When in the open position, the surgeon can withdraw end effector 12 leaving implantable staple cartridge 30 and staples 32 behind. In applications where the end effector is inserted through a channel, working channel, etc., the surgeon will return the anvil 20 to the closed position by activating the firing trigger 130 to enable the end effector 12 to pass through the channel or The working channel was withdrawn. However, if the surgeon wants to cut the target tissue after firing the staples, the surgeon activates the knife travel trigger 200 in the manner described above to drive the knife bar 172 through the target tissue to the end of the end effector. Subsequently, the surgeon may release the knife travel trigger 200 to enable the firing return spring 202 to enable the firing delivery mechanism to return the knife bar 172 to the home (non-actuated) position. Once the knife bar 172 is returned to the starting position, the surgeon can open the end effector jaws 13, 15 to release the implantable cartridge 30 in the patient and subsequently withdraw the end effector 12 from the patient. Accordingly, such surgical instruments facilitate the use of small implantable staple cartridges that can be inserted through relatively small working channels and channels, while providing the surgeon with the option of firing the staples without cutting tissue, or Tissue is also cut if desired after firing the staples.

本发明的各种独特和新型实施例采用可压缩的钉仓,所述可压缩的钉仓支撑处于基本上固定位置以用于被砧座成形接触的钉。将砧座驱动到未成形钉中,其中例如所达到的钉成形的程度取决于砧座被驱动到钉中多远。此类构造使得外科医生能够调节施加至钉的成形或击发压力的量,从而改变钉的最终成形高度。在本发明的其他实施例中,外科缝合构造可采用钉驱动元件,该钉驱动元件可将钉朝向砧座抬起。下文对这些实施例进行了更详细的描述。Various unique and novel embodiments of the present invention employ compressible staple cartridges that support staples in a substantially fixed position for forming contact by an anvil. The anvil is driven into the unformed staple, wherein eg the degree of staple formation achieved depends on how far the anvil is driven into the staple. Such configurations enable the surgeon to adjust the amount of forming or firing pressure applied to the staples, thereby varying the final formed height of the staples. In other embodiments of the invention, surgical stapling configurations may employ staple driving elements that lift the staples toward the anvil. These examples are described in more detail below.

任选地,参照上文,施加到可移动砧座的击发动作的量取决于击发触发器的致动的程度。例如,如果外科医生想要获得仅部分成形的钉,则仅需朝手枪式握把107部分地向内压下击发触发器。要获得更多的钉成形,外科医生仅需进一步压紧击发触发器,使得砧座被进一步驱动以与钉进行成形接触。如本文所用,术语“成形接触”是指钉成形表面或钉成形凹坑已接触钉腿的末端并已开始将腿成形或弯曲至成形位置。钉成形的程度是指钉腿被折叠的程度且最终是指上文所提及的钉的成形高度。本领域中的普通技术人员将进一步理解,因为在对砧座20施加击发动作时,砧座20是以与钉仓基本上平行的关系进行运动,所以钉基本上同时成形并具有基本上相同的成形高度。Optionally, referring to above, the amount of firing action applied to the movable anvil depends on the degree of actuation of the firing trigger. For example, if the surgeon wishes to obtain only partially formed staples, the firing trigger only needs to be partially depressed inwardly towards the pistol grip 107 . To achieve more staple formation, the surgeon need only further depress the firing trigger, causing the anvil to be driven further into forming contact with the staples. As used herein, the term "forming contact" means that a staple forming surface or staple forming pocket has contacted the end of a staple leg and has begun to form or bend the leg into a formed position. The degree of staple formation refers to the extent to which the staple legs are folded and finally refers to the above-mentioned formed height of the staple. Those of ordinary skill in the art will further appreciate that because the anvil 20 moves in a substantially parallel relationship with the staple cartridge when the firing action is applied to the anvil 20, the staples are formed at substantially the same time and have substantially the same Forming height.

图2和图3示出了可供选择的端部执行器12”,除以下能够容纳刀杆172’的不同点之外,端部执行器12”类似于上述端部执行器12’。刀杆172’联接到刀杆180或自刀杆180突起,并且除此之外以上文中关于刀杆172所述的方式进行操作。然而,在该实施例中,刀杆172’足够长以横贯端部执行器12”的整个长度,因此端部执行器12”中未采用单独的远侧刀构件。刀杆172’上形成有上横向构件173’和下横向构件175’。上横向构件173’被取向成滑动地横贯砧座20”中的对应细长狭槽250,并且下横向构件175’被取向成横贯端部执行器12”的细长通道14”中的细长狭槽252。脱离狭槽(未示出)也设置在砧座20”中,使得当刀杆172’已被驱动到端部执行器12”内的终止位置时,上横向构件173’下降穿过对应的狭槽以允许砧座20”运动到打开位置以脱离缝合和切割的组织。砧座20”可除此之外与上述砧座20相同,并且细长通道14”可除此之外与上述细长通道14相同。Figures 2 and 3 illustrate an alternative end effector 12", which is similar to the end effector 12' described above except for the following difference in that it can accommodate a knife bar 172'. Knife bar 172' is coupled to or projects from knife bar 180 and otherwise operates in the manner described above with respect to knife bar 172. However, in this embodiment, the knife bar 172' is long enough to traverse the entire length of the end effector 12", so a separate distal knife member is not employed in the end effector 12". Formed on the knife bar 172' are an upper cross member 173' and a lower cross member 175'. The upper cross member 173' is oriented to slide across a corresponding elongated slot 250 in the anvil 20", and the lower cross member 175' is oriented to traverse an elongated slot in the elongated channel 14" of the end effector 12". Slot 252. An escape slot (not shown) is also provided in the anvil 20″ so that when the knife bar 172′ has been driven to the end position within the end effector 12″, the upper cross member 173′ is lowered through through the corresponding slot to allow the anvil 20" to move to the open position to disengage the stapled and cut tissue. The anvil 20" may otherwise be identical to the anvil 20 described above, and the elongated channel 14" may be otherwise identical to the elongated channel 14 described above.

在这些实施例中,砧座20”被弹簧或其他打开构造(未示出)偏置到完全打开位置(图2)。砧座20”通过击发衔接子150以上述方式进行的轴向行进而在打开位置与完全夹紧位置之间运动。一旦击发衔接子150推进至完全夹紧位置(图3),外科医生便可随后以上述方式朝远侧推进刀杆172”。如果外科医生想要将端部执行器用作抓紧装置来操纵组织,则可将击发衔接子朝近侧运动,以允许砧座20”远离细长通道14”运动,如图4中的虚线所示。在该实施例中,随着刀杆172”朝远侧运动,上横向构件173’和下横向构件175’一起拉动砧座20”和细长通道14”,以在刀杆172”穿过端部执行器12”朝远侧推进时实现期望的钉成形。参见图5。因此,在该实施例中,钉成形是与组织切割同时发生,但钉本身可在刀杆172”朝远侧驱动时依序成形。In these embodiments, the anvil 20" is biased by a spring or other opening formation (not shown) to the fully open position (FIG. 2). The anvil 20" is activated by axial travel of the firing adapter 150 in the manner described above. Movement between open and fully clamped positions. Once the firing adapter 150 is advanced to the fully clamped position (FIG. 3), the surgeon can then advance the knife bar 172" distally in the manner described above. If the surgeon wishes to use the end effector as a grasping device to manipulate tissue, The firing adapter can then be moved proximally to allow the anvil 20" to move away from the elongated channel 14", as shown in phantom in Figure 4. In this embodiment, as the knife bar 172" moves distally Together, the upper cross member 173' and lower cross member 175' pull the anvil 20" and elongated channel 14" together to achieve the desired staple formation as the knife bar 172" is advanced distally through the end effector 12". See Figure 5. Thus, in this embodiment, staple forming occurs simultaneously with tissue cutting, but the staples themselves can be sequentially formed as the knife bar 172" is driven distally.

本发明的各种外科钉仓及外科器械的独特且新型的结构使所述钉仓中的钉能够排列成一条或多条线性或非线性的线。细长狭槽的每个侧上可设有多条这种钉线,所述细长狭槽居中地设置在钉仓内,以用于接收穿过其中的组织切割构件。在一种构造中,例如成一条线的钉可大体上平行于在钉的相邻线中的钉但与其偏离。作为另外的替代形式,一条或多条钉线可本质上为非线性的。也就是说,钉线中的至少一个钉的基部可沿基本上与同一钉线中的其他钉的基部横切的轴线延伸。例如,细长狭槽每侧的钉线可具有锯齿形外观。The unique and novel configuration of the various surgical staple cartridges and surgical instruments of the present invention enables the staples in the cartridges to be arranged in one or more linear or non-linear lines. A plurality of such staple wires may be provided on each side of an elongated slot centrally disposed within the staple cartridge for receiving a tissue cutting member therethrough. In one configuration, for example, an aligned line of staples may be generally parallel to but offset from staples in an adjacent line of staples. As a further alternative, the one or more staple lines may be non-linear in nature. That is, the base of at least one staple in the staple line can extend along an axis that is substantially transverse to the bases of other staples in the same staple line. For example, the staple lines on each side of the elongated slot may have a zigzag appearance.

根据本发明,钉仓可包括仓体和储存在仓体内的多个钉。在使用中,可将钉仓引入手术部位中并将其定位在所处理的组织的侧面。另外,可将钉成形砧座定位在组织的相对侧上。砧座可由第一钳口携载并且钉仓可由第二钳口携载,其中第一钳口和/或第二钳口可朝另一钳口运动。一旦钉仓及砧座相对于组织被定位,则可从钉仓体中射出钉,使得钉可刺穿组织并接触钉成形砧座。一旦从钉仓体中部署钉,则然后可从手术部位移除钉仓体。钉仓或钉仓的至少一部分中可植入有钉。例如,如下文所更详细地描述,钉仓可包括仓体,当砧座从打开位置运动到闭合位置时,该仓体可被砧座压缩、压碎和/或塌缩。当仓体被压缩、压溃和/或塌缩时,定位在仓体中的钉可通过砧座而变形。作为另外一种选择,支撑钉仓的钳口可朝砧座运动至闭合位置。在两种情形的任一种中,当钉至少部分地定位在仓体内时,钉可变形。在一些情况下,钉可不从钉仓射出,而在其他情况下,钉可随同仓体的一部分一起从钉仓射出。According to the present invention, a staple cartridge may include a cartridge body and a plurality of staples stored in the cartridge body. In use, the staple cartridge can be introduced into the surgical site and positioned lateral to the treated tissue. Additionally, the staple forming anvils can be positioned on opposite sides of the tissue. The anvil can be carried by the first jaw and the staple cartridge can be carried by the second jaw, wherein the first jaw and/or the second jaw can be moved toward the other jaw. Once the staple cartridge and anvil are positioned relative to the tissue, the staples can be ejected from the staple cartridge body such that the staples can pierce the tissue and contact the staple forming anvil. Once the staples are deployed from the staple cartridge body, the staple cartridge body can then be removed from the surgical site. The staple cartridge or at least a portion of the staple cartridge may have staples implanted therein. For example, as described in more detail below, a staple cartridge can include a cartridge body that can be compressed, crushed, and/or collapsed by the anvil as the anvil moves from an open position to a closed position. Staples positioned in the cartridge body may be deformed by the anvil as the cartridge body is compressed, crushed and/or collapsed. Alternatively, the jaws supporting the staple cartridge are movable toward the anvil to a closed position. In either case, the staples may deform when they are at least partially positioned within the cartridge body. In some cases, the staples may not be ejected from the staple cartridge, while in other cases, the staples may be ejected from the staple cartridge along with a portion of the cartridge body.

现在参见图6A-图6D,可压缩钉仓(诸如钉仓1000)例如可包括可压缩、植入式仓体1010,以及此外定位在可压缩仓体1010中的多个钉1020,但图6A-图6D仅示出一个钉1020。图6A示出由钉仓支撑件或钉仓通道1030支撑的钉仓1000,其中钉仓1000被示为处于未压缩条件。在这种未压缩条件中,砧座1040可接触或不接触组织T。在使用中,砧座1040可从打开位置运动至接触组织T,如图6B所示,以及将组织T抵靠仓体1010定位。即使砧座1040可将组织T定位成抵靠钉仓体1010的组织接触表面1019,然而再次参见图6B,钉仓体1010此时可经受极少的(如果有的话)压缩力或压力,并且钉1020可保持在未成形或未击发条件。如图6A和图6B所示,钉仓体1010可包括一个或多个层,并且钉1020的钉腿1021可穿过这些层向上延伸。仓体1010可包括第一层1011、第二层1012、第三层1013和第四层1014,其中第二层1012可定位在第一层1011与第三层1013中间,其中第三层1013可定位在第二层1012与第四层1014中间。例如,钉1020的基部1022可定位在第四层1014中的腔体1015中,并且钉腿1021可从基部1022向上延伸并且穿过第四层1014、第三层1013和第二层1012。任选地,每个可变形腿1021可包括顶端,诸如锋利的顶端1023,例如当钉仓1000处于未压缩条件时,该锋利的顶端可定位在第二层1012中。例如,顶端1023可不延伸至和/或穿过第一层1011,其中当钉仓1000处于未压缩条件时,顶端1023可不突起穿过组织接触表面1019。当钉仓处于未压缩条件时,锋利的顶端1023可定位在第三层1013和/或任何其他合适的层中。作为另外一种选择,钉仓的仓体可具有任何合适的层数目,例如少于四层或多于四层。Referring now to FIGS. 6A-6D , a compressible staple cartridge, such as a staple cartridge 1000, for example, can include a compressible, implantable cartridge body 1010, and in addition a plurality of staples 1020 positioned within the compressible cartridge body 1010, but FIG. 6A - Figure 6D shows only one staple 1020. Figure 6A illustrates a staple cartridge 1000 supported by a cartridge support or cartridge channel 1030, wherein the staple cartridge 1000 is shown in an uncompressed condition. In this uncompressed condition, the anvil 1040 may or may not be in contact with the tissue T. In use, the anvil 1040 is movable from the open position to contact tissue T, as shown in FIG. 6B , and position the tissue T against the cartridge body 1010 . Even though the anvil 1040 can position the tissue T against the tissue contacting surface 1019 of the staple cartridge body 1010, yet again referring to FIG. 6B , the staple cartridge body 1010 can now experience little, if any, compressive force or pressure, And the staples 1020 can remain in an unformed or unfired condition. As shown in FIGS. 6A and 6B , the staple cartridge body 1010 can include one or more layers, and the staple legs 1021 of the staples 1020 can extend upwardly through the layers. The cartridge body 1010 may include a first layer 1011, a second layer 1012, a third layer 1013, and a fourth layer 1014, wherein the second layer 1012 may be positioned intermediate the first layer 1011 and the third layer 1013, wherein the third layer 1013 may be Positioned between the second layer 1012 and the fourth layer 1014 . For example, bases 1022 of staples 1020 can be positioned in cavities 1015 in fourth layer 1014 , and staple legs 1021 can extend upwardly from bases 1022 and through fourth layer 1014 , third layer 1013 , and second layer 1012 . Optionally, each deformable leg 1021 can include a tip, such as a sharp tip 1023, which can be positioned in second layer 1012, for example, when staple cartridge 1000 is in an uncompressed condition. For example, apex 1023 may not extend to and/or pass through first layer 1011, wherein apex 1023 may not protrude through tissue contacting surface 1019 when staple cartridge 1000 is in an uncompressed condition. The sharpened tip 1023 can be positioned in the third layer 1013 and/or any other suitable layer when the staple cartridge is in an uncompressed condition. Alternatively, the cartridge body of the staple cartridge can have any suitable number of layers, such as less than four layers or more than four layers.

任选地,如下文所更详细地描述,第一层1011可由支撑物材料和/或塑性材料(例如,聚二氧杂环己酮(PDS)和/或聚乙醇酸(PGA))构成,并且第二层1012可由可生物吸收的泡沫材料和/或可压缩止血剂材料(例如,氧化再生纤维素(ORC))构成。任选地,第一层1011、第二层1012、第三层1013和第四层1014中的一者或多者可将钉1020保持在钉仓体1010中,并且另外可使钉1020保持相互对齐。第三层1013可由支撑物材料或相当不可压缩的或非弹性材料构成,该材料能够将钉1020的钉腿1021相对于彼此保持在适当位置。此外,定位在第三层1013的相对侧上的第二层1012和第四层1014可稳定或减少钉1020的运动,即使第二层1012和第四层1014可由可压缩的泡沫或弹性材料构成。钉腿1021的钉顶端1023可至少部分地嵌入第一层1011中。例如,第一层1011和第三层1013能够可协作地并且稳固地将钉腿1021保持在适当位置。第一层1011和第三层1013可分别由例如可生物吸收材料(诸如以商品名Vicryl出售的聚乙醇酸(PGA)、聚乳酸(PLA或PLLA)、聚二氧杂环己酮(PDS)、聚羟基链烷酸酯(PHA)、以商品名Monocryl出售的聚卡普隆25(PGCL)、聚己内酯(PCL)、和/或PGA、PLA、PDS、PHA、PGCL和/或PCL的复合物)的薄片构成,并且第二层1012和第四层1014可分别由至少一种止血剂材料或止血剂构成。Optionally, as described in more detail below, the first layer 1011 may be comprised of a support material and/or a plastic material such as polydioxanone (PDS) and/or polyglycolic acid (PGA), And the second layer 1012 can be composed of a bioabsorbable foam material and/or a compressible hemostatic material (eg, oxidized regenerated cellulose (ORC)). Optionally, one or more of first layer 1011, second layer 1012, third layer 1013, and fourth layer 1014 can retain staples 1020 in staple cartridge body 1010, and can additionally retain staples 1020 relative to each other. align. The third layer 1013 may be composed of a strut material or a relatively incompressible or non-elastic material capable of holding the staple legs 1021 of the staples 1020 in place relative to each other. Additionally, the second layer 1012 and fourth layer 1014 positioned on opposite sides of the third layer 1013 can stabilize or reduce movement of the staples 1020, even though the second layer 1012 and fourth layer 1014 can be composed of a compressible foam or elastic material . The staple tips 1023 of the staple legs 1021 can be at least partially embedded in the first layer 1011 . For example, first layer 1011 and third layer 1013 can cooperatively and securely hold staple legs 1021 in place. The first layer 1011 and the third layer 1013 may respectively be made of, for example, a bioabsorbable material such as polyglycolic acid (PGA), polylactic acid (PLA or PLLA), polydioxanone (PDS) sold under the trade name Vicryl , polyhydroxyalkanoate (PHA), polycapron 25 (PGCL) sold under the tradename Monocryl, polycaprolactone (PCL), and/or PGA, PLA, PDS, PHA, PGCL, and/or PCL composite), and the second layer 1012 and the fourth layer 1014 may each be composed of at least one hemostatic material or hemostat.

尽管第一层1011可为可压缩的,然而第二层1012可基本上比第一层1011更可压缩。例如,第二层1012的可压缩性可为第一层1011的大约两倍、大约三倍、大约四倍、大约五倍和/或大约十倍。换句话讲,针对给定的力,第二层1012的压缩程度可为第一层1011的大约两倍、大约三倍、大约四倍、大约五倍、和/或大约十倍。第二层1012的可压缩性例如可在第一层1011的大约两倍与大约十倍之间。第二层1012可包括限定于其中的多个气隙,其中第二层1012中的气隙的量和/或尺寸可被控制以提供第二层1012的期望可压缩性。与上文相似,尽管第三层1013可为可压缩的,然而第四层1014能够比第三层1013基本上更具可压缩性。例如,第四层1014的可压缩性可为第三层1013的大约两倍、大约三倍、大约四倍、大约五倍、和/或大约十倍。换句话讲,针对给定的力,第四层1014的压缩程度可为第三层1013的大约两倍、大约三倍、大约四倍、大约五倍、和/或大约十倍。第四层1014的可压缩性可在第三层1013的大约两倍与大约十倍之间。第四层1014可包括限定于其中的多个气隙,其中第四层1014中的气隙的量和/或尺寸可被控制以便提供第四层1014的期望可压缩性。在各种情况下,可通过压缩率(即,层针对给定大小的力所压缩的距离)来表达仓体或仓体层的可压缩性。例如,与具有较低压缩率的层相比,具有高压缩率的层针对施加至该层的给定大小的压缩力将压缩更大的距离。如此而言,第二层1012可比第一层1011具有更高的压缩率;相似地,第四层1014可比第三层1013具有更高的压缩率。第二层1012和第四层1014可由相同的材料构成并且可具有相同的压缩率。第二层1012和第四层1014可由具有不同压缩率的材料构成。相似地,第一层1011和第三层1013可由相同的材料构成并且可具有相同的压缩率。第一层1011和第三层1013可由具有不同压缩率的材料构成。While the first layer 1011 may be compressible, the second layer 1012 may be substantially more compressible than the first layer 1011 . For example, the second layer 1012 may be about two times, about three times, about four times, about five times, and/or about ten times as compressible as the first layer 1011. In other words, for a given force, the second layer 1012 may be about two times, about three times, about four times, about five times, and/or about ten times as compressible as the first layer 1011. The compressibility of the second layer 1012 may be, for example, between about twice and about ten times that of the first layer 1011 . The second layer 1012 can include a plurality of air gaps defined therein, wherein the amount and/or size of the air gaps in the second layer 1012 can be controlled to provide a desired compressibility of the second layer 1012 . Similar to above, while third layer 1013 may be compressible, fourth layer 1014 can be substantially more compressible than third layer 1013 . For example, fourth layer 1014 may be about twice, about three times, about four times, about five times, and/or about ten times as compressible as third layer 1013 . In other words, fourth layer 1014 may be about two times, about three times, about four times, about five times, and/or about ten times more compressible than third layer 1013 for a given force. The compressibility of the fourth layer 1014 may be between about two times and about ten times that of the third layer 1013 . The fourth layer 1014 may include a plurality of air gaps defined therein, wherein the amount and/or size of the air gaps in the fourth layer 1014 may be controlled in order to provide a desired compressibility of the fourth layer 1014 . In each case, the compressibility of a cartridge body or a layer of a cartridge body can be expressed in terms of compressibility (ie, the distance a layer compresses for a given magnitude of force). For example, a layer with a high compressibility will compress a greater distance for a given amount of compressive force applied to the layer than a layer with a lower compressibility. As such, the second layer 1012 may have a higher compressibility than the first layer 1011 ; similarly, the fourth layer 1014 may have a higher compressibility than the third layer 1013 . The second layer 1012 and the fourth layer 1014 may be composed of the same material and may have the same compressibility. The second layer 1012 and the fourth layer 1014 may be composed of materials having different compressibility. Similarly, the first layer 1011 and the third layer 1013 may be composed of the same material and may have the same compressibility. The first layer 1011 and the third layer 1013 may be composed of materials having different compressibility.

当砧座1040朝其闭合位置行进时,砧座1040可接触组织T并对组织T和钉仓1000施加压缩力,如图6C所示。在这种情况下,砧座1040可朝钉仓支撑件1030向下推动仓体1010的顶部表面或组织接触表面1019。钉仓支撑件1030可包括仓支撑表面1031,其能够在钉仓1000被压缩于仓支撑表面1031与砧座1040的组织接触表面1041之间时支撑钉仓1000。由于砧座1040所施加的压力,仓体1010可被压缩并且砧座1040可接触钉1020。更具体地讲,仓体1010的压缩和组织接触表面1019的向下运动可使钉腿1021的顶端1023刺穿仓体1010的第一层1011、刺穿组织T并且进入砧座1040中的成形凹坑1042中。当仓体1010被砧座1040进一步压缩时,顶端1023可接触限定成形凹坑1042的壁,并且例如因此腿1021可向内变形或卷曲,如图6C所示。当钉腿1021被变形时,同样如图6C所示,钉1020的基部1022可接触钉仓支撑件1030或由钉仓支撑件1030支撑。任选地,如下文更详细地描述,钉仓支撑件1030可包括多个支撑结构,诸如钉支撑沟槽、狭槽或槽1032,例如所述多个支撑结构能够在钉1020被变形时支撑钉1020或至少钉1020的基部1022。同样如图6C所示,施加至钉仓体1010的压缩力可使第四层1014中的腔体1015塌缩。除腔体1015之外,钉仓体1010还可包括一个或多个空隙(诸如空隙1016),例如所述一个或多个空隙中可包括或不包括定位在其中的钉的一部分,所述一个或多个空隙能够允许仓体1010塌缩。腔体1015和/或空隙1016能够塌缩,使得限定腔体和/或壁的壁向下偏转并接触仓支撑表面1031和/或接触仓体1010的定位于腔体和/或空隙下方的层。As the anvil 1040 is advanced toward its closed position, the anvil 1040 can contact the tissue T and apply a compressive force to the tissue T and the staple cartridge 1000, as shown in FIG. 6C. In this case, the anvil 1040 can push the top surface or tissue contacting surface 1019 of the cartridge body 1010 downward toward the staple cartridge buttress 1030 . The staple cartridge support 1030 can include a cartridge support surface 1031 configured to support the staple cartridge 1000 when the staple cartridge 1000 is compressed between the cartridge support surface 1031 and the tissue contacting surface 1041 of the anvil 1040 . Due to the pressure exerted by the anvil 1040 , the cartridge body 1010 can be compressed and the anvil 1040 can contact the staples 1020 . More specifically, compression of the cartridge body 1010 and downward movement of the tissue contacting surface 1019 can cause the tips 1023 of the staple legs 1021 to pierce the first layer 1011 of the cartridge body 1010, penetrate the tissue T, and enter the formed shape in the anvil 1040. In the pit 1042. As the cartridge body 1010 is further compressed by the anvil 1040, the tip 1023 can contact the walls defining the forming pocket 1042, and the legs 1021 can deform or curl inwardly as a result, for example, as shown in FIG. 6C. When staple legs 1021 are deformed, as also shown in FIG. 6C , bases 1022 of staples 1020 can contact or be supported by cartridge support 1030 . Optionally, as described in more detail below, the staple cartridge support 1030 can include a plurality of support structures, such as staple support grooves, slots, or grooves 1032, for example, capable of supporting the staples 1020 as they are deformed. The staple 1020 or at least the base 1022 of the staple 1020 . As also shown in FIG. 6C , a compressive force applied to the cartridge body 1010 can cause the cavities 1015 in the fourth layer 1014 to collapse. In addition to cavity 1015, staple cartridge body 1010 may also include one or more voids, such as void 1016, which may or may not include, for example, a portion of a staple positioned therein, the one or more voids. One or more voids can allow the cartridge body 1010 to collapse. The cavity 1015 and/or void 1016 can be collapsed such that the walls defining the cavity and/or walls deflect downward and contact the cartridge support surface 1031 and/or contact a layer of the cartridge body 1010 positioned below the cavity and/or void .

在比较图6B和图6C时,显然,第二层1012及第四层1014被砧座1040所施加的压缩压力基本上压缩。也可注意,第一层1011和第三层1013也被压缩。当砧座1040运动至其闭合位置时,砧座1040可通过朝钉仓支撑件1030向下推动组织接触表面1019而继续进一步压缩仓体1010。当仓体1010被进一步压缩时,砧座1040可使钉1020变形至其完全成形形状,如图6D所示。参见图6D,每个钉1020的腿1021可朝每个钉1020的基部1022向下变形,以便将组织T、第一层1011、第二层1012、第三层1013和第四层1014的至少一部分捕获在可变形腿1021与基部1022之间。在比较图6C和图6D时,更显然,第二层1012和第四层1014进一步被砧座1040所施加的压缩压力显著压缩。在比较图6C和图6D时也可注意,第一层1011和第三层1013也被进一步压缩。在钉1020被完全或至少充分地成形之后,砧座1040可远离组织T而被抬起,并且钉仓支撑件1030可远离和/或脱离钉仓1000运动。如图6D所示并由于上文所述,仓体1010可植入有钉1020。在各种实施例中,被植入的仓体1010可沿钉线支撑组织。在一些情况下,植入的仓体1010中包含的止血剂和/或任何其他适合的治疗药物可随着时间推移来处理组织。如上所述的止血剂可减少缝合和/或切割的组织出血,同时键合剂或组织粘合剂可随着时间推移为组织提供强度。所植入的仓体1010可由诸如ORC(氧化再生纤维素)、细胞外蛋白(诸如胶原)、以商品名Vicryl出售的聚乙醇酸(PGA)、聚乳酸(PLA或PLLA)、聚二氧杂环己酮(PDS)、聚羟基链烷酸酯(PHA)、以商品名Monocryl出售的聚卡普隆25(PGCL)、聚己内酯(PCL)、和/或PGA、PLA、PDS、PHA、PGCL和/或PCL的复合物的材料构成。在某些情况下,仓体1010可包括例如能够减小手术部位感染的可能性的抗生和/或抗菌材料,诸如胶体银和/或三氯生。When comparing FIGS. 6B and 6C , it is apparent that the second layer 1012 and the fourth layer 1014 are substantially compressed by the compressive pressure applied by the anvil 1040 . It may also be noted that the first layer 1011 and the third layer 1013 are also compressed. As the anvil 1040 moves to its closed position, the anvil 1040 can continue to further compress the cartridge body 1010 by pushing the tissue contacting surface 1019 downward toward the staple cartridge buttress 1030 . When the cartridge body 1010 is further compressed, the anvil 1040 can deform the staples 1020 to their fully formed shape, as shown in Figure 6D. Referring to FIG. 6D , the legs 1021 of each staple 1020 can be deformed downward toward the base 1022 of each staple 1020 so as to deform at least A portion is captured between the deformable leg 1021 and the base 1022 . When comparing FIGS. 6C and 6D , it is more apparent that the second layer 1012 and the fourth layer 1014 are further compressed significantly by the compressive pressure applied by the anvil 1040 . It can also be noted when comparing Figures 6C and 6D that the first layer 1011 and the third layer 1013 are also further compressed. After the staples 1020 are fully, or at least sufficiently, formed, the anvil 1040 can be lifted away from the tissue T and the staple cartridge buttress 1030 can be moved away from and/or out of the staple cartridge 1000 . As shown in Figure 6D and as described above, the cartridge body 1010 can be implanted with staples 1020. In various embodiments, the implanted cartridge body 1010 can support tissue along the staple line. In some cases, the hemostatic agent and/or any other suitable therapeutic agent contained within the implanted cartridge body 1010 can treat the tissue over time. A hemostat as described above can reduce bleeding from sutured and/or cut tissue, while a bonding agent or tissue adhesive can provide strength to the tissue over time. The implanted cartridge body 1010 can be made of materials such as ORC (oxidized regenerated cellulose), extracellular proteins such as collagen, polyglycolic acid (PGA) sold under the trade name Vicryl, polylactic acid (PLA or PLLA), polydioxa Cyclohexanone (PDS), polyhydroxyalkanoate (PHA), polycapron 25 (PGCL) sold under the tradename Monocryl, polycaprolactone (PCL), and/or PGA, PLA, PDS, PHA , PGCL and/or PCL composite materials. In some cases, cartridge body 1010 may include, for example, an antimicrobial and/or antimicrobial material, such as colloidal silver and/or triclosan, that can reduce the likelihood of surgical site infection.

仓体1010的层可相互连接。例如,可利用至少一种粘合剂(诸如血纤维蛋白和/或蛋白水凝胶)将第二层1012粘附至第一层1011,将第三层1013粘附至第二层1012,并且将第四层1014粘附至第三层1013。尽管未示出,但仓体1010的层可通过联锁机械特征结构连接在一起。例如,第一层1011和第二层1012可各自包括相对应的联锁特征结构,诸如榫槽结构和/或燕尾榫结构。相似地,第二层1012和第三层1013可各自包括相对应的联锁特征结构,同时第三层1013和第四层1014可各自包括相对应的联锁特征结构。尽管未示出,但钉仓1000可包括例如一个或多个铆钉,该一个或多个铆钉可延伸穿过仓体1010的一个或多个层。例如,每个铆钉可包括邻近第一层1011定位的第一末端或头部以及邻近第四层1014而定位的第二头部,该第四层可被组装到铆钉的第二末端或由铆钉的第二末端形成。例如,由于仓体1010的可压缩性质,铆钉可压缩仓体1010,使得铆钉的头部可相对于仓体1010的组织接触表面1019和/或底部表面1018凹陷。例如,铆钉可由可生物吸收的材料(诸如以商品名Vicryl出售的聚乙醇酸(PGA)、聚乳酸(PLA或PLLA)、聚二氧杂环己酮(PDS)、聚羟基链烷酸酯(PHA)、以商品名Monocryl出售的聚卡普隆25(PGCL)、聚己内酯(PCL)、和/或PGA、PLA、PDS、PHA、PGCL和/或PCL的复合物)构成。除通过仓体1010中所容纳的钉1020之外,仓体1010的层可不彼此连接。例如,钉腿1021与仓体1010之间的摩擦接合例如可将仓体1010的层保持在一起,并且一旦钉成形,则所述层可被捕获在钉1020中。钉腿1021的至少一部分可包括可以增大钉1020与仓体1010之间的摩擦力的粗糙化表面或粗糙涂层。The layers of the cartridge body 1010 may be interconnected. For example, the second layer 1012 may be adhered to the first layer 1011, the third layer 1013 may be adhered to the second layer 1012 using at least one adhesive such as fibrin and/or protein hydrogel, and The fourth layer 1014 is adhered to the third layer 1013 . Although not shown, the layers of the cartridge body 1010 may be joined together by interlocking mechanical features. For example, first layer 1011 and second layer 1012 may each include corresponding interlocking features, such as tongue and groove and/or dovetail. Similarly, second layer 1012 and third layer 1013 can each include corresponding interlocking features, while third layer 1013 and fourth layer 1014 can each include corresponding interlocking features. Although not shown, staple cartridge 1000 may include, for example, one or more rivets that may extend through one or more layers of cartridge body 1010 . For example, each rivet can include a first end or head positioned adjacent to the first layer 1011 and a second head positioned adjacent to the fourth layer 1014, which can be assembled to the second end of the rivet or formed by the rivet. The second end is formed. For example, due to the compressible nature of the cartridge body 1010 , the rivet can compress the cartridge body 1010 such that the head of the rivet can be recessed relative to the tissue contacting surface 1019 and/or the bottom surface 1018 of the cartridge body 1010 . For example, rivets can be made of bioabsorbable materials such as polyglycolic acid (PGA), polylactic acid (PLA or PLLA), polydioxanone (PDS), polyhydroxyalkanoate ( PHA), polycapron 25 (PGCL), polycaprolactone (PCL), and/or complexes of PGA, PLA, PDS, PHA, PGCL, and/or PCL sold under the tradename Monocryl). The layers of the cartridge body 1010 may not be connected to each other except through the staples 1020 contained in the cartridge body 1010 . For example, frictional engagement between the staple legs 1021 and the cartridge body 1010 can hold the layers of the cartridge body 1010 together, for example, and the layers can be captured in the staple 1020 once the staple is formed. At least a portion of the staple legs 1021 can include a roughened surface or rough coating that can increase friction between the staples 1020 and the cartridge body 1010 .

如上所述,外科器械可包括第一钳口及第二钳口,第一钳口包括钉仓支撑件1030,第二钳口包括砧座1040。任选地,如下文所更详细描述,钉仓1000可包括一个或多个保持特征结构,该一个或多个保持特征结构能够接合钉仓支撑件1030并且因此将钉仓1000可释放地保持到钉仓支撑件1030。例如,可通过至少一种粘合剂(诸如,血纤维蛋白和/或蛋白水凝胶)将钉仓1000粘附到钉仓支撑件1030。在使用中,在至少一种情况下,尤其是在腹腔镜式和/或内窥镜式手术中,第二钳口可运动至与第一钳口相对的闭合位置,例如使得第一钳口和第二钳口可通过套管针而被插入手术部位中。例如,套管针可限定约5mm的孔或插管,第一钳口和第二钳口可通过其而被插入。第二钳口可运动至处于打开位置与闭合位置之间的部分闭合位置,该部分闭合位置可允许第一钳口和第二钳口穿过套管针被插入,而无需使钉仓体1010中所容纳的钉1020变形。例如,当第二钳口处于其部分闭合的中间位置时,砧座1040可不对钉仓体1010施加压缩力,但当第二钳口处于其部分闭合的中间位置时,砧座1040可压缩钉仓体1010。尽管当砧座1040处于这种中间位置时可压缩钉仓体1010,然而砧座1040可不完全地压缩钉仓体1010,使得砧座1040接触钉1020和/或使得钉1020被砧座1040变形。一旦第一钳口和第二钳口通过套管针而被插入手术部位中,则第二钳口可被再次打开,并且砧座1040及钉仓1000可如上所述相对于靶组织进行定位。As described above, the surgical instrument can include a first jaw including the cartridge buttress 1030 and a second jaw including the anvil 1040 . Optionally, as described in more detail below, staple cartridge 1000 may include one or more retaining features capable of engaging staple cartridge buttress 1030 and thereby releasably retaining staple cartridge 1000 to Cartridge support 1030. For example, cartridge 1000 can be adhered to cartridge buttress 1030 by at least one adhesive, such as fibrin and/or protein hydrogel. In use, in at least one instance, especially in laparoscopic and/or endoscopic procedures, the second jaw is moveable to a closed position opposite the first jaw, for example such that the first jaw and the second jaw can be inserted through the trocar into the surgical site. For example, the trocar may define an approximately 5mm hole or cannula through which the first and second jaws may be inserted. The second jaw is movable to a partially closed position between an open position and a closed position, which allows the first and second jaws to be inserted through the trocar without requiring the staple cartridge body 1010 to be inserted. The nails 1020 contained in the deformed. For example, when the second jaw is in its partially closed intermediate position, the anvil 1040 may not exert a compressive force on the staple cartridge body 1010, but when the second jaw is in its partially closed intermediate position, the anvil 1040 may compress the staples. Warehouse body 1010. Although the staple cartridge body 1010 can be compressed when the anvil 1040 is in such an intermediate position, the anvil 1040 can not completely compress the staple cartridge body 1010 such that the anvil 1040 contacts the staples 1020 and/or causes the staples 1020 to be deformed by the anvil 1040. Once the first and second jaws have been inserted through the trocar into the surgical site, the second jaw can be opened again and the anvil 1040 and staple cartridge 1000 can be positioned relative to the target tissue as described above.

现在参见图7A-图7D,外科缝合器的端部执行器可包括定位于砧座1140与钉仓支撑件1130中间的植入式钉仓1100。与上文相似,砧座1140可包括组织接触表面1141,钉仓1100可包括组织接触表面1119,并且钉仓支撑件1130可包括能够支撑钉仓1100的支撑表面1131。参见图7A,可利用砧座1140将组织T定位成抵靠钉仓1100的组织接触表面1119而不使钉仓1100变形,并且当砧座1140处于这种位置时,组织接触表面1141可被定位成与钉仓支撑表面1131相距距离1101a,并且组织接触表面1119可被定位成与钉仓支撑表面1131相距距离1102a。随后,当砧座1140朝钉仓支撑件1130运动时,现在参见图7B,砧座1140可向下推动钉仓1100的顶部表面或组织接触表面1119并压缩仓体1110的第一层1111和第二层1112。随着层1111和层1112被压缩,再次参见图7B,第二层1112可被压溃,并且钉1120的腿1121可刺穿第一层1111并进入到组织T中。例如,钉1120可至少部分地定位在第二层1112中的钉腔或空隙1115中,并且当第二层1112被压缩时,钉腔1115可塌缩并因此允许第二层1112围绕钉1120塌缩。第二层1112可包括盖部分1116,该盖部分可延伸于钉腔1115之上并包围或至少部分地包围钉腔1115。图7B示出了被向下压溃至钉腔1115中的覆盖部1116。第二层1112可包括一个或多个弱化部分,其可有利于第二层1112的塌缩。任选地,此类弱化部分可包括例如能够有利于仓体1110的可控塌缩的划痕、穿孔和/或薄的横截面。第一层1111可包括能够有利于钉腿1121穿透第一层1111的一个或多个弱化部分。任选地,此类弱化部分可包括例如能够与钉腿1121对齐或至少基本上对齐的划痕、穿孔和/或薄的横截面。Referring now to FIGS. 7A-7D , an end effector of a surgical stapler can include an implantable staple cartridge 1100 positioned intermediate an anvil 1140 and a cartridge buttress 1130 . Similar to the above, the anvil 1140 can include a tissue contacting surface 1141 , the staple cartridge 1100 can include a tissue contacting surface 1119 , and the staple cartridge buttress 1130 can include a support surface 1131 capable of supporting the staple cartridge 1100 . 7A, anvil 1140 can be utilized to position tissue T against tissue contacting surface 1119 of staple cartridge 1100 without deforming staple cartridge 1100, and when anvil 1140 is in this position, tissue contacting surface 1141 can be positioned A distance 1101a from the cartridge supporting surface 1131, and the tissue contacting surface 1119 can be positioned a distance 1102a from the cartridge supporting surface 1131. Subsequently, when the anvil block 1140 moves toward the staple cartridge buttress 1130, referring now to FIG. 1112 on the second floor. As layers 1111 and 1112 are compressed, referring again to FIG. 7B , second layer 1112 can be crushed and legs 1121 of staples 1120 can pierce first layer 1111 and into tissue T. Referring now to FIG. For example, staples 1120 can be positioned at least partially in staple cavities or voids 1115 in second layer 1112, and when second layer 1112 is compressed, staple cavities 1115 can collapse and thus allow second layer 1112 to collapse around staples 1120 shrink. The second layer 1112 can include a cover portion 1116 that can extend over and surround, or at least partially surround, the staple cavities 1115 . FIG. 7B shows the cover 1116 being crushed down into the staple cavity 1115 . Second layer 1112 may include one or more weakened portions that may facilitate collapse of second layer 1112 . Optionally, such weakened portions may include, for example, score marks, perforations, and/or thin cross-sections that can facilitate controlled collapse of the cartridge body 1110 . The first layer 1111 can include one or more weakened portions that can facilitate penetration of the staple legs 1121 through the first layer 1111 . Optionally, such weakened portions may include, for example, scores, perforations, and/or thinned cross-sections capable of aligning, or at least substantially aligning, with staple legs 1121 .

再次参见图7A,当砧座1140处于部分闭合的未击发位置时,砧座1140可被定位成与仓支撑表面1131相距距离1101a,使得其间限定有间隙。此间隙可由具有钉仓高度1102a的钉仓1100及组织T填充。当砧座1140向下运动以压缩钉仓1100时,再次参见图7B,组织接触表面1141与仓支撑表面1131之间的距离可由短于距离1101a的距离1101b限定。在各种情况下,砧座1140的组织接触表面1141与仓支撑表面1131之间的由距离1101b限定的间隙可大于原始的未变形的钉仓高度1102a。现在参见图7C,当砧座1140运动至更靠近仓支撑表面1131时,第二层1112可继续塌缩并且钉腿1121与成形凹坑1142之间的距离可减小。相似地,组织接触表面1141与仓支撑表面1131之间的距离可减小到距离1101c,该距离可大于、等于或小于原始的未变形仓高度1102a。现在参见图7D,砧座1140可运动至最终的击发位置,其中钉1120完全成形或至少成形至期望高度。在这种位置中,砧座1140的组织接触表面1141可与仓支撑表面1131相距距离1101d,其中距离1101d可短于原始的未变形仓高度1102a。同样如图7D所示,钉腔1115可完全或至少基本上塌缩,并且钉1120可完全或至少基本上被塌缩的第二层1112围绕。在各种情况下,砧座1140可随后远离钉仓1100运动。例如,一旦砧座1140从钉仓1100脱离,则仓体1110可例如至少部分地再次扩展于各种位置(即,相邻的钉1120之间的位置)中。压溃的仓体1110可能并不回弹性地再次扩展。成形的钉1120和另外定位在相邻的钉1120之间的仓体1110可对组织T施加压力或压缩力,这可提供各种治疗益处。Referring again to FIG. 7A , when the anvil 1140 is in the partially closed unfired position, the anvil 1140 can be positioned a distance 1101a from the cartridge support surface 1131 such that a gap is defined therebetween. This gap can be filled by a staple cartridge 1100 having a cartridge height 1102a and tissue T. As the anvil 1140 moves downward to compress the staple cartridge 1100, referring again to FIG. 7B, the distance between the tissue contacting surface 1141 and the cartridge supporting surface 1131 can be defined by a distance 1101b that is shorter than distance 1101a. In various instances, the gap defined by the distance 1101b between the tissue contacting surface 1141 of the anvil 1140 and the cartridge support surface 1131 can be greater than the original undeformed cartridge height 1102a. Referring now to FIG. 7C , as the anvil 1140 is moved closer to the cartridge support surface 1131 , the second layer 1112 can continue to collapse and the distance between the staple legs 1121 and the forming pockets 1142 can decrease. Similarly, the distance between the tissue contacting surface 1141 and the cartridge support surface 1131 can be reduced to a distance 1101c, which can be greater than, equal to, or less than the original undeformed cartridge height 1102a. Referring now to FIG. 7D , anvil 1140 can be moved to a final fired position in which staples 1120 are fully formed, or at least formed to a desired height. In such a position, the tissue-contacting surface 1141 of the anvil 1140 can be a distance 1101d from the cartridge support surface 1131, where the distance 1101d can be shorter than the original undeformed cartridge height 1102a. As also shown in FIG. 7D , the staple cavities 1115 can be completely or at least substantially collapsed, and the staples 1120 can be completely or at least substantially surrounded by the collapsed second layer 1112 . In various circumstances, anvil 1140 can then be moved away from staple cartridge 1100 . For example, once the anvil 1140 is disengaged from the staple cartridge 1100, the cartridge body 1110 can be re-expanded, eg, at least partially, in various positions (ie, positions between adjacent staples 1120). A collapsed cartridge body 1110 may not resiliently expand again. The shaped staples 1120 and the cartridge body 1110 otherwise positioned between adjacent staples 1120 can apply pressure or compressive forces to the tissue T, which can provide various therapeutic benefits.

如上所述,再次参见图7A,每个钉1120可包括自其延伸的钉腿1121。例如,尽管钉1120被绘示为包括两个钉腿1121,然而也可利用可包括一个钉腿或作为另外一种选择包括超过两个钉腿(诸如三个钉腿或四个钉腿)的各种钉。如图7A所示,每个钉腿1121均可嵌入仓体1110的第二层1112中,使得钉1120固定于第二层1112中。钉1120可被插入仓体1110中的钉腔1115中,使得钉腿1121的顶端1123在基部1122之前进入腔体1115中。在顶端1123被插入腔体1115之后,顶端1123可被按压到盖部分1116中并切割第二层1112。钉1120可被坐置到第二层1112中的足够深度处,使得钉1120相对于第二层1112不运动或至少基本上不运动。钉1120可被坐置到第二层1112中的足够深度处,使得基部1122被定位或嵌入钉腔1115中。作为另外一种选择,基部1122可不被定位或嵌入第二层1112中。再次参见图7A,基部1122可在仓体1110的底部表面1118下方延伸。基部1122可承靠于仓支撑表面1130上或直接抵靠仓支撑表面1130定位。仓支撑表面1130可包括从其延伸和/或限定在其中的支撑结构,例如,钉1120的基部1122可被定位在例如钉仓支撑件1130中的一个或多个支撑沟槽、狭槽或槽1132中或由该一个或多个支撑沟槽、狭槽或槽1132支撑,如下文将更详细地描述。As noted above, referring again to FIG. 7A , each staple 1120 can include a staple leg 1121 extending therefrom. For example, although staple 1120 is depicted as including two staple legs 1121, staples that may include one staple leg or alternatively include more than two staple legs (such as three staple legs or four staple legs) may also be utilized. Various nails. As shown in FIG. 7A , each staple leg 1121 can be embedded in the second layer 1112 of the cartridge body 1110 such that the staple 1120 is fixed in the second layer 1112 . Staples 1120 can be inserted into staple cavities 1115 in cartridge body 1110 such that tips 1123 of staple legs 1121 enter cavities 1115 before bases 1122 . After tip 1123 is inserted into cavity 1115 , tip 1123 may be pressed into cap portion 1116 and cut second layer 1112 . The staples 1120 can be seated to a sufficient depth into the second layer 1112 such that the staples 1120 do not move, or at least substantially do not, relative to the second layer 1112 . The staples 1120 can be seated to a sufficient depth into the second layer 1112 such that the bases 1122 are positioned or embedded in the staple cavities 1115 . Alternatively, the base 1122 may not be positioned or embedded in the second layer 1112 . Referring again to FIG. 7A , the base 1122 can extend below the bottom surface 1118 of the cartridge body 1110 . The base 1122 can rest on or be positioned directly against the cartridge support surface 1130 . The cartridge support surface 1130 can include support structures extending therefrom and/or defined therein, for example, the bases 1122 of the staples 1120 can be positioned in one or more support grooves, slots or slots in the staple cartridge support 1130, for example 1132 is supported in or by the one or more support grooves, slots or grooves 1132, as will be described in more detail below.

现在参见图8和图9,钉仓(诸如钉仓1200)例如可包括可压缩的植入式仓体1210,该仓体包括外层1211和内层1212。与上文相似,钉仓1200可包括定位在仓体1210内的多个钉1220。任选地,每个钉1220均可包括基部1222以及从其延伸的一个或多个钉腿1221。例如,钉腿1221可插入内层1212中并被坐置到例如使钉1220的基部1222邻接和/或邻近内层1212的底部表面1218定位的深度。在图8和图9中,内层1212不包括能够接收钉1220的一部分的钉腔,而作为另外一种选择,内层1212可包括此类钉腔。对上文进行进一步描述,内层1212可由能够允许仓体1210在对其施加压缩负载时塌缩的可压缩材料(诸如可生物吸收的泡沫和/或氧化再生纤维素(ORC))构成。内层1212可由例如包含聚乳酸(PLA)和/或聚乙醇酸(PGA)的冻干泡沫构成。ORC可以商品名Surgicel商购获得并且可包括抖松的织造织物(像外科海绵一样)、抖松的纤维(像棉球一样)和/或泡沫。内层1212可由其中包含和/或上面涂覆有药物(诸如冷冻干燥的凝血酶和/或血纤维蛋白)的材料构成,该药物例如可被患者体内的流体水活化和/或活化。例如,冷冻干燥的凝血酶和/或血纤维蛋白可保持在例如Vicryl(PGA)基质上。然而,在某些情况下,例如当钉仓1200被插入患者体内的手术部位中时,可活化的药物可被无意地活化。再次参见图8和图9,外层1211可由不透水的或至少基本上不透水的材料构成,使得液体不接触或至少基本上不接触内层1212,直到仓体1210已被压缩并且钉腿已穿透外层1211之后和/或外层1211已被以一些方式切入之后。例如,外层1211可由支撑物材料和/或塑性材料(诸如聚二氧杂环己酮(PDS)和/或聚乙醇酸(PGA))构成。外层1211可包括环绕内层1212和钉1220的包裹物。更具体地讲,钉1220可被插入内层1212和外层1211中并围绕包括内层1212和钉1220的子组件而被包裹并随后被密封。Referring now to FIGS. 8 and 9 , a staple cartridge, such as staple cartridge 1200 , for example, can include a compressible implantable cartridge body 1210 that includes an outer layer 1211 and an inner layer 1212 . Similar to the above, staple cartridge 1200 can include a plurality of staples 1220 positioned within cartridge body 1210 . Optionally, each staple 1220 can include a base 1222 and one or more staple legs 1221 extending therefrom. For example, staple legs 1221 may be inserted into inner layer 1212 and seated to a depth such that bases 1222 of staples 1220 abut and/or are positioned adjacent bottom surface 1218 of inner layer 1212 . In FIGS. 8 and 9 , inner layer 1212 does not include staple cavities capable of receiving a portion of staples 1220 , while alternatively, inner layer 1212 may include such staple cavities. Further to the above, the inner layer 1212 can be constructed of a compressible material capable of allowing the cartridge body 1210 to collapse when a compressive load is applied thereto, such as bioabsorbable foam and/or oxidized regenerated cellulose (ORC). The inner layer 1212 may be composed of, for example, a lyophilized foam comprising polylactic acid (PLA) and/or polyglycolic acid (PGA). ORC is commercially available under the tradename Surgicel and may include fluffed woven fabric (like a surgical sponge), fluffed fibers (like cotton balls), and/or foam. The inner layer 1212 may be constructed of a material containing and/or coated thereon with a drug, such as freeze-dried thrombin and/or fibrin, that is activated and/or activated, for example, by fluid water in the patient's body. For example, lyophilized thrombin and/or fibrin can be maintained on a matrix such as Vicryl (PGA). However, under certain circumstances, such as when staple cartridge 1200 is inserted into a surgical site in a patient, the activatable drug may be unintentionally activated. Referring again to FIGS. 8 and 9 , the outer layer 1211 can be constructed of a water-impermeable or at least substantially water-impermeable material such that liquids do not contact or at least substantially do not contact the inner layer 1212 until the cartridge body 1210 has been compressed and the staple legs have been compressed. After the outer layer 1211 has been penetrated and/or after the outer layer 1211 has been cut in some way. For example, the outer layer 1211 may be composed of a support material and/or a plastic material such as polydioxanone (PDS) and/or polyglycolic acid (PGA). Outer layer 1211 may include a wrap surrounding inner layer 1212 and staples 1220 . More specifically, staples 1220 may be inserted into inner layer 1212 and outer layer 1211 and wrapped and then sealed around the subassembly including inner layer 1212 and staples 1220 .

如本文所述,当砧座运动到闭合位置时,钉仓的钉可由砧座完全成形。作为另外一种选择,现在参见图10-图13,诸如钉仓4100的钉仓的钉例如可通过当砧座运动到闭合位置时的砧座,以及另外通过使钉朝闭合的砧座运动的钉驱动器系统而变形。钉仓4100可包括可压缩的仓体4110,该可压缩的仓体可例如由泡沫材料以及至少部分地定位在可压缩仓体4110内的多个钉4120构成。钉驱动器系统可包括驱动器夹持器4160、定位在驱动器夹持器4160内的多个钉驱动器4162、以及钉仓盘4180,该钉仓盘能够将钉驱动器4162保持在驱动器夹持器4160中。例如,钉驱动器4162可定位在驱动器夹持器4160中的一个或多个狭槽4163内,其中狭槽4163的侧壁可帮助朝砧座向上引导钉驱动器4162。钉4120可由钉驱动器4162支撑在狭槽4163内,其中当钉4120和钉驱动器4162处于其未击发位置时,钉4120可完全定位在狭槽4163中。作为另外一种选择,当钉4120和钉驱动器4162处于其未击发位置时,钉4120的至少一部分可穿过狭槽4163的开口端4161向上延伸。例如,现在主要参见图11,钉4120的基部可被定位在驱动器夹持器4160内,并且钉4120的顶端可嵌入可压缩仓体4110内。钉4120的大约三分之一的高度可定位在驱动器夹持器4160内,并且钉4120的大约三分之二的高度可定位在仓体4110内。参见图10A,例如钉仓4100还可包括围绕仓体4110和驱动器夹持器4160的水不可渗透的包裹物或膜4111。As described herein, the staples of the staple cartridge can be fully formed by the anvil when the anvil is moved to the closed position. Alternatively, referring now to FIGS. 10-13 , the staples of a staple cartridge such as staple cartridge 4100 may pass through the anvil when the anvil is moved to the closed position, and additionally by moving the staples toward the closed anvil, for example. deformed by the nail driver system. Staple cartridge 4100 can include a compressible cartridge body 4110 , which can be constructed, for example, of a foam material, and a plurality of staples 4120 positioned at least partially within compressible cartridge body 4110 . The staple driver system can include a driver holder 4160, a plurality of staple drivers 4162 positioned within the driver holder 4160, and a staple cartridge tray 4180 configured to retain the staple drivers 4162 in the driver holder 4160. For example, the staple drivers 4162 can be positioned within one or more slots 4163 in the driver holder 4160, wherein the sidewalls of the slots 4163 can help guide the staple drivers 4162 upwardly toward the anvil. Staples 4120 can be supported within slots 4163 by staple drivers 4162, wherein staples 4120 can be fully positioned in slots 4163 when staples 4120 and staple drivers 4162 are in their unfired positions. Alternatively, at least a portion of the staples 4120 can extend upwardly through the open ends 4161 of the slots 4163 when the staples 4120 and staple drivers 4162 are in their unfired positions. For example, referring now primarily to FIG. 11 , the bases of the staples 4120 can be positioned within the driver holder 4160 and the tips of the staples 4120 can be embedded within the compressible cartridge body 4110 . About one-third of the height of the staples 4120 can be positioned within the driver holder 4160 , and about two-thirds of the height of the staples 4120 can be positioned within the cartridge body 4110 . Referring to FIG. 10A , for example, staple cartridge 4100 may also include a water impermeable wrap or membrane 4111 surrounding cartridge body 4110 and driver holder 4160 .

在使用中,例如,钉仓4100可定位在钉仓通道内,并且砧座可朝钉仓4100运动到闭合位置。当砧座运动至其闭合位置时,砧座可接触并压缩可压缩的仓体4110。当砧座处于其闭合位置时,砧座可不接触钉4120。当砧座运动至其闭合位置时,砧座可接触钉4120的腿并且至少部分地使钉4120变形。在任一情形中,钉仓4100还可包括一个或多个滑动件4170,所述一个或多个滑动件可在钉仓4100沿纵向推进,使得滑动件4170可随后接合钉驱动器4162并且使钉驱动器4162和钉4120朝砧座运动。滑动件4170可在钉仓盘4180与钉驱动器4162之间滑动。在砧座的闭合已使钉4120的成形过程开始的情况下,钉4120朝砧座向上运动可完成成形过程并使钉4120变形至其完全成形的高度或至少期望的高度。在砧座的闭合未使钉4120变形的情况下,钉4120朝砧座向上运动可开始并完成成形过程并且使钉4120变形至其完全成形的高度或至少期望的高度。滑动件4170可从钉仓4100的近侧末端推进到钉仓4100的远侧末端,使得在定位于钉仓4100的远侧末端中的钉4120完全成形之前,定位于钉仓4100的近侧末端中的钉4120完全成形。参见图12,滑动件4170可各自包括至少一个成角度的或倾斜的表面4711,其能够在钉驱动器4162下方滑动并如图13所示提升钉驱动器4162。In use, for example, a staple cartridge 4100 can be positioned within the staple cartridge channel and the anvil can be moved toward the staple cartridge 4100 to a closed position. When the anvil is moved to its closed position, the anvil can contact and compress the compressible cartridge body 4110. The anvil may not contact the staples 4120 when the anvil is in its closed position. When the anvil is moved to its closed position, the anvil can contact the legs of the staples 4120 and at least partially deform the staples 4120. In either case, the staple cartridge 4100 can also include one or more sleds 4170 that can be advanced longitudinally within the staple cartridge 4100 such that the sleds 4170 can subsequently engage the staple drivers 4162 and cause the staple drivers to 4162 and staples 4120 are moved toward the anvil. Slider 4170 is slidable between staple cartridge tray 4180 and staple drivers 4162 . Where the closing of the anvil has initiated the forming process of the staples 4120, upward movement of the staples 4120 toward the anvil can complete the forming process and deform the staples 4120 to their fully formed height, or at least a desired height. Without the closure of the anvil deforming the staples 4120, upward movement of the staples 4120 toward the anvil can initiate and complete the forming process and deform the staples 4120 to their fully formed height, or at least a desired height. The sled 4170 can be advanced from the proximal end of the staple cartridge 4100 to the distal end of the staple cartridge 4100 such that the staples 4120 positioned in the distal end of the staple cartridge 4100 are positioned at the proximal end of the staple cartridge 4100 before they are fully formed. The staples 4120 in are fully formed. Referring to FIG. 12 , sliders 4170 can each include at least one angled or sloped surface 4711 that can slide under staple drivers 4162 and lift staple drivers 4162 as shown in FIG. 13 .

对上文进行进一步描述,钉4120可被成形,以便将组织T的至少一部分和钉仓4100的可压缩仓体4110的至少一部分捕获在其中。在钉4120成形之后,外科缝合器的砧座和钉仓通道4130可远离已植入的钉仓4100运动。在各种情况下,仓盘4180可以固定地接合钉仓通道4130,其中作为结果,当钉仓通道4130被拉离已植入的仓体4110时,仓盘4180可与可压缩的仓体4110分离。再次参见图10,仓盘4180可包括相对的侧壁4181,仓体4110能够可移除地定位在该相对的侧壁4181之间。例如,可压缩仓体4110可被压缩于侧壁4181之间,使得在使用期间仓体4110能够可移除地保持在其间,并且当仓盘4180被拉离时,仓体4110从仓盘4180可释放地脱离。例如,驱动器夹持器4160可连接到仓盘4180,使得当仓盘4180从手术部位移除时,驱动器保持器4160、驱动器4162和/或滑动件4170可保持在仓盘4180中。驱动器4162可从驱动器夹持器4160射出并且留在手术部位中。例如,驱动器4162可由可生物吸收的材料(诸如以商品名Vicryl出售的聚乙醇酸(PGA)、聚乳酸(PLA或PLLA)、聚二氧杂环己酮(PDS)、聚羟基链烷酸酯(PHA)、以商品名Monocryl出售的聚卡普隆25(PGCL)、聚己内酯(PCL)、和/或PGA、PLA、PDS、PHA、PGCL和/或PCL的复合物)构成。驱动器4162可附接到钉4120,使得驱动器4162部署有钉4120。例如,每个驱动器4162可包括例如能够接收钉4120的基部的槽,其中所述槽能够以压力配合方式和/或搭扣配合方式接收钉基部。Further to the above, the staples 4120 can be shaped to capture at least a portion of the tissue T and at least a portion of the compressible cartridge body 4110 of the staple cartridge 4100 therein. After the staples 4120 are formed, the anvil of the surgical stapler and the staple cartridge channel 4130 can be moved away from the implanted staple cartridge 4100 . In various circumstances, the cartridge tray 4180 can be fixedly engaged with the staple cartridge channel 4130, wherein as a result, the cartridge tray 4180 can engage the compressible cartridge body 4110 when the staple cartridge channel 4130 is pulled away from the implanted cartridge body 4110 separate. Referring again to FIG. 10 , the cartridge tray 4180 can include opposing side walls 4181 between which the cartridge body 4110 can be removably positioned. For example, the compressible cartridge body 4110 can be compressed between the side walls 4181 so that the cartridge body 4110 can be removably retained therebetween during use and when the cartridge tray 4180 is pulled away, the cartridge body 4110 is removed from the cartridge tray 4180. Releasably disengaged. For example, driver holder 4160 can be coupled to cartridge tray 4180 such that driver holder 4160, driver 4162, and/or slide 4170 can remain in cartridge tray 4180 when cartridge tray 4180 is removed from the surgical site. Driver 4162 can be ejected from driver holder 4160 and left in the surgical site. For example, the driver 4162 can be made of a bioabsorbable material such as polyglycolic acid (PGA), polylactic acid (PLA or PLLA), polydioxanone (PDS), polyhydroxyalkanoate, sold under the tradename Vicryl. (PHA), polycapron 25 (PGCL) sold under the trade name Monocryl, polycaprolactone (PCL), and/or complexes of PGA, PLA, PDS, PHA, PGCL and/or PCL). Driver 4162 can be attached to staple 4120 such that driver 4162 deploys staple 4120 . For example, each driver 4162 can include, for example, a slot configured to receive the base of a staple 4120, wherein the slot can receive the base of the staple in a press-fit and/or snap-fit manner.

对上文进行进一步描述,驱动器夹持器4160和/或滑动件4170可从仓盘4180射出。例如,滑动件4170可在仓盘4180与驱动器夹持器4160之间滑动,使得当滑动件4170推进以向上驱动钉驱动器4162和钉4120时,滑动件4170也可使驱动器夹持器4160向上运动到仓盘4180之外。例如,驱动器夹持器4160和/或滑动件4170可由可生物吸收的材料(诸如以商品名Vicryl出售的聚乙醇酸(PGA)、聚乳酸(PLA或PLLA)、聚二氧杂环己酮(PDS)、聚羟基链烷酸酯(PHA)、以商品名Monocryl出售的聚卡普隆25(PGCL)、聚己内酯(PCL)、和/或PGA、PLA、PDS、PHA、PGCL和/或PCL的复合物)构成。滑动件4170可整体地形成和/或附接到驱动棒或切割构件,所述驱动棒或切割构件穿过钉仓4100而推动滑动件4170。在此种情况下,滑动件4170可不从仓盘4180射出并且可与外科缝合器保持在一起,而在其中滑动件4170不附接到驱动棒的其他情况中,滑动件4170可留在手术部位中。在任何情形中,对上文进行进一步描述,仓体4110的可压缩性可允许在外科缝合器的端部执行器中使用较厚的钉仓,这是因为当缝合器的砧座闭合时,仓体4110可压缩或塌缩。作为在砧座闭合时钉被至少部分地变形的结果,可使用较高的钉(诸如具有大约0.18"钉高度的钉),例如其中大约0.12"的钉高度可被定位在可压缩层4110中,并且其中可压缩层4110可具有大约0.14"的未压缩高度。Further to the above, the driver holder 4160 and/or the slide 4170 can be ejected from the cartridge tray 4180 . For example, the slider 4170 can slide between the cartridge tray 4180 and the driver holder 4160 such that when the slider 4170 is advanced to drive the staple drivers 4162 and the staples 4120 upward, the slider 4170 can also move the driver holder 4160 upwardly To warehouse 4180 outside. For example, the driver holder 4160 and/or slide 4170 may be made of a bioabsorbable material such as polyglycolic acid (PGA), polylactic acid (PLA or PLLA), polydioxanone ( PDS), polyhydroxyalkanoate (PHA), polycapron 25 (PGCL) sold under the tradename Monocryl, polycaprolactone (PCL), and/or PGA, PLA, PDS, PHA, PGCL and/or or a complex of PCL). The sled 4170 can be integrally formed and/or attached to a drive bar or cutting member that pushes the sled 4170 through the staple cartridge 4100 . In such cases, the sled 4170 may not be ejected from the cartridge tray 4180 and may remain with the surgical stapler, whereas in other cases where the sled 4170 is not attached to the drive rod, the sled 4170 may remain at the surgical site middle. In any event, further to the above, the compressibility of the cartridge body 4110 may allow the use of thicker staple cartridges in the end effector of a surgical stapler because when the anvil of the stapler is closed, Cartridge body 4110 can be compressed or collapsed. As a result of the staples being at least partially deformed when the anvil is closed, taller staples (such as staples having a staple height of about 0.18" can be used, for example, where a staple height of about 0.12" can be positioned in the compressible layer 4110 , and wherein the compressible layer 4110 can have an uncompressed height of about 0.14".

如本文所述,钉仓可在其中包括多个钉。任选地,此类钉可由被变形为基本上U形构型并具有两个钉腿的金属线材构成。可设想出其中钉可包括不同构型(诸如被接合在一起并具有三个或更多个钉腿的两个或更多个线材)的替代形式。用于形成钉的一个或多个线材可包括圆的或至少基本上圆的横截面。钉线材可包括任何其他合适的横截面,诸如正方形和/或矩形的横截面。钉可由塑料线材构成。钉可由涂覆有塑料的金属线材构成。根据本发明,仓可包括除钉之外或取代钉的任何合适类型的紧固件。例如,这种紧固件可包括可枢转的臂,所述臂在被砧座接合时会被折叠。可使用两部分的紧固件。例如,钉仓可包括多个第一紧固件部,并且砧座可包括多个第二紧固件部;当砧座抵靠钉仓而被压缩时,第二紧固件部连接到第一紧固件部。如上所述,可在钉仓内推进滑动件或驱动器以便完成钉的成形过程。可在砧座内推进滑动件或驱动器,以便使一个或多个成形构件向下运动至与相对的钉仓和钉或定位在钉仓中的紧固件接合。As described herein, a staple cartridge can include a plurality of staples therein. Optionally, such staples may be constructed of metal wire deformed into a substantially U-shaped configuration with two staple legs. Alternatives are contemplated where the staple may comprise a different configuration, such as two or more wires joined together and having three or more staple legs. The one or more wires used to form the staple may comprise a round or at least substantially round cross-section. The staple wire may comprise any other suitable cross-section, such as a square and/or rectangular cross-section. The nails may consist of plastic wire. The nails may consist of metal wires coated with plastic. According to the present invention, the cartridge may comprise any suitable type of fastener in addition to or instead of staples. For example, such fasteners may include pivotable arms that fold when engaged by the anvil. Two-part fasteners may be used. For example, the staple cartridge can include a plurality of first fastener portions, and the anvil can include a plurality of second fastener portions; when the anvil is compressed against the staple cartridge, the second fastener portions are connected to the first fastener portions. A fastener part. As noted above, the sled or driver can be advanced within the staple cartridge to complete the staple forming process. A slide or driver can be advanced within the anvil to move the one or more forming members downward into engagement with the opposing staple cartridge and staples or fasteners positioned in the staple cartridge.

如本文所述,钉仓可包括储存于其中的四排钉。所述四排钉可被设置成两个内侧钉行和两个外侧钉行。例如,内侧钉行和外侧钉行可被定位在钉仓内的切割构件或刀狭槽的第一侧上;相似地,内侧钉行和外侧钉行可被定位在切割构件或刀狭槽的第二侧上。钉仓可不包括切割构件狭槽;然而,作为钉仓狭槽的替代,这种钉仓可包括能够由切割构件切入的指定部分。相似地,可将内侧钉行布置在钉仓内,使得其与切割构件狭槽等距地或至少基本上等距地间隔开。相似地,可将外侧钉行布置在钉仓内,使得其与切割构件狭槽等距地或至少基本上等距地间隔开。根据本发明,钉仓可包括储存在钉仓内的多于或少于四排钉。钉仓可包括六排钉。例如,钉仓可在切割构件狭槽的第一侧上包括三排钉,并且在切割构件狭槽的第二侧上包括三排钉。钉仓可包括奇数排钉。例如,钉仓可在切割构件狭槽的第一侧上包括两排钉,并且在切割构件狭槽的第二侧上包括三排钉。钉排可包括具有相同或至少基本上相同的未成形钉高度的钉。作为另外一种选择,一个或多个钉排可包括具有与其他钉不同的未成形钉高度的钉。例如,切割构件狭槽的第一侧上的钉可具有第一未成形高度,并且切割构件狭槽的第二侧上的钉可具有第二未成形高度,该第二未成形高度不同于第一高度。As described herein, a staple cartridge can include four rows of staples stored therein. The four rows of staples may be arranged as two inner staple rows and two outer staple rows. For example, the inner row of staples and the outer row of staples can be positioned on a first side of the cutting member or knife slot in the staple cartridge; similarly, the inner row of staples and the outer row of staples can be positioned on the cutting member or the knife slot. on the second side. A staple cartridge may not include a cutting member slot; however, instead of a staple cartridge slot, such a staple cartridge may include a designated portion that can be cut into by the cutting member. Similarly, the inner rows of staples can be arranged within the staple cartridge such that they are spaced equidistantly, or at least substantially equidistantly, from the cutting member slots. Similarly, the outer rows of staples can be arranged within the staple cartridge such that they are spaced equidistantly, or at least substantially equidistantly, from the cutting member slots. According to the present invention, a staple cartridge may include more or less than four rows of staples stored within the staple cartridge. The staple cartridge may include six rows of staples. For example, the staple cartridge can include three rows of staples on a first side of the cutting member slot and three rows of staples on a second side of the cutting member slot. The staple cartridge may include odd rows of staples. For example, the staple cartridge may include two rows of staples on a first side of the cutting member slot and three rows of staples on a second side of the cutting member slot. The rows of staples may comprise staples having the same, or at least substantially the same, unformed staple height. Alternatively, one or more rows of staples may include staples having a different unformed staple height than the other staples. For example, the staples on a first side of the cutting member slot can have a first unformed height, and the staples on a second side of the cutting member slot can have a second unformed height that is different from the first unformed height. a height.

任选地,如上所述,钉仓可包括仓体,该仓体包括多个限定在其中的钉腔。仓体可包括平台和顶部平台表面,其中每个钉腔可限定平台表面中的开口。还如上所述,钉可被定位在每个钉腔内,使得钉被储存在仓体内直到其从仓体被射出。在从仓体被射出之前,钉可被容纳在仓体内,使得钉不突起到平台表面上方。在此类情况下,当钉被定位在平台表面下方时,可减少钉被损坏和/或过早接触目标组织的可能性。在各种情况下,钉可在未击发位置和击发位置之间运动,在未击发位置中,其不从仓体突起,在击发位置中,其已从仓体露出并可接触被定位在钉仓对面的砧座。砧座和/或限定于砧座内的成形凹坑可被定位成距平台表面上方预定距离,使得当钉从仓体被部署时,钉变形至预定的成形高度。在一些情况下,被捕获在砧座和钉仓之间的组织的厚度可变化,因此,较厚的组织可被捕获在某些钉内而较薄的组织可被捕获在某些其他钉内。在任一种情况下,由钉施加到组织的夹紧压力或力例如可因钉而异,或在钉行的一端上的钉和钉行的另一端上的钉之间变化。在某些情况下,可控制砧座和钉仓平台之间的间隙,使得钉在每个钉内施加某一最小的夹紧压力。然而在一些此类情况下,在不同的钉内的夹紧压力的显著变化可能仍然存在。外科缝合器械在2008年6月3日公布的美国专利No.7,380,696中有所公开,该专利的全部公开内容以引用方式并入本文。用于外科缝合和切断器械的例证性多行程柄部在共同未决以及共同拥有的名称为“SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENT INCORPORATING A MULTISTROKE FIRING POSITIONINDICATOR AND RETRACTION MECHANISM”的美国专利申请No.10/374,026中进行了更详细的描述,该专利申请的公开内容据此全文以引用方式并入。符合本发明的其他应用可结合单击发行程,诸如在共同未决以及共同拥有的名称为“SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENTHAVING SEPARATE DISTINCT CLOSING AND FIRING SYSTEMS”美国专利申请No.10/441,632中所描述的,该专利申请的公开内容据此全文以引用方式并入。Optionally, as described above, the staple cartridge may include a cartridge body including a plurality of staple cavities defined therein. The cartridge body can include a deck and a top deck surface, wherein each staple cavity can define an opening in the deck surface. As also described above, staples can be positioned within each staple cavity such that the staples are stored within the cartridge body until they are ejected from the cartridge body. The staples may be contained within the cartridge body prior to being ejected from the cartridge body such that the staples do not protrude above the deck surface. In such cases, when the staples are positioned below the deck surface, the likelihood of the staples being damaged and/or prematurely contacting the target tissue can be reduced. In each case, the staple is movable between an unfired position, in which it does not protrude from the cartridge body, and a fired position, in which it has emerged from the cartridge body and is accessible to be positioned on the staple. The anvil opposite the bin. The anvil and/or forming pockets defined within the anvil may be positioned a predetermined distance above the deck surface such that when the staples are deployed from the cartridge body, the staples deform to a predetermined formed height. In some cases, the thickness of the tissue captured between the anvil and the staple cartridge can vary, so that thicker tissue can be captured in some staples and thinner tissue can be captured in certain other staples . In either case, the clamping pressure or force applied to the tissue by the staples may vary, for example, from staple to staple, or between staples on one end of a row of staples and staples on the other end of a row of staples. In some cases, the gap between the anvil and the cartridge deck can be controlled such that the staples exert some minimum clamping pressure within each staple. In some such cases, however, significant variation in clamping pressure within different staples may still exist. Surgical stapling instruments are disclosed in US Patent No. 7,380,696, issued June 3, 2008, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. An illustrative multi-stroke handle for a surgical stapling and severing instrument is modified in co-pending and commonly owned U.S. Patent Application No. 10/374,026 entitled "SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENT INCORPORATING A MULTISTROKE FIRING POSITION INDICATOR AND RETRACTION MECHANISM." detailed description, the disclosure of this patent application is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Other applications consistent with the present invention may incorporate single-shot triggering, such as that described in co-pending and commonly owned U.S. Patent Application No. The disclosure of the application is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.

如本文所述,钉仓可包括如下装置:该装置用于对从钉仓部署的钉内捕获的组织的厚度进行补偿。参见图14,钉仓(诸如钉仓10000)例如可包括刚性的第一部分(诸如支撑部分10010)以及可压缩的第二部分(诸如组织厚度补偿件10020)。首先参见图16,支撑部分10010可包括仓体、顶部平台表面10011和多个钉腔10012。其中,类似于上文所述,每个钉腔10012可限定平台表面10011中的开口。钉10030例如可被可移除地定位在每个钉腔10012中。例如,每个钉10030可包括基部10031和从基部10031延伸的一个或多个变形腿10032。在钉10030被部署之前,还如下文更详细所述,钉10030的基部10031可由定位在支撑部分10010内的钉驱动器支撑,并且同时,钉10030的腿10032可至少被部分容纳在钉腔10012内。钉10030可在未击发位置和击发位置之间被部署,使得腿10032运动穿过组织厚度补偿件10020,穿透组织厚度补偿件10020的顶部表面,穿透组织T,并且接触被定位在钉仓10000对面的砧座。当腿10032抵靠砧座变形时,每个钉10030的腿10032可捕获组织厚度补偿件10020的一部分以及每个钉10030内的组织T的一部分,并且将压缩力施加到组织。对上文进行进一步描述,可使每个钉10030的腿10032向下朝钉的基部10031变形,以形成钉截留区域10039,在该钉截留区域,组织T和组织厚度补偿件10020可被捕获。在各种情况下,钉截留区域10039可被限定在已变形的腿10032的内表面和基部10031的内表面之间。钉截留区域的尺寸可取决于若干因素,例如腿的长度、腿的直径、基部的宽度、和/或例如腿变形的程度。As described herein, a staple cartridge may include means for compensating for the thickness of tissue captured within staples deployed from the staple cartridge. 14, a staple cartridge, such as staple cartridge 10000, for example, can include a rigid first portion, such as support portion 10010, and a compressible second portion, such as tissue thickness compensator 10020. Referring first to FIG. 16 , the support portion 10010 can include a cartridge body, a top deck surface 10011 and a plurality of staple cavities 10012 . Therein, each staple cavity 10012 can define an opening in the deck surface 10011, similar to that described above. Staples 10030 can be removably positioned within each staple cavity 10012, for example. For example, each staple 10030 can include a base 10031 and one or more deformable legs 10032 extending from the base 10031 . Prior to the staples 10030 being deployed, as also described in more detail below, the bases 10031 of the staples 10030 can be supported by staple drivers positioned within the support portion 10010 and, at the same time, the legs 10032 of the staples 10030 can be at least partially received within the staple cavities 10012 . The staples 10030 can be deployed between an unfired position and a fired position such that the legs 10032 move through the tissue thickness compensator 10020, penetrate the top surface of the tissue thickness compensator 10020, penetrate the tissue T, and contact is positioned at the staple cartridge. 10000 opposite the anvil. When the legs 10032 are deformed against the anvil, the legs 10032 of each staple 10030 can capture a portion of the tissue thickness compensator 10020 and a portion of the tissue T within each staple 10030 and apply a compressive force to the tissue. Further to the above, the legs 10032 of each staple 10030 can be deformed downwardly toward the base 10031 of the staple to form a staple entrapment region 10039 where the tissue T and tissue thickness compensator 10020 can be captured. In various circumstances, a staple entrapment region 10039 can be defined between the inner surface of the deformed leg 10032 and the inner surface of the base 10031 . The size of the staple entrapment area may depend on several factors, such as the length of the legs, the diameter of the legs, the width of the base, and/or the degree of deformation of the legs, for example.

此前,外科医生常常需要针对正被缝合的组织来选择具有适当钉高度的适当钉。例如,外科医生可选择高的钉与厚组织一起使用以及选择低的钉与薄组织一起使用。然而在一些情形下,正被缝合的组织不具有一致的厚度,因此,一些钉无法实现期望的击发构型。例如,图48示出了用于薄组织中的高的钉。现在参见图49,当组织厚度补偿件(诸如组织厚度补偿件10020)例如与薄组织一起使用时,例如较大的钉可成形为期望的击发构型。Heretofore, surgeons often needed to select the proper staple with the proper staple height for the tissue being stapled. For example, a surgeon may select tall staples for use with thick tissue and low staples for use with thin tissue. In some instances, however, the tissue being stapled does not have a consistent thickness and, therefore, some staples fail to achieve the desired firing configuration. For example, Figure 48 shows tall staples used in thin tissue. Referring now to FIG. 49, when a tissue thickness compensator, such as tissue thickness compensator 10020, is used, for example, with thin tissue, larger staples, for example, can be shaped into a desired firing configuration.

由于组织厚度补偿件的压缩率,组织厚度补偿件可对捕获在每个钉内的组织的厚度进行补偿。更具体地,现在参见图43和图44,组织厚度补偿件(例如组织厚度补偿件10020)例如可根据钉截留区域10039内容纳的组织的厚度和/或类型来占据每个钉10030的钉截留区域10039的较大和/或较小部分。例如,在较厚的组织T被捕获在钉10030内的情况下,如果较薄的组织T被捕获在钉10030内,则组织厚度补偿件10020可占据钉截留区域10039的较大部分。相应地,相较于较薄的组织T被捕获在钉10030内的情况,如果较厚的组织T被捕获在钉10030内,则组织厚度补偿件10020可占据钉截留区域10039的较小部分。这样,组织厚度补偿件可补偿较薄组织和/或较厚组织,并确保压缩力被施加到组织,而不论或至少基本上不论被捕获在钉内的组织厚度如何。除了上文所述之外,组织厚度补偿件10020可对被捕获在不同钉10030内的不同类型或不同压缩率的组织进行补偿。现在参见图44,组织厚度补偿件10020可将压缩力施加到可包括血管V的血管组织T,并因此限制血液流过不太可压缩的血管V,但是仍然将期望的压缩压力施加到周围的组织T。在各种情况下,对上文进行进一步描述,组织厚度补偿件10020还可补偿已变形的钉。参见图45,各种钉10030的变形可导致限定在此类钉内的较大的钉截留区域10039。由于组织厚度补偿件10020的回弹力,现在参见图46,即使被限定在此类已变形钉10030内的钉截留区域10039可被扩大,定位在已变形钉10030内的组织厚度补偿件10020仍可将足够的压缩力施加到组织。在各种情况下,位于相邻钉10030中间的组织厚度补偿件10020可被已变形钉10030周围的适当成形的钉10030抵靠组织T偏置,并因此将压缩压力施加到例如围绕和/或被捕获在已变形钉10030内的组织。在各种情况下,组织厚度补偿件可补偿不同的组织密度,所述不同的组织密度可例如由于钙化、纤维区域、和/或先前已缝合或处理的组织而产生。Due to the compressibility of the tissue thickness compensator, the tissue thickness compensator can compensate for the thickness of the tissue captured within each staple. More specifically, referring now to FIGS. 43 and 44 , a tissue thickness compensator, such as tissue thickness compensator 10020 , can occupy the staple entrapment of each staple 10030 , for example, depending on the thickness and/or type of tissue received within staple entrapment region 10039 . Larger and/or smaller portions of area 10039. For example, where thicker tissue T is captured within the staples 10030, the tissue thickness compensator 10020 can occupy a greater portion of the staple entrapment area 10039 if thinner tissue T is captured within the staples 10030. Accordingly, the tissue thickness compensator 10020 may occupy a smaller portion of the staple entrapment area 10039 if thicker tissue T is captured within the staple 10030 than if thinner tissue T is captured within the staple 10030 . In this manner, the tissue thickness compensator can compensate for thinner tissue and/or thicker tissue and ensure that compressive forces are applied to the tissue regardless, or at least substantially regardless, of the thickness of the tissue captured within the staples. In addition to the above, the tissue thickness compensator 10020 can compensate for different types or different rates of compression of tissue captured within different staples 10030 . Referring now to FIG. 44, a tissue thickness compensator 10020 can apply a compressive force to vascular tissue T, which can include a blood vessel V, and thus restrict blood flow through the less compressible blood vessel V, but still apply a desired compressive pressure to the surrounding Organization T. In various circumstances, further to the above, the tissue thickness compensator 10020 can also compensate for deformed staples. Referring to Fig. 45, deformation of various staples 10030 can result in larger staple entrapment regions 10039 defined within such staples. Due to the resiliency of the tissue thickness compensator 10020, referring now to FIG. 46, the tissue thickness compensator 10020 positioned within the deformed staple 10030 can still Apply sufficient compressive force to the tissue. In various instances, the tissue thickness compensator 10020 intermediate adjacent staples 10030 can be biased against the tissue T by suitably shaped staples 10030 around the deformed staples 10030 and thus apply compressive pressure, for example, around and/or Tissue captured within deformed staples 10030. In various cases, the tissue thickness compensator can compensate for different tissue densities that can result, for example, from calcifications, fibrous regions, and/or previously sutured or treated tissue.

根据本发明,固定的或不可改变的组织间隙可被限定在支撑部分和砧座之间,因此不论被捕获在钉内的组织的厚度如何均可使钉变形至预定的高度。当组织厚度补偿件用于此类情况时,组织厚度补偿件可适应被捕获在砧座和支撑部分钉仓之间的组织,并且由于组织厚度补偿件的回弹力,组织厚度补偿件可将附加的压缩力施加到组织。现在参见图50-55,钉10030已成形为预定义的高度H。参照图50,组织厚度补偿件没有被使用,并且组织T占据了整个钉截留区域10039。参照图57,组织厚度补偿件10020的一部分已被捕获在钉10030内,已将组织T压缩,并且已占据钉截留区域10039的至少一部分。现在参见图52,薄组织T已被捕获在钉10030内。在该实施例中,被压缩的组织T具有大约2/9H的高度,并且被压缩的组织厚度补偿件10020具有例如大约7/9H的高度。现在参见图53,具有中间厚度的组织T已被捕获在钉10030内。在该实施例中,被压缩的组织T具有大约4/9H的高度,并且被压缩的组织厚度补偿件10020具有例如大约5/9H的高度。现在参见图54,具有中间厚度的组织T已被捕获在钉10030内。在该实施例中,被压缩的组织T具有大约2/3H的高度,并且被压缩的组织厚度补偿件10020具有例如大约1/3H的高度。现在参见图53,厚组织T已被捕获在钉10030内。在该实施例中,被压缩的组织T具有大约8/9H的高度,并且被压缩的组织厚度补偿件10020具有例如大约1/9H的高度。在各种情况下,组织厚度补偿件可包括压缩高度,该压缩高度包括:例如大约10%的钉截留高度、大约20%的钉截留高度、大约30%的钉截留高度、大约40%的钉截留高度、大约50%的钉截留高度、大约60%的钉截留高度、大约70%的钉截留高度、大约80%的钉截留高度、和/或大约90%的钉截留高度。According to the present invention, a fixed or unchangeable tissue gap can be defined between the support portion and the anvil, thereby deforming the staple to a predetermined height regardless of the thickness of the tissue captured within the staple. When a tissue thickness compensator is used in such situations, the tissue thickness compensator can accommodate the tissue captured between the anvil and the support portion of the cartridge, and due to the resiliency of the tissue thickness compensator, the tissue thickness compensator can hold the additional A compressive force is applied to the tissue. Referring now to FIGS. 50-55, the staples 10030 have been formed to a predefined height H. Referring now to FIGS. Referring to FIG. 50 , the tissue thickness compensator is not used and tissue T occupies the entire staple entrapment area 10039 . Referring to FIG. 57 , a portion of the tissue thickness compensator 10020 has been captured within the staples 10030 , has compressed the tissue T, and has occupied at least a portion of the staple entrapment region 10039 . Referring now to FIG. 52 , thin tissue T has been captured within staples 10030 . In this embodiment, the compressed tissue T has a height of about 2/9H, and the compressed tissue thickness compensator 10020 has a height of, for example, about 7/9H. Referring now to FIG. 53 , tissue T having an intermediate thickness has been captured within staples 10030 . In this embodiment, the compressed tissue T has a height of about 4/9H, and the compressed tissue thickness compensator 10020 has a height of, for example, about 5/9H. Referring now to FIG. 54 , tissue T having an intermediate thickness has been captured within staples 10030 . In this embodiment, the compressed tissue T has a height of about 2/3H, and the compressed tissue thickness compensator 10020 has a height of, for example, about 1/3H. Referring now to FIG. 53 , thick tissue T has been captured within staples 10030 . In this embodiment, the compressed tissue T has a height of about 8/9H, and the compressed tissue thickness compensator 10020 has a height of, for example, about 1/9H. In various cases, the tissue thickness compensator can comprise a compressed height comprising, for example, about 10% staple entrapment height, about 20% staple entrapment height, about 30% staple entrapment height, about 40% staple entrapment height Staple retention height, approximately 50% staple retention height, approximately 60% staple retention height, approximately 70% staple retention height, approximately 80% staple retention height, and/or approximately 90% staple retention height.

钉10030可包括任何合适的未成形高度。钉10030可包括例如介于大约2mm和大约4.8mm之间的未成形高度。钉10030可包括例如大约2.0mm、大约2.5mm、大约3.0mm、大约3.4mm、大约3.5mm、大约3.8mm、大约4.0mm、大约4.1mm、和/或大约4.8mm的未成形高度。钉可变形的高度H可由支撑部分10010的平台表面10011和相对的砧座之间的距离来决定。平台表面10011和砧座的组织接触表面之间的距离可例如为大约0.097"。高度H还可由限定在砧座内的成形凹坑的深度决定。成形凹坑可例如具有从组织接触表面测得的深度。任选地,如下文更详细所述,钉仓10000还可包括钉驱动器,该钉驱动器可将钉10030朝砧座抬起,并且将钉抬起或“过度驱动”到平台表面10011上方。在这种情况下,钉10030的成形高度H还可由钉10030被过度驱动的距离来决定。例如,钉10030可被过度驱动例如大约.028",并且可导致钉10030被成形为例如大约0.189"的高度。钉10030可被成形为例如大约0.8mm、大约1.0mm、大约1.5mm、大约1.8mm、大约2.0mm、和/或大约2.25mm的高度。钉可被成形为例如介于大约2.25mm和大约3.0mm之间的高度。对上文进行进一步描述,钉的钉截留区域的高度可由钉的成形高度以及包括钉的线材的宽度和直径所决定。钉10030的钉截留区域10039的高度可包括钉的成形高度H减去线材的两个直径宽度。钉线材可包括例如大约0.0089"的直径。钉线材可包括例如介于大约0.0069"和大约0.0119"之间的直径。例如,钉10030的成形高度H可为大约0.189",并且钉线材直径可为大约0.0089",从而例如产生大约0.171"的钉截留高度。Staples 10030 can comprise any suitable unformed height. Staples 10030 can include, for example, an unformed height of between about 2 mm and about 4.8 mm. The staples 10030 can include, for example, an unformed height of about 2.0 mm, about 2.5 mm, about 3.0 mm, about 3.4 mm, about 3.5 mm, about 3.8 mm, about 4.0 mm, about 4.1 mm, and/or about 4.8 mm. The deformable height H of the staples may be determined by the distance between the platform surface 10011 of the support portion 10010 and the opposing anvil. The distance between the platform surface 10011 and the tissue-contacting surface of the anvil can be, for example, about 0.097". The height H can also be determined by the depth of the forming pocket defined in the anvil. The forming pocket can, for example, have a Optionally, as described in more detail below, the staple cartridge 10000 can also include staple drivers that can lift the staples 10030 toward the anvil and lift or "overdrive" the staples onto the deck surface 10011 In this case, the formed height H of the staples 10030 can also be determined by the distance by which the staples 10030 are overdriven. For example, the staples 10030 can be overdriven, for example, by approximately .028", and can result in the staples 10030 being formed, for example, by approximately 0.189" height. The staples 10030 can be shaped, for example, to a height of about 0.8mm, about 1.0mm, about 1.5mm, about 1.8mm, about 2.0mm, and/or about 2.25mm. The staples can be shaped, for example, between about A height between 2.25mm and approximately 3.0mm. Further described above, the height of the staple entrapment region of the staple may be determined by the formed height of the staple and the width and diameter of the wire comprising the staple. The staple entrapment region 10039 of the staple 10030 The height may comprise the formed height H of the staple minus the two diameter widths of the wire. The staple wire may comprise, for example, a diameter of approximately 0.0089". The staple wire can comprise, for example, a diameter between about 0.0069" and about 0.0119". For example, the formed height H of the staples 10030 can be about 0.189", and the staple wire diameter can be about 0.0089", resulting in a staple retention height of about 0.171", for example.

对上文进行进一步描述,组织厚度补偿件可包括未压缩的或预部署的高度,并且能够变形为多个压缩高度中的一个。组织厚度补偿件可包括例如大约0.125"的未压缩高度。组织厚度补偿件可包括例如大于或等于大约0.080"的未压缩高度。组织厚度补偿件可包括未压缩的或预部署的高度,该高度大于钉的未击发高度。组织厚度补偿件的未压缩的或预部署的高度可比钉的未击发高度例如高大约10%、高大约20%、高大约30%、高大约40%、高大约50%、高大约60%、高大约70%、高大约80%、高大约90%、和/或高大约100%。组织厚度补偿件的未压缩的或预部署的高度可比钉的未击发高度高例如至多大约100%。组织厚度补偿件的未压缩的或预部署的高度可比钉的未击发高度高例如超过100%。组织厚度补偿件可包括等于钉的未击发高度的未压缩高度。组织厚度补偿件可包括小于钉的未击发高度的未压缩高度。组织厚度补偿件的未压缩的或预部署的高度可比钉的未击发高度例如低大约10%、低大约20%、低大约30%、低大约40%、低大约50%、低大约60%、低大约70%、低大约80%、和/或低大约90%。可压缩的第二部分可包括未压缩高度,该未压缩高度高于正被缝合的组织T的未压缩高度。组织厚度补偿件可包括未压缩高度,该未压缩高度等于正被缝合的组织T的未压缩高度。组织厚度补偿件可包括未压缩高度,该未压缩高度低于正被缝合的组织T的未压缩高度。Further to the above, the tissue thickness compensator may comprise an uncompressed or pre-deployed height and be deformable to one of a plurality of compressed heights. The tissue thickness compensator can include, for example, an uncompressed height of about 0.125". The tissue thickness compensator can include, for example, an uncompressed height of greater than or equal to about 0.080". The tissue thickness compensator can include an uncompressed or pre-deployed height that is greater than the unfired height of the staples. The uncompressed or pre-deployed height of the tissue thickness compensator may be about 10% higher, about 20% higher, about 30% higher, about 40% higher, about 50% higher, about 60% higher, for example, than the unfired height of the staples. About 70% higher, about 80% higher, about 90% higher, and/or about 100% higher. The uncompressed or pre-deployed height of the tissue thickness compensator may be, for example, up to about 100% higher than the unfired height of the staples. The uncompressed or pre-deployed height of the tissue thickness compensator may be greater than, for example, more than 100% of the unfired height of the staples. The tissue thickness compensator can include an uncompressed height equal to the unfired height of the staples. The tissue thickness compensator can include an uncompressed height that is less than the unfired height of the staples. The uncompressed or pre-deployed height of the tissue thickness compensator may be, for example, about 10%, about 20% lower, about 30% lower, about 40% lower, about 50% lower, about 60% lower, or about 60% lower than the unfired height of the staples. About 70% lower, about 80% lower, and/or about 90% lower. The compressible second portion may include an uncompressed height that is higher than the uncompressed height of the tissue T being stapled. The tissue thickness compensator may include an uncompressed height equal to the uncompressed height of the tissue T being stapled. The tissue thickness compensator may include an uncompressed height that is lower than the uncompressed height of the tissue T being stapled.

如上所述,不论是厚组织还是薄组织被捕获在钉内,组织厚度补偿件均可在多个成形钉内被压缩。例如,可使钉线或钉行内的钉变形,使得每个钉的钉截留区域包括例如大约2.0mm的高度,其中组织T和组织厚度补偿件可被压缩到该高度以内。在某些情形下,组织T可包括在钉截留区域内的大约1.75mm的压缩高度,而组织厚度补偿件可包括在钉截留区域内的大约0.25mm的压缩高度,从而得到总计为例如大约2.0mm的钉截留区域高度。在某些情形下,组织T可包括在钉截留区域内的大约1.50mm的压缩高度,而组织厚度补偿件可包括在钉截留区域内的大约0.50mm的压缩高度,从而得到总计为例如大约2.0mm的钉截留区域高度。在某些情形下,组织T可包括在钉截留区域内的大约1.25mm的压缩高度,而组织厚度补偿件可包括在钉截留区域内的大约0.75mm的压缩高度,从而得到总计为例如大约2.0mm的钉截留区域高度。在某些情形下,组织T可包括在钉截留区域内的大约1.0mm的压缩高度,而组织厚度补偿件可包括在钉截留区域内的大约1.0mm的压缩高度,从而得到总计为例如大约2.0mm的钉截留区域高度。在某些情形下,组织T可包括在钉截留区域内的大约0.75mm的压缩高度,而组织厚度补偿件可包括在钉截留区域内的大约1.25mm的压缩高度,从而得到总计为例如大约2.0mm的钉截留区域高度。在某些情形下,组织T可包括在钉截留区域内的大约1.50mm的压缩高度,而组织厚度补偿件可包括在钉截留区域内的大约0.50mm的压缩高度,从而得到总计为例如大约2.0mm的钉截留区域高度。在某些情形下,组织T可包括在钉截留区域内的大约0.25mm的压缩高度,而组织厚度补偿件可包括在钉截留区域内的大约1.75mm的压缩高度,从而得到总计为例如大约2.0mm的钉截留区域高度。As noted above, the tissue thickness compensator can be compressed within a plurality of formed staples regardless of whether thick or thin tissue is captured within the staples. For example, the staples within a staple line or row can be deformed such that the staple entrapment region of each staple includes a height of, for example, about 2.0 mm into which the tissue T and tissue thickness compensator can be compressed. In some cases, the tissue T can include a compressed height of about 1.75 mm in the staple entrapment region, and the tissue thickness compensator can include a compressed height of about 0.25 mm in the staple entrapment region, resulting in a total of, for example, about 2.0 mm. The height of the nail entrapment zone in mm. In some cases, the tissue T can include a compressed height of about 1.50 mm in the staple entrapment region, and the tissue thickness compensator can include a compressed height of about 0.50 mm in the staple entrapment region, resulting in a total of, for example, about 2.0 mm. The height of the nail entrapment zone in mm. In some cases, the tissue T can include a compressed height of about 1.25 mm in the staple entrapment region, and the tissue thickness compensator can include a compressed height of about 0.75 mm in the staple entrapment region, resulting in a total of, for example, about 2.0 mm. The height of the nail entrapment zone in mm. In some cases, the tissue T can include a compressed height of about 1.0 mm in the staple entrapment region, and the tissue thickness compensator can include a compressed height of about 1.0 mm in the staple entrapment region, resulting in a total of, for example, about 2.0 mm. The height of the nail entrapment zone in mm. In some cases, the tissue T can include a compressed height of about 0.75 mm in the staple entrapment region, and the tissue thickness compensator can include a compressed height of about 1.25 mm in the staple entrapment region, resulting in a total of, for example, about 2.0 mm. The height of the nail entrapment zone in mm. In some cases, the tissue T can include a compressed height of about 1.50 mm in the staple entrapment region, and the tissue thickness compensator can include a compressed height of about 0.50 mm in the staple entrapment region, resulting in a total of, for example, about 2.0 mm. The height of the nail entrapment zone in mm. In some cases, the tissue T can include a compressed height of about 0.25 mm in the staple entrapment region, and the tissue thickness compensator can include a compressed height of about 1.75 mm in the staple entrapment region, resulting in a total of, for example, about 2.0 mm. The height of the nail entrapment zone in mm.

对上文进行进一步描述,组织厚度补偿件可包括小于钉的击发高度的未压缩高度。组织厚度补偿件可包括等于钉的击发高度的未压缩高度。组织厚度补偿件可包括高于钉的击发高度的未压缩高度。例如,组织厚度补偿件的未压缩高度可包括例如以下厚度,该厚度为成形钉高度的大约110%、成形钉高度的大约120%、成形钉高度的大约130%、成形钉高度的大约140%、成形钉高度的大约150%、成形钉高度的大约160%、成形钉高度的大约170%、成形钉高度的大约180%、成形钉高度的大约190%、和/或成形钉高度的大约200%。组织厚度补偿件可包括未压缩高度,该未压缩高度为钉的击发高度的两倍以上。组织厚度补偿件可包括压缩高度,该压缩高度为例如成形钉高度的大约85%至大约150%。任选地,如上所述,组织厚度补偿件可被压缩成介于未压缩厚度和压缩厚度之间。组织厚度补偿件的压缩厚度可例如为其未压缩厚度的大约10%、其未压缩厚度的大约20%、其未压缩厚度的大约30%、其未压缩厚度的大约40%、其未压缩厚度的大约50%、其未压缩厚度的大约60%、其未压缩厚度的大约70%、其未压缩厚度的大约80%、和/或其未压缩厚度的大约90%。组织厚度补偿件的未压缩厚度可例如比其压缩厚度厚大约两倍、大约十倍、大约五十倍、和/或大约一百倍。组织厚度补偿件的压缩厚度可介于其未压缩厚度的大约60%和大约99%之间。组织厚度补偿件的未压缩厚度可比其压缩厚度厚至少50%。组织厚度补偿件的未压缩厚度可比其压缩厚度厚至多一百倍。可压缩的第二部分可为弹性的,或至少部分弹性的,并且可将组织T抵靠钉的变形腿偏置。例如,可压缩的第二部分可在组织T和钉的基部之间弹性扩展,以便抵靠钉的腿推压组织T。如下文进一步详细所述,组织厚度补偿件可被定位在组织T和变形钉腿中间。在各种情况下,由于上文所述,组织厚度补偿件能够消除钉截留区域内的任何间隙。Further to the above, the tissue thickness compensator may comprise an uncompressed height that is less than the fired height of the staples. The tissue thickness compensator can include an uncompressed height equal to the fired height of the staples. The tissue thickness compensator can include an uncompressed height above the fired height of the staples. For example, the uncompressed height of the tissue thickness compensator can comprise, for example, a thickness of about 110% of the height of the formed staples, about 120% of the height of the formed staples, about 130% of the height of the formed staples, about 140% of the height of the formed staples , about 150% of the height of the formed staples, about 160% of the height of the formed staples, about 170% of the height of the formed staples, about 180% of the height of the formed staples, about 190% of the height of the formed staples, and/or about 200% of the height of the formed staples %. The tissue thickness compensator can include an uncompressed height that is more than twice the fired height of the staples. The tissue thickness compensator can include a compressed height that is, for example, about 85% to about 150% of the height of the formed staples. Optionally, as described above, the tissue thickness compensator can be compressed between an uncompressed thickness and a compressed thickness. The compressed thickness of the tissue thickness compensator can be, for example, about 10% of its uncompressed thickness, about 20% of its uncompressed thickness, about 30% of its uncompressed thickness, about 40% of its uncompressed thickness, about about 50% of its uncompressed thickness, about 60% of its uncompressed thickness, about 70% of its uncompressed thickness, about 80% of its uncompressed thickness, and/or about 90% of its uncompressed thickness. The uncompressed thickness of the tissue thickness compensator can be, for example, about two times, about ten times, about fifty times, and/or about one hundred times thicker than its compressed thickness. The compressed thickness of the tissue thickness compensator may be between about 60% and about 99% of its uncompressed thickness. The uncompressed thickness of the tissue thickness compensator can be at least 50% thicker than its compressed thickness. The uncompressed thickness of the tissue thickness compensator may be up to one hundred times thicker than its compressed thickness. The compressible second portion may be elastic, or at least partially elastic, and may bias the tissue T against the deformed legs of the staples. For example, the compressible second portion can elastically expand between the tissue T and the base of the staple so as to push the tissue T against the legs of the staple. As described in further detail below, the tissue thickness compensator can be positioned intermediate the tissue T and the deformed staple legs. In each case, due to the above, the tissue thickness compensator is able to eliminate any gaps in the staple entrapment area.

组织厚度补偿件可包括由下述特性中的一个或多个表征的材料:例如,生物相容性、生物吸收性、生物再吸收性、生物耐用性、生物降解性、可压缩性、流体吸收性、溶胀性、自膨胀性、生物活性、药物、药物活性、抗粘附性、止血性、抗菌性、抗微生物性、抗病毒性、营养性、粘合性、渗透性、亲水性、和/或疏水性。根据本发明,包括砧座和钉仓的外科器械可包括与砧座和/或钉仓相关的组织厚度补偿件,所述组织厚度补偿件包括以下材料中的至少一种:止血剂(例如,血纤维蛋白和凝血酶)、抗生素(例如,doxycpl)、和药物(例如,基质金属蛋白酶(MMP))。The tissue thickness compensator may comprise a material characterized by one or more of the following properties: e.g., biocompatibility, bioabsorbability, bioresorbability, biodurability, biodegradability, compressibility, fluid absorption Sexuality, swelling, self-expansion, biological activity, drug, drug activity, anti-adhesion, hemostatic, antibacterial, antimicrobial, antiviral, nutritional, adhesive, permeability, hydrophilic, and/or hydrophobicity. In accordance with the present invention, a surgical instrument including an anvil and a staple cartridge may include a tissue thickness compensator associated with the anvil and/or the staple cartridge, the tissue thickness compensator comprising at least one of the following materials: a hemostatic agent (e.g., fibrin and thrombin), antibiotics (eg, doxycpl), and drugs (eg, matrix metalloproteinases (MMPs)).

组织厚度补偿件可包括合成和/或非合成材料。组织厚度补偿件可包括聚合物组合物,所述聚合物组合物包括一种或多种合成聚合物和/或一种或多种非合成聚合物。合成聚合物可包括合成的可吸收聚合物和/或合成的非可吸收聚合物。聚合物组合物可包括例如生物相容性泡沫。生物相容性泡沫可包括例如多孔的开孔泡沫和/或多孔的闭孔泡沫。生物相容性泡沫可具有均匀的孔形态或可具有梯度孔形态(即,在一个方向的整个泡沫厚度上,小孔尺寸逐渐增加变成大孔)。聚合物组合物可包括多孔支架、多孔基质、凝胶基质、水凝胶基质、溶液基质、丝状基质、管状基质、复合基质、膜基质、生物稳定聚合物和可生物降解的聚合物中的一种或多种、以及它们的组合。例如,组织厚度补偿件可包括通过丝状基质增强的泡沫,或可包括具有附加的水凝胶层的泡沫,该附加的水凝胶层在体液存在下扩展,以在组织上进一步提供压缩。根据本发明,组织厚度补偿件还可由材料和/或第二层或第三层上的涂层构成,该涂层在体液存在下扩展,以在组织上进一步提供压缩。此类层可为水凝胶,该水凝胶可为合成的和/或天然源材料,并且例如可为生物耐用的和/或可生物降解的。组织厚度补偿件可包括微凝胶或纳米凝胶。水凝胶可包括来自碳水化合物的微凝胶和/或纳米凝胶。可使用能提供附加柔韧性、刚度、和/或强度的纤维非织造材料或纤维网眼类型元件来增强组织厚度补偿件。根据本发明,组织厚度补偿件具有多孔形态,该多孔形态表现出梯度结构,例如在一个表面上的小孔以及在另一个表面上的较大的孔。此类形态对于组织生长或止血行为而言更为理想。此外,梯度还可与变化的生物吸收剖面相组合。短期吸收剖面可为优选的,以解决止血问题,而长期吸收剖面可解决无渗漏情形下使组织更好愈合的问题。The tissue thickness compensator may comprise synthetic and/or non-synthetic materials. The tissue thickness compensator may comprise a polymer composition comprising one or more synthetic polymers and/or one or more non-synthetic polymers. Synthetic polymers may include synthetic absorbable polymers and/or synthetic non-absorbable polymers. A polymer composition can include, for example, a biocompatible foam. Biocompatible foams may include, for example, porous open-cell foams and/or porous closed-cell foams. Biocompatible foams may have a uniform cell morphology or may have a gradient cell morphology (ie, small cells that gradually increase in size to larger cells throughout the thickness of the foam in one direction). The polymer composition may include porous scaffolds, porous matrices, gel matrices, hydrogel matrices, solution matrices, filamentous matrices, tubular matrices, composite matrices, membrane matrices, biostable polymers, and biodegradable polymers. One or more, and combinations thereof. For example, a tissue thickness compensator may comprise a foam reinforced by a filamentary matrix, or may comprise a foam with an additional layer of hydrogel that expands in the presence of bodily fluids to provide further compression on the tissue. According to the invention, the tissue thickness compensator may also consist of a material and/or a coating on the second or third layer which expands in the presence of bodily fluids to provide further compression on the tissue. Such layers may be hydrogels, which may be of synthetic and/or natural origin, and which may, for example, be biodurable and/or biodegradable. The tissue thickness compensator may comprise microgels or nanogels. Hydrogels may include microgels and/or nanogels derived from carbohydrates. The tissue thickness compensator may be reinforced with fibrous nonwoven or fibrous mesh type elements that provide additional flexibility, stiffness, and/or strength. According to the invention, the tissue thickness compensator has a porous morphology exhibiting a gradient structure, eg small pores on one surface and larger pores on the other surface. Such morphology is more ideal for tissue growth or hemostatic behavior. Furthermore, gradients can also be combined with varying bioabsorption profiles. A short-term absorption profile may be preferred to address hemostasis, while a long-term absorption profile may address better tissue healing without leakage.

非合成材料的例子包括但不限于冻干多糖、糖蛋白、牛心包膜、胶原、明胶、血纤维蛋白、纤维蛋白原、弹性蛋白、蛋白聚糖、角蛋白、白蛋白、羟乙基纤维素、纤维素、氧化纤维素、氧化再生纤维素(ORC)、羟丙基纤维素、羧乙基纤维素、羧甲基纤维素、甲壳质、脱乙酰壳多糖、酪蛋白、藻酸盐以及它们的组合。Examples of non-synthetic materials include, but are not limited to, lyophilized polysaccharides, glycoproteins, bovine pericardium, collagen, gelatin, fibrin, fibrinogen, elastin, proteoglycans, keratin, albumin, hydroxyethyl cellulose cellulose, oxidized cellulose, oxidized regenerated cellulose (ORC), hydroxypropyl cellulose, carboxyethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, chitin, chitosan, casein, alginate and their combination.

合成可吸收材料的例子包括但不限于聚(乳酸)(PLA)、聚(L-乳酸)(PLLA)、聚已内酯(PCL)、聚乙醇酸(PGA)、聚(三亚甲基碳酸酯)(TMC)、聚对苯二甲酸乙二醇酯(PET)、聚羟基链烷酸酯(PHA)、乙交酯和ε-己内酯(PGCL)的共聚物、乙交酯和三亚甲基碳酸酯的共聚物、聚(癸二酸甘油酯)(PGS)、聚(二氧杂环己酮)(PDS)、聚酯、聚(原酸酯)、聚含氧酸酯、聚醚酯、聚碳酸酯、聚酰胺酯、聚酸酐、多糖、聚(酯-酰胺)、酪氨酸基聚芳酯、聚胺、酪氨酸基聚亚氨碳酸酯、酪氨酸基聚碳酸酯、聚(D,L-丙交酯-氨基甲酸酯)、聚(羟基丁酸酯)、聚(B-羟基丁酸酯)、聚(E-己内酯)、聚乙二醇(PEG)、聚[二(羧基苯氧基)磷腈]、聚(氨基酸)、拟聚(氨基酸)、可吸收聚氨酯、聚(膦嗪)、聚磷腈、聚氧化烯、聚丙烯酰胺、聚甲基丙烯酸羟乙酯、聚乙烯吡咯烷酮、聚乙烯醇、聚(己内酯)、聚丙烯酸、聚乙酸酯、聚丙烯、脂族聚酯、甘油、共聚(醚-酯)、聚草酸亚烷基二醇酯、聚酰胺、聚(亚氨基碳酸酯)、聚草酸亚烷基二醇酯以及它们的组合。聚酯可选自聚丙交酯、聚乙交酯、三亚甲基碳酸酯、聚二氧杂环己酮、聚己内酯、聚丁烯酯、以及它们的组合。Examples of synthetic absorbable materials include, but are not limited to, poly(lactic acid) (PLA), poly(L-lactic acid) (PLLA), polycaprolactone (PCL), polyglycolic acid (PGA), poly(trimethylene carbonate ) (TMC), polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyhydroxyalkanoate (PHA), copolymers of glycolide and ε-caprolactone (PGCL), glycolide and trimethylene Copolymers of carbonates, poly(glyceryl sebacate) (PGS), poly(dioxanone) (PDS), polyesters, poly(orthoesters), polyoxoesters, polyethers Esters, polycarbonates, polyesteramides, polyanhydrides, polysaccharides, poly(ester-amides), tyrosine-based polyarylates, polyamines, tyrosine-based polyimidocarbonates, tyrosine-based polycarbonates , poly(D,L-lactide-urethane), poly(hydroxybutyrate), poly(B-hydroxybutyrate), poly(E-caprolactone), polyethylene glycol (PEG ), poly[bis(carboxyphenoxy)phosphazene], poly(amino acid), pseudopoly(amino acid), absorbable polyurethane, poly(phosphazine), polyphosphazene, polyoxyalkylene, polyacrylamide, polyformazine hydroxyethyl acrylate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyvinyl alcohol, poly(caprolactone), polyacrylic acid, polyacetate, polypropylene, aliphatic polyester, glycerin, copoly(ether-ester), polyalkylene oxalate glycol esters, polyamides, poly(iminocarbonates), polyalkylene oxalates, and combinations thereof. The polyester may be selected from polylactide, polyglycolide, trimethylene carbonate, polydioxanone, polycaprolactone, polybutenyl ester, and combinations thereof.

合成的可吸收聚合物可包括例如可以商标名称VICRYL(polyglactic 910)从Ethicon,Inc.商购获得的90/10聚(乙交酯-L-丙交酯)共聚物、可以商标名称DEXON从American Cyanamid Co.商购获得的聚乙交酯、可以商标名称PDS从Ethicon,Inc.商购获得的聚二氧杂环己酮、可以商标名称MAXON从American Cyanamid Co.商购获得的聚(乙交酯-三亚甲基碳酸酯)无规嵌段共聚物、可以商标名称MONOCRYL从Ethicon公司商购获得的75/25聚(乙交酯-ε-己内酯-poliglecaprolactone 25)共聚物中的一种或多种。Synthetic absorbable polymers can include, for example, 90/10 poly(glycolide-L-lactide) copolymer commercially available under the trade name VICRYL (polyglactic 910) from Ethicon, Inc., available under the trade name DEXON from American Polyglycolide commercially available from Cyanamid Co., polydioxanone commercially available under the trade name PDS from Ethicon, Inc., poly(glycolide) commercially available under the trade name MAXON from American Cyanamid Co. Ester-trimethylene carbonate) random block copolymer, one of the 75/25 poly(glycolide-ε-caprolactone-poliglecaprolactone 25) copolymers commercially available from Ethicon Corporation under the trade name MONOCRYL or more.

合成的非可吸收材料包括但不限于聚氨酯、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)、聚碳酸酯、聚酰胺,z诸如尼龙、聚氯乙烯(PVC)、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯(PMMA)、聚苯乙烯(PS)、聚酯、聚醚醚酮(PEEK)、聚四氟乙烯(PTFE)、聚三氟氯乙烯(PTFCE)、聚氟乙烯(PVF)、氟化乙烯丙烯(FEP)、聚缩醛、聚砜、硅、以及它们的组合。合成的非可吸收聚合物可包括但不限于弹性体泡沫塑料和多孔弹性体,例如硅氧烷、聚异戊二烯和橡胶。合成聚合物可包括可以商标名称GORE-TEX软组织补片从W.L.Gore&Associates,Inc.商购获得的膨体聚四氟乙烯(ePTFE),以及可以商标名称NASOPORE从Polyganics商购获得的共-聚醚酯氨基甲酸酯泡沫塑料。Synthetic nonabsorbable materials include, but are not limited to, polyurethane, polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE), polycarbonate, polyamides, such as nylon, polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA) ), polystyrene (PS), polyester, polyether ether ketone (PEEK), polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), polytrifluorochloroethylene (PTFCE), polyvinyl fluoride (PVF), fluorinated ethylene propylene (FEP ), polyacetal, polysulfone, silicon, and combinations thereof. Synthetic non-absorbable polymers may include, but are not limited to, elastomeric foams and cellular elastomers such as silicone, polyisoprene, and rubber. Synthetic polymers can include expanded polytetrafluoroethylene (ePTFE), commercially available under the trade name GORE-TEX Soft Tissue Mesh from W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc., and co-polyetheresters commercially available under the trade name NASOPORE from Polyganics Urethane foam.

聚合物组合物可包括例如按重量计大约50%到大约90%的PLLA的聚合物组合物、以及按重量计大约50%到大约10%的PCL的聚合物组合物。聚合物组合物可包括例如按重量计大约70%的PLLA、以及按重量计大约30%的PCL。聚合物组合物可包括例如按重量计大约55%到大约85%的PGA的聚合物组合物、以及按重量计15%到45%的PCL的聚合物组合物。聚合物组合物可包括例如按重量计大约65%的PGA、以及按重量计大约35%的PCL。聚合物组合物可包括例如按重量计大约90%到大约95%的PGA的聚合物组合物、以及按重量计大约5%到大约10%的PLA的聚合物组合物。The polymer composition may include, for example, a polymer composition of about 50% to about 90% by weight of PLLA, and a polymer composition of about 50% to about 10% by weight of PCL. The polymer composition may include, for example, about 70% by weight of PLLA, and about 30% by weight of PCL. The polymer composition may include, for example, a polymer composition of about 55% to about 85% by weight of PGA, and a polymer composition of 15% to 45% by weight of PCL. The polymer composition may include, for example, about 65% by weight of PGA, and about 35% by weight of PCL. The polymer composition may include, for example, a polymer composition of about 90% to about 95% by weight of PGA, and a polymer composition of about 5% to about 10% by weight of PLA.

合成的可吸收聚合物可包括可生物吸收的、生物相容性的弹性体共聚物。合适的可生物吸收的、生物相容性的弹性体共聚物包括但不限于ε-己内酯和乙交酯的共聚物(ε-己内酯与乙交酯的摩尔比优选地为约30:70至约70:30,优选地为35:65至约65:35,更优选地为45:55至35:65);ε-己内酯和丙交酯(包括L-丙交酯、D-丙交酯、它们的共混物或乳酸共聚物)的弹性体共聚物(ε-己内酯与丙交酯的摩尔比优选地为约35:65至约65:35,并且更优选地为45:55至30:70);对二氧杂环己酮(1,4-二氧杂环己烷-2-酮)和丙交酯(包括L-丙交酯、D-丙交酯和乳酸)的弹性体共聚物(对二氧杂环己酮与丙交酯的摩尔比优选地为约40:60至约60:40);ε-己内酯和对二氧杂环己酮的弹性体共聚物(ε-己内酯与对二氧杂环己酮的摩尔比优选地为约30:70至约70:30);对二氧杂环己酮和三亚甲基碳酸酯的弹性体共聚物(对二氧杂环己酮与三亚甲基碳酸酯的摩尔比优选为约30:70至约70:30);三亚甲基碳酸酯和乙交酯的弹性体共聚物(三亚甲基碳酸酯与乙交酯的摩尔比优选为约30:70至约70:30);三亚甲基碳酸酯和丙交酯的弹性体共聚物,包括L-丙交酯、D-丙交酯、它们的共混物或乳酸共聚物(三亚甲基碳酸酯与丙交酯的摩尔比优选为约30:70至约70:30);以及它们的共混物。弹性体共聚物可为乙交酯和ε-己内酯的共聚物。作为另外一种选择,弹性体共聚物为丙交酯和Synthetic absorbable polymers may include bioabsorbable, biocompatible elastomeric copolymers. Suitable bioabsorbable, biocompatible elastomeric copolymers include, but are not limited to, copolymers of ε-caprolactone and glycolide (the molar ratio of ε-caprolactone to glycolide is preferably about 30 :70 to about 70:30, preferably 35:65 to about 65:35, more preferably 45:55 to 35:65); ε-caprolactone and lactide (including L-lactide, Elastomeric copolymers of D-lactide, their blends, or lactic acid copolymers) (the molar ratio of ε-caprolactone to lactide is preferably from about 35:65 to about 65:35, and more preferably 45:55 to 30:70); for dioxanone (1,4-dioxan-2-one) and lactide (including L-lactide, D-lactide ester and lactic acid) (the molar ratio of p-dioxanone to lactide is preferably from about 40:60 to about 60:40); ε-caprolactone and p-dioxanone Elastomeric copolymers of ketones (e-caprolactone to p-dioxanone molar ratio preferably from about 30:70 to about 70:30); p-dioxanone and trimethylene carbonate (The molar ratio of dioxanone to trimethylene carbonate is preferably from about 30:70 to about 70:30); Elastomeric copolymers of trimethylene carbonate and glycolide ( The molar ratio of trimethylene carbonate to glycolide is preferably from about 30:70 to about 70:30); elastomeric copolymers of trimethylene carbonate and lactide, including L-lactide, D-lactide lactides, blends thereof, or lactic acid copolymers (the molar ratio of trimethylene carbonate to lactide is preferably from about 30:70 to about 70:30); and blends thereof. The elastomeric copolymer may be a copolymer of glycolide and ε-caprolactone. Alternatively, the elastomeric copolymer is lactide and

ε-己内酯的共聚物。公布于1995年11月21日的名称为“ELASTOMERIC MEDICALDEVICE”的美国专利5,468,253以及公布于2001年12月4日的名称为“FOAM BUTTRESS FORSTAPLING APPARATUS”用于的美国专利6,325,810的公开内容各自全文以引用的方式并入本文。Copolymers of ε-caprolactone. The disclosures of U.S. Patent 5,468,253, issued November 21, 1995, entitled "ELASTOMERIC MEDICALDEVICE," and U.S. Patent 6,325,810, issued December 4, 2001, entitled "FOAM BUTTRESS FORSTAPLING APPARATUS" are each incorporated by reference in their entirety. way incorporated into this article.

组织厚度补偿件可包含乳化剂。乳化剂的例子可包括但不限于水溶性聚合物,诸如聚乙烯醇(PVA)、乙烯吡咯烷酮(PVP)、聚乙二醇(PEG)、聚丙二醇(PPG)、普流罗尼(PLURONICS)、吐温(TWEENS)、多糖以及它们的组合。The tissue thickness compensator may contain an emulsifier. Examples of emulsifiers may include, but are not limited to, water-soluble polymers such as polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), vinylpyrrolidone (PVP), polyethylene glycol (PEG), polypropylene glycol (PPG), PLURONICS, TWEENS, polysaccharides and combinations thereof.

组织厚度补偿件可包含表面活性剂。The tissue thickness compensator may contain a surfactant.

表面活性剂的例子可包括但不限于聚丙烯酸、甲基化酶、甲基纤维素、乙基纤维素、丙基纤维素、羟基乙基纤维素、羧基甲基纤维素、聚氧乙烯十六烷基醚、聚氧乙烯月桂基醚、聚氧乙烯辛基醚、聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯油基醚、聚氧乙烯脱水山梨糖醇单月桂酸酯、聚氧乙烯硬脂基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚、二烷基苯氧基聚(乙烯氧基)乙醇、和泊洛沙姆。Examples of surfactants may include, but are not limited to, polyacrylic acid, methylase, methylcellulose, ethylcellulose, propylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, polyoxyethylene cetyl Alkyl ether, polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene octyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate, polyoxyethylene hard Fatty ethers, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ethers, dialkylphenoxypoly(ethyleneoxy)ethanols, and poloxamers.

聚合物组合物可包括药物活性剂。聚合物组合物可释放治疗有效量的药物活性剂。药物活性剂可在聚合物组合物被解吸或吸收时释放。药物活性剂可被释放到流经聚合物组合物之上或穿过聚合物组合物的流体(例如,血液)内。药物活性剂的例子可包括但不限于止血剂和药物,例如血纤维蛋白、凝血酶和氧化再生纤维素(ORC);抗炎剂药物,例如双氯芬酸、阿司匹林、萘普生、舒林酸和氢化可的松;抗生素和抗微生物药物或抗微生物剂,例如三氯生、离子银、氨苄青霉素、庆大霉素、多粘菌素B、氯霉素;以及抗癌剂,例如顺铂、丝裂霉素、阿霉素。The polymer composition may include a pharmaceutically active agent. The polymer composition releases a therapeutically effective amount of a pharmaceutically active agent. The pharmaceutically active agent can be released when the polymer composition is desorbed or absorbed. The pharmaceutically active agent can be released into a fluid (eg, blood) flowing over or through the polymer composition. Examples of pharmaceutically active agents may include, but are not limited to, hemostatic agents and drugs such as fibrin, thrombin, and oxidized regenerated cellulose (ORC); anti-inflammatory agent drugs such as diclofenac, aspirin, naproxen, sulindac, and hydrogenated Cortisone; antibiotic and antimicrobial drugs or antimicrobial agents such as triclosan, ionic silver, ampicillin, gentamicin, polymyxin B, chloramphenicol; and anticancer agents such as cisplatin, silk Split mycin, doxorubicin.

聚合物组合物可包括止血剂材料。组织厚度补偿件可包含止血剂材料,其包括聚(乳酸)、聚(乙醇酸)、聚(羟基丁酸酯)、聚(己内酯)、聚(二氧杂环己酮)、聚氧化烯、共聚(醚-酯)、胶原、明胶、凝血酶、血纤维蛋白、纤维蛋白原、纤粘蛋白、弹性蛋白、白蛋白、血红蛋白、卵清蛋白、多糖、透明质酸、硫酸软骨素、羟乙基淀粉、羟乙基纤维素、纤维素、氧化纤维素、羟丙基纤维素、羧乙基纤维素、羧甲基纤维素、甲壳质、脱乙酰壳多糖、琼脂糖、麦芽糖、麦芽糖糊精、海藻酸盐、凝血因子、甲基丙烯酸盐、聚氨酯、丙烯酸酯、血小板激动剂、血管收缩剂、矾、钙、RGD肽、蛋白质、鱼精蛋白硫酸盐、ε-氨基己酸、硫酸铁、碱式硫酸铁、氯化铁、锌、氯化锌、氯化铝、硫酸铝、醋酸铝、高锰酸盐、单宁酸、骨蜡、聚乙二醇、岩藻聚糖以及它们的组合。组织厚度补偿件的特征可在于止血特性。The polymer composition may include a hemostatic material. The tissue thickness compensator may comprise a hemostatic material including poly(lactic acid), poly(glycolic acid), poly(hydroxybutyrate), poly(caprolactone), poly(dioxanone), polyoxy ene, copoly(ether-ester), collagen, gelatin, thrombin, fibrin, fibrinogen, fibronectin, elastin, albumin, hemoglobin, ovalbumin, polysaccharide, hyaluronic acid, chondroitin sulfate, Hydroxyethyl starch, hydroxyethyl cellulose, cellulose, oxidized cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, carboxyethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, chitin, chitosan, agarose, maltose, maltose Dextrin, alginate, coagulation factor, methacrylate, polyurethane, acrylate, platelet agonist, vasoconstrictor, alum, calcium, RGD peptide, protein, protamine sulfate, ε-aminocaproic acid, sulfuric acid Iron, basic ferric sulfate, ferric chloride, zinc, zinc chloride, aluminum chloride, aluminum sulfate, aluminum acetate, permanganate, tannic acid, bone wax, polyethylene glycol, fucoidan and their The combination. The tissue thickness compensator may be characterized by hemostatic properties.

组织厚度补偿件的聚合物组合物的特征在于例如百分孔隙率、孔尺寸、和/或硬度。聚合物组合物可具有例如按体积计大约30%到大约99%的百分孔隙率。聚合物组合物可具有例如按体积计大约60%到大约98%的百分孔隙率。聚合物组合物可具有例如按体积计大约85%到大约97%的百分孔隙率。聚合物组合物可包括例如按重量计大约70%的PLLA和按重量计大约30%的PCL,并且可包括例如按体积计大约90%的孔隙率。例如,因此,聚合物组合物将包括按体积计大约10%的共聚物。聚合物组合物可包括例如按重量计大约65%的PGA和按重量计大约35%的PCL,并且可具有例如按体积计大约93%到大约95%的百分孔隙率。聚合物组合物可包括按体积计大于85%的孔隙率。聚合物组合物可具有例如大约5微米到大约2000微米的孔尺寸。聚合物组合物可具有例如介于大约10微米到大约100微米之间的孔尺寸。例如,聚合物组合物可包括例如PGA和PCL的共聚物。聚合物组合物可具有例如介于大约100微米到大约1000微米之间的孔尺寸。例如,聚合物组合物可包括例如PLLA和PCL的共聚物。The polymer composition of the tissue thickness compensator is characterized, for example, by percent porosity, pore size, and/or hardness. The polymer composition can have a percent porosity of, for example, from about 30% to about 99% by volume. The polymer composition can have a percent porosity of, for example, from about 60% to about 98% by volume. The polymer composition can have a percent porosity of, for example, from about 85% to about 97% by volume. The polymer composition may include, for example, about 70% by weight of PLLA and about 30% by weight of PCL, and may include, for example, about 90% by volume of porosity. Thus, for example, the polymer composition will comprise approximately 10% by volume of copolymer. The polymer composition may include, for example, about 65% by weight of PGA and about 35% by weight of PCL, and may have a percent porosity, for example, of about 93% to about 95% by volume. The polymer composition may include a porosity greater than 85% by volume. The polymer composition can have a pore size, for example, from about 5 microns to about 2000 microns. The polymer composition can have, for example, a pore size between about 10 microns and about 100 microns. For example, the polymer composition may include, for example, a copolymer of PGA and PCL. The polymer composition can have, for example, a pore size between about 100 microns and about 1000 microns. For example, the polymer composition may include, for example, a copolymer of PLLA and PCL.

根据某些方面,聚合物组合物的硬度可以肖氏硬度表示。该肖氏硬度可被定义为诸如由肖氏硬度计所测定的对材料的永久凹痕的耐受性。为了评估给定材料的硬度计值,根据名称为“Standard Test Method for Rubber Property-Durometer Hardness”的ASTM程序D2240-00,用硬度计压头脚将压力施加至材料,其全文以引用的方式并入本文。可将硬度计压头脚施用到材料并持续足够的一段时间,诸如15秒,例如,其中读数从合适的标度读取。根据所用的标度类型,当压头脚完全穿透材料时,可获得读数0,并且当材料未被穿透时,可获得读数100。该读数无量纲。可例如根据ASTM D2240-00利用任何合适的标度(例如,A类和/或OO类标度)来决定硬度计。组织厚度补偿件的聚合物组合物可具有大约4A到大约16A的肖氏A硬度值,该肖氏A硬度值例如在大约45OO到大约65OO的肖氏OO范围。例如,聚合物组合物可包括例如PLLA/PCL共聚物或PGA/PCL共聚物。组织厚度补偿件的聚合物组合物可具有小于15A的肖氏A硬度值。组织厚度补偿件的聚合物组合物可具有小于10A的肖氏A硬度值。组织厚度补偿件的聚合物组合物可具有小于5A的肖氏A硬度值。聚合物材料可具有例如大约35OO到大约75OO的肖氏OO组合物值。According to certain aspects, the hardness of the polymer composition can be expressed in Shore hardness. The Shore hardness can be defined as the resistance to permanent dents of a material such as determined by a Shore durometer. To evaluate the durometer value for a given material, pressure is applied to the material with a durometer foot in accordance with ASTM procedure D2240-00 entitled "Standard Test Method for Rubber Property—Durometer Hardness," the entirety of which is incorporated by reference herein. into this article. The durometer foot may be applied to the material for a sufficient period of time, such as 15 seconds, for example, where the reading is taken from an appropriate scale. Depending on the type of scale used, a reading of 0 is obtained when the indenter foot has completely penetrated the material, and a reading of 100 is obtained when the material has not been penetrated. This reading is dimensionless. Durometers can be determined, for example, according to ASTM D2240-00 using any suitable scale (eg, Type A and/or Type OO scales). The polymer composition of the tissue thickness compensator may have a Shore A hardness value of about 4A to about 16A, for example in the Shore OO range of about 45OO to about 65OO. For example, the polymer composition may include, for example, a PLLA/PCL copolymer or a PGA/PCL copolymer. The polymer composition of the tissue thickness compensator may have a Shore A hardness value of less than 15A. The polymer composition of the tissue thickness compensator may have a Shore A hardness value of less than 10A. The polymer composition of the tissue thickness compensator may have a Shore A hardness value of less than 5A. The polymeric material may have a Shore OO composition value of, for example, from about 3500 to about 7500.

聚合物组合物可具有上述识别出的特性中的至少两种。聚合物组合物可具有上述识别出的特性中的至少三种。聚合物组合物可具有例如按体积计85%到97%的孔隙率、5微米到2000微米的孔尺寸、和4A到16A的肖氏A硬度值以及45OO到65OO的肖氏OO硬度值。聚合物组合物可包括按重量计70%的PLLA的聚合物组合物以及按重量计30%的PCL的聚合物组合物;所述聚合物组合物具有例如按体积计90%的孔隙率、100微米到1000微米的孔尺寸、和4A到16A的肖氏A硬度值以及45OO到65OO的肖氏OO硬度值。聚合物组合物可包括按重量计65%的PGA的聚合物组合物以及按重量计35%的PCL的聚合物组合物;所述聚合物组合物具有例如按体积计93%到95%的孔隙率、10微米到100微米的孔尺寸、和4A到16A的肖氏A硬度值以及45OO到65OO的肖氏OO硬度值。A polymer composition may have at least two of the above-identified properties. A polymer composition may have at least three of the above-identified properties. The polymer composition may have, for example, a porosity by volume of 85% to 97%, a pore size of 5 microns to 2000 microns, and a Shore A hardness value of 4A to 16A and a Shore OO hardness value of 4500 to 6500. The polymer composition may comprise a polymer composition of 70% by weight of PLLA and a polymer composition of 30% by weight of PCL; the polymer composition has, for example, a porosity of 90% by volume, 100 Pore sizes from microns to 1000 microns, and Shore A hardness values from 4A to 16A and Shore OO hardness values from 45OO to 65OO. The polymer composition may comprise a polymer composition of 65% by weight of PGA and 35% by weight of PCL; the polymer composition has, for example, 93% to 95% by volume of porosity Rate, pore size from 10 microns to 100 microns, and Shore A hardness values from 4A to 16A and Shore OO hardness values from 45OO to 65OO.

厚度组织补偿件可包括扩展的材料。如上所述,组织厚度补偿件可包含在未压缩或部署时扩展的压缩材料。组织厚度补偿件可包含原位形成的自扩展材料。组织厚度补偿件可包含至少一种前体,所述前体被选择以在接触其他前体、水、和/或体液中的至少一者时自发地交联。根据本发明,第一前体可接触一个或多个其他前体以形成可扩展的和/或可溶胀的组织厚度补偿件。组织厚度补偿件可包含流体可溶胀的组合物,例如,水可溶胀的组合物。组织厚度补偿件可包含含水凝胶。The thickness tissue compensator can include expanded material. As noted above, the tissue thickness compensator may comprise a compressed material that expands when uncompressed or when deployed. The tissue thickness compensator may comprise a self-expanding material formed in situ. The tissue thickness compensator may comprise at least one precursor selected to spontaneously cross-link upon contact with at least one of other precursors, water, and/or bodily fluids. According to the present invention, a first precursor may be contacted with one or more other precursors to form an expandable and/or swellable tissue thickness compensator. The tissue thickness compensator may comprise a fluid-swellable composition, eg, a water-swellable composition. The tissue thickness compensator may comprise an aqueous gel.

组织厚度补偿件可包括具有封装件的可生物降解泡沫,所述封装件包括嵌入其中的干燥水凝胶颗粒或颗粒剂。不受任何具体理论的束缚,泡沫中的封装件可通过使水凝胶前体的水性溶液和生物相容性材料的有机溶液接触以形成泡沫而形成。水性溶液和有机溶液可形成胶束。水性溶液和有机溶液可被干燥以封装泡沫内的干燥水凝胶颗粒或颗粒剂。例如,水凝胶前体(诸如亲水性聚合物)可溶解于水以形成胶束的分散体。水性溶液可接触包含聚(乙醇酸)和聚己内酯的二氧杂环己烷的有机溶液。水性溶液和有机溶液可被冻干从而形成具有分散其中的干燥水凝胶颗粒或颗粒剂的生物可降解的泡沫。不受任何具体理论的束缚,但据信,胶束形成封装件,所述封装件具有分散在泡沫结构内的干燥水凝胶颗粒或颗粒剂。该封装件可破裂,并且干燥水凝胶颗粒或颗粒剂可接触流体(诸如体液)并扩展。The tissue thickness compensator may comprise a biodegradable foam having an encapsulation including dry hydrogel particles or granules embedded therein. Without being bound by any particular theory, the enclosure in the foam may be formed by contacting an aqueous solution of a hydrogel precursor and an organic solution of a biocompatible material to form a foam. Aqueous and organic solutions can form micelles. Aqueous and organic solutions can be dried to encapsulate dried hydrogel particles or granules within the foam. For example, hydrogel precursors such as hydrophilic polymers can be dissolved in water to form a dispersion of micelles. The aqueous solution may be contacted with an organic solution of dioxane comprising poly(glycolic acid) and polycaprolactone. Aqueous and organic solutions can be lyophilized to form biodegradable foams having dried hydrogel particles or granules dispersed therein. Without being bound by any particular theory, it is believed that the micelles form capsules having dry hydrogel particles or granules dispersed within the foam structure. The package can be ruptured and the dry hydrogel particle or granules can come into contact with a fluid (such as bodily fluid) and expand.

任选地,如上所述,组织厚度补偿件可包括初始厚度和扩展厚度。组织厚度补偿件的初始厚度可例如为其扩展厚度的大约0.001%、其扩展厚度的大约0.01%、其扩展厚度的大约0.1%、其扩展厚度的大约1%、其扩展厚度的大约10%、其扩展厚度的大约20%、其扩展厚度的大约30%、其扩展厚度的大约40%、其扩展厚度的大约50%、其扩展厚度的大约60%、其扩展厚度的大约70%、其扩展厚度的大约80%、和/或其扩展厚度的大约90%。组织厚度补偿件的扩展厚度可例如比其初始厚度厚约2倍、约5倍、约10倍、约50倍、约100倍、约200倍、约300倍、约400倍、约500倍、约600倍、约700倍、约800倍、约900倍、和/或约1000倍。组织厚度补偿件的初始厚度可高达其扩展厚度的1%、高达其扩展厚度的5%、高达其扩展厚度的10%、和高达其扩展厚度的50%。组织厚度补偿件的扩展厚度可比其初始厚度厚至少50%、比其初始厚度厚至少100%、比其初始厚度厚至少300%、和比其初始厚度厚至少500%。如上所述,在各种情况下,组织厚度补偿件能够消除钉截留区域内的任何间隙。Optionally, the tissue thickness compensator may include an initial thickness and an extended thickness, as described above. The initial thickness of the tissue thickness compensator can be, for example, about 0.001% of its expanded thickness, about 0.01% of its expanded thickness, about 0.1% of its expanded thickness, about 1% of its expanded thickness, about 10% of its expanded thickness, About 20% of its expanded thickness, about 30% of its expanded thickness, about 40% of its expanded thickness, about 50% of its expanded thickness, about 60% of its expanded thickness, about 70% of its expanded thickness, its expanded about 80% of its thickness, and/or about 90% of its extended thickness. The expanded thickness of the tissue thickness compensator can be, for example, about 2 times, about 5 times, about 10 times, about 50 times, about 100 times, about 200 times, about 300 times, about 400 times, about 500 times, about 500 times, About 600 times, about 700 times, about 800 times, about 900 times, and/or about 1000 times. The initial thickness of the tissue thickness compensator can be up to 1% of its expanded thickness, up to 5% of its expanded thickness, up to 10% of its expanded thickness, and up to 50% of its expanded thickness. The expanded thickness of the tissue thickness compensator can be at least 50% thicker, at least 100% thicker, at least 300% thicker, and at least 500% thicker than its original thickness. As noted above, in various circumstances, the tissue thickness compensator can eliminate any gaps in the staple entrapment area.

如上所述,组织厚度补偿件可包含水凝胶。水凝胶可包括均聚物水凝胶、共聚物水凝胶、多元聚合物水凝胶、互穿聚合物水凝胶、以及它们的组合。水凝胶可包括微凝胶、纳米凝胶、以及它们的组合。水凝胶可大体包括能够吸收和/或保留流体的亲水性聚合物网络。水凝胶可包括非交联的水凝胶、交联的水凝胶、以及它们的组合。水凝胶可包括化学交联剂、物理交联剂、疏水片段和/或水不溶解的片段。水凝胶可通过聚合反应、小分子交联和/或聚合物-聚合物交联来化学地交联。水凝胶可通过离子相互作用、疏水相互作用、氢键结合相互作用、立体络合和/或超分子化学来物理地交联。水凝胶可因交联剂、疏水片段和/或水不溶解的片段而为基本上不溶解的,但因吸收和/或保持流体而为可扩展和/或溶胀的。前体可与内源性材料和/或组织交联。As noted above, the tissue thickness compensator may comprise a hydrogel. Hydrogels may include homopolymer hydrogels, copolymer hydrogels, multipolymer hydrogels, interpenetrating polymer hydrogels, and combinations thereof. Hydrogels can include microgels, nanogels, and combinations thereof. Hydrogels can generally include a network of hydrophilic polymers capable of absorbing and/or retaining fluids. Hydrogels can include non-crosslinked hydrogels, crosslinked hydrogels, and combinations thereof. Hydrogels may include chemical cross-linkers, physical cross-linkers, hydrophobic segments and/or water-insoluble segments. Hydrogels can be chemically crosslinked by polymerization, small molecule crosslinking, and/or polymer-polymer crosslinking. Hydrogels can be physically crosslinked through ionic interactions, hydrophobic interactions, hydrogen bonding interactions, stereocomplexation, and/or supramolecular chemistry. Hydrogels may be substantially insoluble due to cross-linking agents, hydrophobic segments, and/or water-insoluble segments, but expandable and/or swellable due to absorbing and/or retaining fluid. Precursors can be cross-linked with endogenous materials and/or tissues.

水凝胶可包括环境敏感性水凝胶(ESH)。ESH可包括具有与环境条件相关的流体溶胀性特性的材料。环境条件可包括但不限于在手术部位的物理条件、生物条件和/或化学条件。例如,响应于温度、pH、电场、离子强度、酶和/或化学反应、电和/或磁刺激,以及其他生理的和环境的变量,水凝胶可溶胀或收缩。ESH可包括多官能的丙烯酸酯、甲基丙烯酸羟乙酯(HEMA)、弹性体丙烯酸酯、以及相关的单体。Hydrogels may include environmentally sensitive hydrogels (ESH). ESH can include materials that have fluid-swellability properties that are related to environmental conditions. Environmental conditions may include, but are not limited to, physical, biological, and/or chemical conditions at the surgical site. For example, hydrogels can swell or shrink in response to temperature, pH, electric fields, ionic strength, enzymatic and/or chemical reactions, electrical and/or magnetic stimuli, and other physiological and environmental variables. ESH can include multifunctional acrylates, hydroxyethyl methacrylate (HEMA), elastomeric acrylates, and related monomers.

包含水凝胶的组织厚度补偿件可包含上文所述的非合成材料和合成材料中的至少一种。水凝胶可包括合成水凝胶和/或非合成水凝胶。组织厚度补偿件可包括多个层。多个层可包括多孔层和/或无孔层。例如,组织厚度补偿件可包括无孔层和多孔层。又如,组织厚度补偿件可包括第一无孔层和第二无孔层中间的多孔层。又如,组织厚度补偿件可包括第一多孔层和第二多孔层中间的无孔层。无孔层和多孔层可以相对于钉仓和/或砧座的表面按任何顺序定位。A tissue thickness compensator comprising a hydrogel may comprise at least one of the non-synthetic and synthetic materials described above. Hydrogels may include synthetic hydrogels and/or non-synthetic hydrogels. The tissue thickness compensator can include multiple layers. Multiple layers may include porous layers and/or non-porous layers. For example, a tissue thickness compensator can include a non-porous layer and a porous layer. As another example, the tissue thickness compensator can include a porous layer intermediate the first non-porous layer and the second non-porous layer. As another example, the tissue thickness compensator may include a non-porous layer intermediate the first porous layer and the second porous layer. The non-porous layer and the porous layer can be positioned in any order relative to the surface of the staple cartridge and/or anvil.

非合成材料的例子可包括但不限于白蛋白、藻酸盐、碳水化合物、酪蛋白、纤维素、甲壳质、脱乙酰壳多糖、胶原、血液、葡聚糖、弹性蛋白、血纤维蛋白、纤维蛋白原、明胶、肝素、透明质酸、角蛋白、蛋白质、血清和淀粉。纤维素可包括羟乙基纤维素、氧化纤维素、氧化再生纤维素(ORC)、羟丙基纤维素、羧乙基纤维素、羧甲基纤维素以及它们的组合。胶原可包括牛心包膜。碳水化合物可包括多糖,诸如冻干多糖。蛋白质可包括糖蛋白、蛋白聚糖、或它们的组合。Examples of non-synthetic materials may include, but are not limited to, albumin, alginate, carbohydrates, casein, cellulose, chitin, chitosan, collagen, blood, dextran, elastin, fibrin, fiber Proteinogen, gelatin, heparin, hyaluronic acid, keratin, protein, serum and starch. Cellulose may include hydroxyethyl cellulose, oxidized cellulose, oxidized regenerated cellulose (ORC), hydroxypropyl cellulose, carboxyethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, and combinations thereof. Collagen may include bovine pericardium. Carbohydrates may include polysaccharides, such as lyophilized polysaccharides. Proteins may include glycoproteins, proteoglycans, or combinations thereof.

合成材料的例子可包括但不限于聚(乳酸)、聚(乙醇酸)、聚(羟基丁酸酯)、聚(膦嗪)、聚酯、聚乙二醇、聚环氧乙烷、聚环氧乙烷-聚环氧丙烷共聚物、共聚环氧乙烷、聚氧化烯、聚丙烯酰胺、聚甲基丙烯酸羟乙酯、聚(乙烯吡咯烷酮)、聚乙烯醇、聚(己内酯)、聚(二氧杂环己酮)、聚丙烯酸、聚乙酸酯、聚丙烯、脂族聚酯、甘油、聚(氨基酸)、共聚(醚-酯)、聚草酸亚烷基二醇酯、聚酰胺、聚(亚氨基碳酸酯)、聚含氧酸酯、聚原酸酯、聚磷腈以及它们的组合。可使用常规的方法合成地制备上述非合成材料,例如合成透明质酸。Examples of synthetic materials may include, but are not limited to, poly(lactic acid), poly(glycolic acid), poly(hydroxybutyrate), poly(phosphazines), polyesters, polyethylene glycols, polyethylene oxides, polycyclic Ethylene oxide-polypropylene oxide copolymer, polyethylene oxide, polyoxyalkylene, polyacrylamide, polyhydroxyethyl methacrylate, poly(vinylpyrrolidone), polyvinyl alcohol, poly(caprolactone), Poly(dioxanone), polyacrylic acid, polyacetate, polypropylene, aliphatic polyester, glycerin, poly(amino acid), copoly(ether-ester), polyalkylene oxalate, poly Amides, poly(iminocarbonates), polyoxyesters, polyorthoesters, polyphosphazenes, and combinations thereof. The non-synthetic materials described above can be prepared synthetically using conventional methods, such as synthetic hyaluronic acid.

水凝胶可由一种或多种水凝胶前体制成。前体可包括单体和/或大分子单体。水凝胶前体可包括亲电体官能团和/或亲核体亲电体官能团。一般来讲,亲电体可与亲核体反应以形成化学键。本文中使用的术语“官能团”是指能够彼此反应以形成化学键的亲电基团或亲核基团。亲电官能团的例子可包括但不限于N-羟基琥珀酰亚胺(“NHS”)、磺基琥珀酰亚胺、羰基二咪唑、磺酰氯、芳基卤化物、磺基琥珀酯、N-羟基琥珀酰亚胺酯、琥珀酰亚胺酯,诸如琥珀酰亚胺琥珀酸酯和/或琥珀酰亚胺丙酸酯、异腈酸酯、硫氰酸酯、碳化二亚胺、苯并三唑碳酸酯、环氧化合物、醛、马来酰亚胺、亚氨酸酯、它们的组合等等。亲电官能团可包括琥珀酰亚胺酯。亲核官能团的例子可包括但不限于-NH2、-SH、-OH、-PH2和-CO-NH-NH2Hydrogels can be made from one or more hydrogel precursors. Precursors may include monomers and/or macromers. The hydrogel precursor may include electrophile functional groups and/or nucleophile electrophile functional groups. In general, electrophiles can react with nucleophiles to form chemical bonds. The term "functional group" as used herein refers to electrophilic or nucleophilic groups capable of reacting with each other to form chemical bonds. Examples of electrophilic functional groups may include, but are not limited to, N-hydroxysuccinimide ("NHS"), sulfosuccinimide, carbonyldiimidazole, sulfonyl chloride, aryl halide, sulfosuccinate, N-hydroxy Succinimidyl esters, succinimidyl esters such as succinimidyl succinate and/or succinimidyl propionate, isocyanates, thiocyanates, carbodiimides, benzotriazoles Carbonates, epoxies, aldehydes, maleimides, imidates, combinations thereof, and the like. Electrophilic functional groups may include succinimidyl esters. Examples of nucleophilic functional groups may include, but are not limited to, -NH2 , -SH, -OH, -PH2, and -CO-NH - NH2 .

水凝胶可由单个前体或多个前体形成。水凝胶可由第一前体和第二前体形成。第一水凝胶前体和第二水凝胶前体在接触时可原位或在体内形成水凝胶。水凝胶前体一般可指聚合物、官能团、大分子、小分子和/或能够参与反应以形成水凝胶的交联剂。前体可包括例如均匀溶液、不均匀的或在适当溶剂中相分离的溶液,诸如水或缓冲液。缓冲液的pH可为例如约8至约12,诸如约8.2至约9。缓冲液的例子可包括但不限于硼酸盐缓冲液。前体可在乳液中。根据本发明,第一前体可与第二前体反应以形成水凝胶。第一前体可在接触第二前体时自发地交联。根据本发明,第一前体上的第一组亲电官能团可与第二前体上的第二组亲核官能团反应。当前体混合在允许反应的环境中时(例如,当与pH、温度和/或溶剂相关时),官能团可彼此反应以形成共价键。在前体中的至少一些与不止一个其他的前体反应时,前体可成为交联的。Hydrogels can be formed from a single precursor or from multiple precursors. A hydrogel can be formed from a first precursor and a second precursor. The first hydrogel precursor and the second hydrogel precursor can form a hydrogel in situ or in vivo upon contact. Hydrogel precursors may generally refer to polymers, functional groups, macromolecules, small molecules, and/or crosslinkers capable of participating in reactions to form hydrogels. Precursors may include, for example, homogeneous solutions, heterogeneous or phase-separated solutions in suitable solvents, such as water or buffers. The pH of the buffer may be, for example, from about 8 to about 12, such as from about 8.2 to about 9. Examples of buffers may include, but are not limited to, borate buffers. The precursor may be in an emulsion. According to the present invention, a first precursor can be reacted with a second precursor to form a hydrogel. The first precursor may spontaneously crosslink upon contact with the second precursor. According to the invention, a first set of electrophilic functional groups on a first precursor can react with a second set of nucleophilic functional groups on a second precursor. Functional groups can react with each other to form covalent bonds when the precursors are mixed in an environment that allows the reaction (eg, as related to pH, temperature, and/or solvent). Precursors may become crosslinked when at least some of the precursors react with more than one other precursor.

组织厚度补偿件可包括至少一个单体,所述单体选自3-磺丙基丙烯酸钾盐(“KSPA”)、丙烯酸钠(“NaA”)、N-(三(羟基甲基)甲基)丙烯酰胺(“三丙烯酰基”)和2-丙烯酰胺-2-甲基-1-丙烷磺酸(AMPS)。组织厚度补偿件可包括共聚物,该共聚物包括两个或多个选自KSPA、NaA、三丙烯酰基、AMPS的单体。组织厚度补偿件可包括来源于KSPA、NaA、三丙烯酰基、AMPS的均聚物。组织厚度补偿件可包括可与其共聚的亲水性改性单体。亲水性改性单体可包括甲基丙烯酸甲酯、丙烯酸丁酯、丙烯酸环己酯、苯乙烯、苯乙烯磺酸。The tissue thickness compensator may comprise at least one monomer selected from the group consisting of potassium 3-sulfopropylacrylate ("KSPA"), sodium acrylate ("NaA"), N-(tris(hydroxymethyl)methyl) ) acrylamide ("triacryloyl") and 2-acrylamide-2-methyl-1-propanesulfonic acid (AMPS). The tissue thickness compensator may comprise a copolymer comprising two or more monomers selected from KSPA, NaA, triacryloyl, AMPS. The tissue thickness compensator may comprise homopolymers derived from KSPA, NaA, triacryloyl, AMPS. The tissue thickness compensator may include a hydrophilic modifying monomer copolymerizable therewith. The hydrophilic modifying monomer may include methyl methacrylate, butyl acrylate, cyclohexyl acrylate, styrene, styrene sulfonic acid.

组织厚度补偿件可包括交联剂。交联剂可包括低分子量二或聚乙烯交联剂,诸如乙二醇二丙烯酸酯或二甲基丙烯酸酯、二、三或四乙烯基-乙二醇二丙烯酸酯或二甲基丙烯酸酯、烯丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、C2-C8-亚烷基二丙烯酸酯或二甲基丙烯酸酯、二乙烯醚、二乙烯砜、二和三乙烯基苯、三羟甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯或三甲基丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯或四甲基丙烯酸酯、双酚A二丙烯酸酯或二甲基丙烯酸酯、亚甲基双丙烯酰胺或二甲基丙烯酰胺、乙烯双丙烯酰胺或乙烯二甲基丙烯酰胺、邻苯二甲酸三烯丙酯或邻苯二甲酸二烯丙酯。交联剂可包括N、N'-亚甲基双丙烯酰胺(“MBAA”)。The tissue thickness compensator may include a cross-linking agent. Cross-linking agents may include low molecular weight di- or polyethylene cross-linking agents such as ethylene glycol diacrylate or dimethacrylate, di-, tri- or tetraethylene-ethylene glycol diacrylate or dimethacrylate, Allyl (meth)acrylate, C 2 -C 8 -alkylene diacrylate or dimethacrylate, divinyl ether, divinylsulfone, di- and trivinylbenzene, trimethylolpropanetri Acrylate or Trimethacrylate, Pentaerythritol Tetraacrylate or Tetramethacrylate, Bisphenol A Diacrylate or Dimethacrylate, Methylenebisacrylamide or Dimethacrylamide, Ethylenebisacrylamide or Ethylene Dimethacrylamide, Triallyl Phthalate, or Diallyl Phthalate. Crosslinkers may include N,N'-methylenebisacrylamide ("MBAA").

组织厚度补偿件可包括丙烯酸酯和/或甲基丙烯酸酯官能水凝胶、生物相容性光引发剂、烷基-氰基丙烯酸酯、异氰酸酯官能大分子单体中的至少一者、任选地包括胺官能大分子单体、琥珀酰亚胺酯官能大分子单体、任选地包括胺和/或巯基官能大分子单体、环氧基官能大分子单体、任选地包括胺官能大分子单体、蛋白质和/或多肽和醛交联剂的混合物、京尼平(Genipin)和水可溶解的碳化二亚胺、阴离子多糖和多价阳离子。The tissue thickness compensator may comprise at least one of an acrylate and/or methacrylate functional hydrogel, a biocompatible photoinitiator, an alkyl-cyanoacrylate, an isocyanate functional macromer, optionally optionally including amine functional macromers, succinimidyl ester functional macromers, optionally including amine and/or mercapto functional macromers, epoxy functional macromers, optionally including amine functional Mixtures of macromers, proteins and/or peptides and aldehyde crosslinkers, Genipin and water soluble carbodiimides, anionic polysaccharides and polyvalent cations.

组织厚度补偿件可包括不饱和的有机酸单体、丙烯酸取代醇和/或丙烯酰胺。组织厚度补偿件可包括甲基丙烯酸、丙烯酸、甘油丙烯酸酯、甘油甲基丙烯酸酯、2-羟基乙基甲基丙烯酸酯、2-丙烯酸羟乙酯、2-(二甲基氨基乙基)甲基丙烯酸酯、N-乙烯基吡咯烷酮、甲基丙烯酰胺和/或N,N-二甲基丙烯酰胺聚(甲基丙烯酸)。The tissue thickness compensator may include unsaturated organic acid monomers, acrylic substituted alcohols, and/or acrylamide. Tissue thickness compensators may include methacrylic acid, acrylic acid, glycerol acrylate, glycerol methacrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-(dimethylaminoethyl)methacrylate acrylate, N-vinylpyrrolidone, methacrylamide and/or N,N-dimethylacrylamide poly(methacrylic acid).

组织厚度补偿件可包括增强材料。增强材料可包括以上所述的非合成材料和合成材料中的至少一者。增强材料可包括胶原、明胶、血纤维蛋白、纤维蛋白原、弹性蛋白、角蛋白、白蛋白、羟乙基纤维素、纤维素、氧化纤维素、羟丙基纤维素、羧乙基纤维素、羧甲基纤维素、甲壳质、脱乙酰壳多糖、藻酸盐、聚(乳酸)、聚(乙醇酸)、聚(羟基丁酸酯)、聚(膦嗪)、聚酯、聚乙二醇、聚氧化烯、聚丙烯酰胺、聚甲基丙烯酸羟乙酯、聚乙烯吡咯烷酮、聚乙烯醇、聚(己内酯)、聚(二氧杂环己酮)、聚丙烯酸、聚乙酸酯、聚已内酯、聚丙烯、脂族聚酯、甘油、聚(氨基酸)、共聚(醚-酯)、聚草酸亚烷基二醇酯、聚酰胺、聚(亚氨基碳酸酯)、聚草酸亚烷基二醇酯、聚含氧酸酯、聚原酸酯、聚磷腈以及它们的组合。The tissue thickness compensator may include reinforcing material. The reinforcing material may include at least one of the non-synthetic and synthetic materials described above. Reinforcing materials may include collagen, gelatin, fibrin, fibrinogen, elastin, keratin, albumin, hydroxyethyl cellulose, cellulose, oxidized cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, carboxyethyl cellulose, Carboxymethylcellulose, chitin, chitosan, alginate, poly(lactic acid), poly(glycolic acid), poly(hydroxybutyrate), poly(phospharazine), polyester, polyethylene glycol , polyoxyalkylene, polyacrylamide, polyhydroxyethylmethacrylate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyvinyl alcohol, poly(caprolactone), poly(dioxanone), polyacrylic acid, polyacetate, Polycaprolactone, polypropylene, aliphatic polyester, glycerin, poly(amino acid), copoly(ether-ester), polyalkylene oxalate, polyamide, poly(iminocarbonate), polyoxalate Alkyl glycol esters, polyoxyesters, polyorthoesters, polyphosphazenes, and combinations thereof.

组织厚度补偿件可包括包含增强材料的层。组织厚度补偿件的多孔层和/或无孔层可包括增强材料。例如,多孔层可包括增强材料并且无孔层可不包括增强材料。增强层可包括第一无孔层和第二无孔层中间的内层。增强层可包括组织厚度补偿件的外层。增强层可包括组织厚度补偿件的外表面。The tissue thickness compensator may include a layer comprising a reinforcing material. The porous and/or non-porous layers of the tissue thickness compensator may include reinforcing materials. For example, a porous layer may include reinforcement material and a non-porous layer may not include reinforcement material. The reinforcement layer may include an inner layer intermediate the first non-porous layer and the second non-porous layer. The reinforcement layer may comprise the outer layer of the tissue thickness compensator. The reinforcement layer may comprise the outer surface of the tissue thickness compensator.

增强材料可包括网片、单丝、复丝编织物、纤维、垫、毡、颗粒和/或粉剂。增强材料可结合到组织厚度补偿件的层中。增强材料可结合到无孔层和多孔层中的至少一者中。可使用常规技术(诸如针织、编织、梭织和/针织或来形成包括增强材料的网片。Reinforcing materials may include meshes, monofilaments, multifilament braids, fibers, mats, felts, granules and/or powders. Reinforcing material may be incorporated into the layers of the tissue thickness compensator. A reinforcing material may be incorporated into at least one of the non-porous layer and the porous layer. The mesh including the reinforcing material may be formed using conventional techniques such as knitting, weaving, weaving and/or knitting.

根据本发明,多个加强材料可被取向成随机方向和/或共同方向。共同方向可为例如与钉线平行和与钉线垂直中的一者。例如,单丝和/或复丝编织物可以随机方向和/或共同方向取向。单丝和复丝编织物可与无孔层和/或多孔层相关联。组织厚度补偿件可包括在无孔层内以随机方向取向的多个增强纤维。组织厚度补偿件可包括在无孔层内以共同方向取向的多个增强纤维。According to the invention, a plurality of reinforcing materials may be oriented in random directions and/or in a common direction. The common direction can be, for example, one of parallel to the staple line and perpendicular to the staple line. For example, monofilament and/or multifilament braids can be oriented in random directions and/or in a common direction. Monofilament and multifilament braids can be associated with non-porous and/or porous layers. The tissue thickness compensator may include a plurality of reinforcing fibers oriented in random directions within the non-porous layer. The tissue thickness compensator may include a plurality of reinforcing fibers oriented in a common direction within the non-porous layer.

纤维可形成非织造材料,例如,垫和毡。纤维可具有任何适当的长度,例如从0.1mm到100mm和0.4mm到50mm。增强材料可被研磨成粉末。粉末可具有例如从10微米到1厘米的粒度。粉末可结合到组织厚度补偿件中。Fibers can be formed into nonwoven materials such as mats and felts. The fibers may be of any suitable length, for example from 0.1mm to 100mm and 0.4mm to 50mm. Reinforcement materials can be ground into powders. The powder may have a particle size, for example, from 10 microns to 1 centimeter. Powder can be incorporated into the tissue thickness compensator.

组织厚度补偿件可原位形成。水凝胶可原位形成。组织厚度补偿件可通过共价离子和/或疏水键原位形成。物理(非共价)交联可由络合、氢键合、去溶剂化、范德瓦尔斯相互作用、离子键合、以及它们的组合引起。化学(共价)交联可通过以下多种机制中的任何一种来实现:自由基聚合、缩聚、阴离子或阳离子聚合、逐步生长聚合、亲电物质-亲核物质反应、以及它们的组合。The tissue thickness compensator can be formed in situ. Hydrogels can be formed in situ. Tissue thickness compensators can be formed in situ by covalent ionic and/or hydrophobic bonds. Physical (non-covalent) crosslinking can result from complexation, hydrogen bonding, desolvation, van der Waals interactions, ionic bonding, and combinations thereof. Chemical (covalent) crosslinking can be achieved by any of a variety of mechanisms: free radical polymerization, polycondensation, anionic or cationic polymerization, step-growth polymerization, electrophile-nucleophile reactions, and combinations thereof.

任选地,组织厚度补偿件的原位形成可包括使两个或多个前体反应,所述前体被物理地隔开直到原位接触和/或对环境条件作出反应从而彼此反应以形成水凝胶。原位可聚合的聚合物可由前体制备,所述前体可反应以在手术部位形成聚合物。组织厚度补偿件可通过前体在原位的交联反应形成。前体可包括能够引发用于原位组织厚度补偿件的形成的聚合反应的引发剂。组织厚度补偿件可包括在形成交联水凝胶的应用时可被激活的前体。组织厚度补偿件的原位形成可包括激发至少一个前体以形成化学键,从而形成组织厚度补偿件。任选地,激活可通过在手术部位物理条件、生物条件和/或化学条件的改变来实现,所述条件改变包括但不限于温度、pH、电场、离子强度、酶和/或化学反应、电和/或磁刺激,以及其他生理的和环境变量。前体可接触主体外部并且引入手术部位。Optionally, in situ formation of the tissue thickness compensator may include reacting two or more precursors that are physically separated until contacted in situ and/or react to environmental conditions to react with each other to form Hydrogels. In situ polymerizable polymers can be prepared from precursors that can react to form polymers at the surgical site. The tissue thickness compensator can be formed by an in situ cross-linking reaction of the precursors. The precursor may include an initiator capable of initiating a polymerization reaction for formation of the in situ tissue thickness compensator. The tissue thickness compensator can include precursors that can be activated upon application to form a cross-linked hydrogel. Forming the tissue thickness compensator in situ may include exciting at least one precursor to form a chemical bond, thereby forming the tissue thickness compensator. Optionally, activation can be achieved by changes in physical, biological and/or chemical conditions at the surgical site, including but not limited to temperature, pH, electric field, ionic strength, enzymatic and/or chemical reactions, electrical and/or magnetic stimulation, and other physiological and environmental variables. The precursor can be exposed to the exterior of the body and introduced into the surgical site.

组织厚度补偿件可包括能够在其中储存至少一种组分的一个或多个封装件或单元。封装件能够在其中存储水凝胶前体。例如,封装件能够在其中储存两种组分。封装件能够在其中储存第一水凝胶前体和第二水凝胶前体。第一封装件能够在其中储存第一水凝胶前体并且第二封装件能够在其中储存第二水凝胶前体。如上所述,封装件可与钉腿对齐或至少基本上对齐从而在钉腿接触封装件时刺穿封装件和/或以其他方式使封装件破裂。当部署钉时,该封装件可被压缩、压溃、塌缩和/或以其他方式破裂。封装件破裂之后,储存其中的组分可流出封装件。储存其中的组分可接触其他组分、组织厚度补偿件的层和/或组织。其他组分可来自相同或不同的封装件,在组织厚度补偿件的层中提供和/或通过临床医生用于手术部位。作为以上所述的结果,储存在封装件内的组分可提供组织厚度补偿件的扩展和/或溶胀。A tissue thickness compensator may include one or more enclosures or cells capable of storing at least one component therein. The enclosure is capable of storing a hydrogel precursor therein. For example, the enclosure can store two components therein. The enclosure is capable of storing therein a first hydrogel precursor and a second hydrogel precursor. The first enclosure is capable of storing therein a first hydrogel precursor and the second enclosure is capable of storing therein a second hydrogel precursor. As noted above, the package can be aligned, or at least substantially aligned, with the staple legs to pierce and/or otherwise rupture the package when the staple legs contact the package. The package may be compressed, crushed, collapsed and/or otherwise ruptured when the staples are deployed. Following rupture of the enclosure, the components stored therein may flow out of the enclosure. Components stored therein may contact other components, layers of the tissue thickness compensator and/or tissue. Other components may be from the same or different package, provided in layers of the tissue thickness compensator and/or applied to the surgical site by the clinician. As a result of the above, the components stored within the enclosure can provide expansion and/or swelling of the tissue thickness compensator.

组织厚度补偿件可包括含有封装件的层。封装件可包括与层相关联的空隙、凹坑、圆顶、管以及它们的组合。封装件可包括层中的空隙。层可包括能够附于彼此的两个层,其中封装件可限定于两个层之间。封装件可包括层表面上的圆顶。例如,封装件的至少一部分可被定位在从层向上延伸的圆顶内。封装件可包括在层内形成的凹坑。封装件的第一部分可包括圆顶,而封装件的第二部分可包括凹坑。封装件可包括在层内嵌入的管。管可包括本文所述的非合成材料和/或合成材料,诸如PLA。组织厚度补偿件可包括生物可吸收的泡沫,诸如ORC,所述生物可吸收的泡沫包括嵌入其中的PLA管,并且该管可封装例如水凝胶。封装件可包括互相不连接的分立单元。封装件中的一个或多个可经由延伸穿过层的一个或多个通路、导管、和/或通道而相互流体连通。A tissue thickness compensator may include a layer comprising an encapsulation. The enclosure may include voids, dimples, domes, tubes, and combinations thereof associated with the layers. The encapsulation may include voids in the layers. A layer may comprise two layers capable of being attached to each other, wherein an encapsulation may be defined between the two layers. The encapsulation may include domes on the surface of the layers. For example, at least a portion of the enclosure may be positioned within a dome extending upwardly from the layer. The encapsulation may include recesses formed in the layers. The first portion of the enclosure may include domes and the second portion of the enclosure may include dimples. The enclosure may include tubes embedded within layers. The tube may comprise non-synthetic and/or synthetic materials as described herein, such as PLA. The tissue thickness compensator may comprise a bioabsorbable foam, such as ORC, that includes a tube of PLA embedded therein, and the tube may encapsulate, for example, a hydrogel. A package may include discrete units that are not connected to each other. One or more of the enclosures may be in fluid communication with each other via one or more vias, conduits, and/or channels extending through the layers.

来自封装件的组分的释放率可由以下所述来控制:例如组织厚度补偿件的厚度、组织厚度补偿件的组成部分、组分的尺寸、组分的亲水性、和/或在组分中的物理的和/或化学相互作用、组织厚度补偿件的组成部分、和/或外科器械。层可包括一个或多个薄段或弱化部分(诸如局部穿孔),例如所述一个或多个薄部或弱化部分可有利于切入层并使封装件破裂。局部穿孔可未完全延伸穿过层,而在一些情况下,穿孔可完全延伸穿过层。The release rate of the components from the package can be controlled by, for example, the thickness of the tissue thickness compensator, the constituent parts of the tissue thickness compensator, the size of the components, the hydrophilicity of the components, and/or the Physical and/or chemical interactions in, components of tissue thickness compensators, and/or surgical instruments. The layer may include one or more thin sections or weakened portions (such as localized perforations), which may facilitate, for example, cutting into the layer and rupturing the encapsulation. Partial perforations may not extend completely through the layer, while in some cases the perforations may extend completely through the layer.

任选地,砧座可包括组织厚度补偿件,所述组织厚度补偿件包括具有至少一个微球颗粒的封装组分。组织厚度补偿件可包括封装件,所述封装件包括第一封装组分和第二封装组分。组织厚度补偿件可包括封装件,所述封装件包括第一微球颗粒和第二微球颗粒。Optionally, the anvil may include a tissue thickness compensator comprising an encapsulated component having at least one microspheroidal particle. The tissue thickness compensator can include an enclosure including a first encapsulating component and a second encapsulating component. The tissue thickness compensator can include an encapsulation including first microspherical particles and second microspherical particles.

组织厚度补偿件可适于与外科器械一起使用。如上所述,组织厚度补偿件可与钉仓和/或砧座相关联。组织厚度补偿件可构造成适于配合钉仓和/或砧座的任何形状、尺寸和/或维度。如本文所述,组织厚度补偿件可以可释放地附接到钉仓和/或砧座。在缝合过程之前以及在缝合过程期间,组织厚度补偿件可以能够保持组织厚度补偿件与钉仓和/或砧座接触的任何机械的和/或化学的方式附接到钉仓和/或砧座。在钉刺穿组织厚度补偿件以后,可从钉仓和/或砧座中移除或释放组织厚度补偿件。当钉仓和/或砧座移动远离组织厚度补偿件时,可从钉仓和/或砧座中移除或释放组织厚度补偿件。A tissue thickness compensator may be adapted for use with a surgical instrument. As noted above, a tissue thickness compensator can be associated with the staple cartridge and/or the anvil. The tissue thickness compensator can be configured to fit any shape, size and/or dimension of the staple cartridge and/or anvil. As described herein, the tissue thickness compensator can be releasably attachable to the staple cartridge and/or the anvil. The tissue thickness compensator may be attached to the staple cartridge and/or the anvil in any mechanical and/or chemical manner capable of maintaining the tissue thickness compensator in contact with the staple cartridge and/or the anvil prior to and during the stapling procedure . After the staples have pierced the tissue thickness compensator, the tissue thickness compensator can be removed or released from the staple cartridge and/or the anvil. The tissue thickness compensator can be removed or released from the staple cartridge and/or the anvil as the staple cartridge and/or the anvil are moved away from the tissue thickness compensator.

现在参见图14,钉仓(诸如钉仓10000)例如可包括支撑部分10010和可压缩的组织厚度补偿件10020。现在参见图16-图18,支撑部分10010可包括平台表面10011和限定在支撑部分10010中的多个钉腔10012。每个钉腔10012的尺寸例如可设定成并能够在其中可移除地储存钉,诸如钉10030。钉仓10000还可包括多个钉驱动器10040,当钉10030和钉驱动器10040处于其未击发位置时,每个钉驱动器能够支撑钉腔10012内的一个或多个钉10030。例如,首先参见图22和图23,每个钉驱动器10040可包括例如一个或多个支架或槽10041,该支架或槽能够支撑钉并限制钉10030和钉驱动器10040之间的相对运动。再次参见图16,钉仓10000还可包括钉击发滑动件10050;该钉击发滑动件可从钉仓的近侧末端10001运动到钉仓的远侧末端10002,以便依次将钉驱动器10040和钉10030从其未击发位置向被定位在钉仓10000对面的砧座抬起。首先参见图16和图18,每个钉10030可包括基部10031和从基部10031延伸的一个或多个腿10032,其中每个钉可为例如基本U形和基本V形中的至少一者。钉10030能够使得当钉10030处于其未击发位置时,钉腿10032的顶端相对于支撑部分10010的平台表面10011凹陷。钉10030能够使得当钉10030处于其未击发位置时,钉腿10032的顶端相对于支撑部分10010的平台表面10011齐平。钉10030能够使得当钉10030处于其未击发位置时,钉腿10032的顶端或钉腿10032的至少某部分延伸到支撑部分10010的平台表面10011上方。在这种情况下,当钉10030处于其未击发位置时,钉腿10032可延伸到进入并被嵌入到组织厚度补偿件10020中。例如,钉腿10032可例如延伸到平台表面10011上方大约0.075"。钉腿10032可例如延伸到平台表面10011上方大约0.025"和大约0.125"之间的距离。对上文进行进一步描述,组织厚度补偿件10020可包括例如大约0.08"和大约0.125"之间的未压缩厚度。Referring now to FIG. 14 , a staple cartridge, such as staple cartridge 10000 , for example, can include a support portion 10010 and a compressible tissue thickness compensator 10020 . Referring now to FIGS. 16-18 , the support portion 10010 can include a deck surface 10011 and a plurality of staple cavities 10012 defined in the support portion 10010 . Each staple cavity 10012, for example, can be sized and capable of removably storing a staple, such as staple 10030, therein. The staple cartridge 10000 can also include a plurality of staple drivers 10040, each staple driver capable of supporting one or more staples 10030 within the staple cavity 10012 when the staples 10030 and staple drivers 10040 are in their unfired positions. For example, referring first to FIGS. 22 and 23 , each staple driver 10040 can include, for example, one or more brackets or slots 10041 configured to support the staples and limit relative movement between the staples 10030 and the staple drivers 10040 . Referring again to FIG. 16 , the staple cartridge 10000 can also include a staple firing sled 10050; the staple firing sled can be moved from the proximal end 10001 of the staple cartridge to the distal end 10002 of the staple cartridge to sequentially drive the staple drivers 10040 and the staples 10030 The anvil is positioned opposite the staple cartridge 10000 from its unfired position to lift. Referring first to FIGS. 16 and 18 , each staple 10030 can include a base 10031 and one or more legs 10032 extending from the base 10031 , wherein each staple can be at least one of, for example, substantially U-shaped and substantially V-shaped. The staples 10030 are capable of being such that the top ends of the staple legs 10032 are recessed relative to the deck surface 10011 of the support portion 10010 when the staples 10030 are in their unfired position. The staples 10030 are capable of being such that the top ends of the staple legs 10032 are flush with respect to the deck surface 10011 of the support portion 10010 when the staples 10030 are in their unfired position. The staples 10030 can be configured such that the top ends of the staple legs 10032 or at least some portion of the staple legs 10032 extend above the deck surface 10011 of the support portion 10010 when the staples 10030 are in their unfired position. In this case, the staple legs 10032 can extend into and be embedded into the tissue thickness compensator 10020 when the staples 10030 are in their unfired positions. For example, staple legs 10032 can extend, for example, to approximately 0.075" above deck surface 10011. Staple legs 10032 can extend, for example, to a distance between approximately 0.025" and approximately 0.125" above deck surface 10011. Further to the above, tissue thickness compensation The piece 10020 can comprise, for example, an uncompressed thickness of between about 0.08" and about 0.125".

在使用中,对上文进行进一步描述并首先参见图31,砧座诸如砧座10060例如可运动到与钉仓10000相对的闭合位置。如下文更详细所述,砧座10060可将组织抵靠组织厚度补偿件10020定位以及例如将组织厚度补偿件10020压向支撑部分10010的平台表面10011。一旦砧座10060已被恰当定位,则可部署钉10030,同样如图31所示。任选地,如上所述,钉击发滑动件10050可从钉仓10000的近侧末端10001向远侧末端10002移动,如图32所示。当滑动件10050被推进时,滑动件10050可接触钉驱动器10040并在钉腔10012内将钉驱动器10040向上抬起。滑动件10050和钉驱动器10040可各自包括一个或多个斜坡或斜面,该一个或多个斜坡或斜面可协作以使钉驱动器10040从其未击发位置向上运动。例如,参见图19-图23,每个钉驱动器10040可包括至少一个斜面10042,并且滑动件10050可包括一个或多个斜面10052,其能够使得当滑动件10050在钉仓内朝远侧被推进时,斜面10052在斜面10042下滑动。当钉驱动器10040在其各自的钉腔10012内被向上抬起时,钉驱动器10040可将钉10030向上抬起,使得钉10030可通过钉平台10011中的开口从其钉腔10012中露出。在示例性击发序列期间,首先参见图25-图27,滑动件10050可首先接触钉10030a并且开始将钉10030a向上抬起。当滑动件10050朝远侧被进一步推进时,滑动件10050可开始将钉10030b,10030c,10030d,10030e和10030f以及任何其他后续钉按顺序抬起。如图27所示,滑动件10050可将钉10030向上驱动,使得与相对的砧座接触的钉的腿10032变形至期望的形状,并且从支撑部分10010被射出。在各种情况下,作为击发序列的一部分,滑动件10030可同时将多个钉向上运动。参照图27所示的击发序列,钉10030a和10030b已运动至其完全击发位置并且从支撑部分10010被射出,钉10030c和10030d处于被击发的过程中并且被至少部分地容纳在支撑部分10010内,并且钉10030e和10030f仍然处于其未击发位置。In use, as further described above and referring initially to FIG. 31 , an anvil such as anvil 10060 , for example, can be moved to a closed position opposite staple cartridge 10000 . As described in more detail below, the anvil 10060 can position tissue against the tissue thickness compensator 10020 and press the tissue thickness compensator 10020 against the deck surface 10011 of the support portion 10010, for example. Once the anvil 10060 has been properly positioned, the staples 10030 can be deployed, also as shown in FIG. 31 . Optionally, as described above, the staple firing sled 10050 is movable from the proximal end 10001 to the distal end 10002 of the staple cartridge 10000, as shown in FIG. 32 . When the sled 10050 is advanced, the sled 10050 can contact the staple drivers 10040 and lift the staple drivers 10040 upward within the staple cavities 10012. The sled 10050 and the staple drivers 10040 can each include one or more ramps or ramps that can cooperate to move the staple drivers 10040 upwardly from their unfired positions. For example, referring to FIGS. 19-23 , each staple driver 10040 can include at least one ramp 10042, and the sled 10050 can include one or more ramps 10052 that enable the sled 10050 to be advanced distally within the staple cartridge. , the slope 10052 slides under the slope 10042. As the staple drivers 10040 are lifted upward within their respective staple cavities 10012, the staple drivers 10040 can lift the staples 10030 upward so that the staples 10030 can emerge from their staple cavities 10012 through openings in the staple platform 10011. During an exemplary firing sequence, referring first to FIGS. 25-27 , the sled 10050 can first contact the staple 10030a and begin lifting the staple 10030a upward. As sled 10050 is advanced further distally, sled 10050 can begin to lift staples 10030b, 10030c, 10030d, 10030e, and 10030f and any other subsequent staples in sequence. As shown in FIG. 27 , the sled 10050 can drive the staples 10030 upward so that the legs 10032 of the staples in contact with the opposing anvil are deformed to the desired shape and ejected from the support portion 10010 . In various instances, the sled 10030 can move multiple staples upward simultaneously as part of a firing sequence. Referring to the firing sequence shown in FIG. 27, staples 10030a and 10030b have been moved to their fully fired positions and ejected from support portion 10010, staples 10030c and 10030d are in the process of being fired and are at least partially contained within support portion 10010, And staples 10030e and 10030f are still in their unfired positions.

如上所述并参见图33,当钉10030处于其未击发位置时,钉10030的钉腿10032可延伸到支撑部分10010的平台表面10011上方。进一步参照图27所示的击发序列,钉10030e和10030f示出为处于其未击发位置,并且其钉腿10032延伸到平台表面10011上方并且延伸到组织厚度补偿件10020中。当钉10030处于其未击发位置时,钉腿10032的顶端或钉腿10032的任何其他部分可能不凸穿组织厚度补偿件10020的顶部组织接触表面10021。如图27所示,当钉10030从其未击发位置运动到其击发位置时,钉腿的末端可凸穿组织接触表面10032。钉腿10032的顶端可包括能够切割和穿透组织厚度补偿件10020的锋利的顶端。组织厚度补偿件10020可包括多个孔,所述多个孔能够接收钉腿10032并且允许钉腿10032相对于组织厚度补偿件10020滑动。支撑部分10010还可包括从平台表面10011延伸的多个导向器10013。导向器10013可被定位成邻近平台表面10011的钉腔开口,使得钉腿10032可至少部分地由导向器10013支撑。导向器10013可被定位在钉腔开口的近侧末端和/或远侧末端处。根据本发明,第一导向器10013可被定位在每个钉腔开口的第一末端,并且第二导向器10013可被定位在每个钉腔开口的第二末端,使得每个第一导向器10013可支撑钉10030的第一钉腿10032,并且每个第二导向器10013可支撑钉的第二钉腿10032。参见图33,每个导向器10013可包括沟槽或狭槽,诸如沟槽10016,例如钉腿10032可被滑动地接收在该沟槽10016中。任选地,每个导向器10013可包括可从平台表面10011延伸并可延伸到组织厚度补偿件10020中的防滑钉、突起、和/或长钉。如下文更详细所述,防滑钉、突起、和/或长钉可减小组织厚度补偿件10020和支撑部分10010之间的相对运动。钉腿10032的顶端可被定位在导向器10013中并且当钉10030处于其未击发位置时可不延伸到导向器10013的顶部表面上方。例如,导向器10013可限定导向高度,并且当钉10030处于其未击发位置时可不延伸到该导向高度上方。As noted above and referring to FIG. 33 , the legs 10032 of the staples 10030 can extend above the deck surface 10011 of the support portion 10010 when the staples 10030 are in their unfired positions. With further reference to the firing sequence shown in FIG. 27 , staples 10030 e and 10030 f are shown in their unfired positions with their staple legs 10032 extending above deck surface 10011 and into tissue thickness compensator 10020 . The top ends of the staple legs 10032 or any other portion of the staple legs 10032 may not protrude through the top tissue contacting surface 10021 of the tissue thickness compensator 10020 when the staples 10030 are in their unfired positions. As shown in FIG. 27, the ends of the staple legs can protrude through the tissue contacting surface 10032 when the staples 10030 are moved from their unfired positions to their fired positions. The tips of the staple legs 10032 can include sharp tips capable of cutting and penetrating the tissue thickness compensator 10020 . The tissue thickness compensator 10020 can include a plurality of apertures configured to receive the staple legs 10032 and allow the staple legs 10032 to slide relative to the tissue thickness compensator 10020 . The support portion 10010 may also include a plurality of guides 10013 extending from the platform surface 10011 . The guide 10013 can be positioned adjacent to the staple cavity opening of the deck surface 10011 such that the staple legs 10032 can be at least partially supported by the guide 10013 . The guide 10013 can be positioned at the proximal end and/or the distal end of the staple cavity opening. According to the present invention, the first guide 10013 can be positioned at the first end of each staple cavity opening, and the second guide 10013 can be positioned at the second end of each staple cavity opening, such that each first guide 10013 can support a first staple leg 10032 of a staple 10030 and each second guide 10013 can support a second staple leg 10032 of a staple. Referring to Fig. 33, each guide 10013 can include a groove or slot, such as a groove 10016, into which a staple leg 10032 can be slidably received, for example. Optionally, each guide 10013 can include a cleat, protrusion, and/or spike extendable from the deck surface 10011 and extendable into the tissue thickness compensator 10020 . As described in more detail below, the cleats, protrusions, and/or spikes can reduce relative movement between the tissue thickness compensator 10020 and the support portion 10010 . The top ends of the staple legs 10032 may be positioned within the guide 10013 and may not extend above the top surface of the guide 10013 when the staple 10030 is in its unfired position. For example, the guides 10013 can define a guide height and may not extend above the guide height when the staples 10030 are in their unfired positions.

根据本发明,组织厚度补偿件(诸如组织厚度补偿件10020)例如可由单个材料片构成。组织厚度补偿件可包括连续材料片,该连续材料片可覆盖支撑部分10010的整个顶部平台表面10011,或作为另外一种选择,覆盖小于整个平台表面10011。材料片可覆盖支撑部分10010中的钉腔开口,然而作为另外一种选择,材料片可包括可与钉腔开口对齐的或至少部分对齐的开口。根据本发明,组织厚度补偿件可由例如多个材料层构成。现在参见图15,组织厚度补偿件可包括可压缩芯和围绕可压缩芯的包裹物。包裹物10022能够将可压缩芯可释放地保持到支撑部分10010。例如,支撑部分10010可包括例如从其延伸的一个或多个突出部,诸如突出部10014(图18),该突出部可接收在一个或多个孔和/或狭槽内,诸如限定在包裹物10022中的孔10024内。突出部10014和孔10024能够使得突出部10014可将包裹物10022保持到支撑部分10010。突出部10014的末端可例如通过热铆焊处理而变形,以便扩大突出部10014的末端,并且因此限制包裹物10022和支撑部分10010之间的相对运动。包裹物10022可包括一个或多个穿孔10025,其可有利于将包裹物10022从支撑部分10010释放,如图15所示。现在参见图24,组织厚度补偿件可包括包裹物10222,该包裹物包括多个孔10223,其中孔10223可与支撑部分10010中的钉腔开口对齐或至少部分对齐。组织厚度补偿件的芯还可包括与包裹物10222中的孔10223对齐或至少部分对齐的孔。作为另外一种选择,组织厚度补偿件的芯可包括连续主体并且可延伸到孔10223的下面,使得连续主体覆盖平台表面10011中的钉腔开口。In accordance with the present invention, a tissue thickness compensator, such as tissue thickness compensator 10020, for example, can be constructed from a single sheet of material. The tissue thickness compensator may comprise a continuous sheet of material that may cover the entire top deck surface 10011 of the support portion 10010 , or alternatively less than the entire deck surface 10011 . The sheet of material may cover the staple cavity openings in the support portion 10010, however alternatively the sheet of material may include openings that may be aligned, or at least partially aligned, with the staple cavity openings. According to the invention, the tissue thickness compensator can consist of, for example, a plurality of layers of material. Referring now to FIG. 15, a tissue thickness compensator may include a compressible core and a wrap surrounding the compressible core. The wrap 10022 is capable of releasably retaining the compressible core to the support portion 10010 . For example, support portion 10010 may include, for example, extending therefrom one or more protrusions, such as protrusion 10014 ( FIG. 18 ), which may be received within one or more holes and/or slots, such as defined in a package. In the hole 10024 in the object 10022. The protrusion 10014 and hole 10024 enable the protrusion 10014 to retain the wrap 10022 to the support portion 10010 . The ends of the protrusions 10014 may be deformed, such as by a heat staking process, so as to enlarge the ends of the protrusions 10014 and thereby limit relative movement between the wrap 10022 and the support portion 10010 . The wrap 10022 can include one or more perforations 10025, which can facilitate releasing the wrap 10022 from the support portion 10010, as shown in FIG. 15 . Referring now to FIG. 24 , the tissue thickness compensator can include a wrap 10222 that includes a plurality of holes 10223 , wherein the holes 10223 can be aligned, or at least partially aligned, with the staple cavity openings in the support portion 10010 . The core of the tissue thickness compensator may also include holes aligned, or at least partially aligned, with the holes 10223 in the wrap 10222. Alternatively, the core of the tissue thickness compensator may comprise a continuous body and may extend below the holes 10223 such that the continuous body covers the staple cavity openings in the deck surface 10011.

任选地,如上所述,组织厚度补偿件可包括用于将可压缩芯可释放地保持到支撑部分10010的包裹物。例如,参见图16,钉仓还可包括保持器夹具10026,该保持器夹具能够抑制包裹物和可压缩芯过早地与支撑部分10010分离。任选地,每个保持器夹具10026可包括能够接收从支撑部分10010延伸的突出部10014的孔10028,使得保持器夹具10026可被保持到支撑部分10010。保持器夹具10026可各自包括至少一个平底部分10027,该平底部分可延伸到支撑部分10010的下面并在支撑部分10010内支撑并保持钉驱动器10040。如上所述,组织厚度补偿件可通过钉10030可移除地附接至支撑部分10010。更具体地讲,还如上所述,当钉10030处于其未击发位置时,钉10030的腿可延伸到组织厚度补偿件10020中,并因此将组织厚度补偿件10020可释放地保持到支撑部分10010。钉10030的腿可与其相应的钉腔10012的侧壁接触,其中,由于钉腿10032和侧壁之间的摩擦,钉10030和组织厚度补偿件10020可被保持在适当位置,直到钉10030从钉仓10000被部署。当钉10030被部署后,组织厚度补偿件10020可被捕获在钉10030内并且抵靠缝合的组织T被保持。当砧座随后运动到打开位置以释放组织T时,支撑部分10010可运动远离已固定至组织的组织厚度补偿件10020。可使用粘合剂以将组织厚度补偿件10020可移除地保持到支撑部分10010。可使用两部分粘合剂,其中,粘合剂的第一部分可被放置到平台表面10011上,并且粘合剂的第二部分可被放置到组织厚度补偿件10020上,使得当组织厚度补偿件10020紧贴平台表面10011放置时,第一部分可接触第二部分以启用粘合剂并将组织厚度补偿件10020可分离地粘结至支撑部分10010。任选地,可使用任何其他合适的方法将组织厚度补偿件可分离地保持到钉仓的支撑部分。Optionally, the tissue thickness compensator may include a wrap for releasably retaining the compressible core to the support portion 10010, as described above. For example, referring to FIG. 16 , the staple cartridge can also include a retainer clip 10026 that can inhibit premature separation of the wrap and compressible core from the support portion 10010 . Optionally, each retainer clip 10026 can include an aperture 10028 configured to receive a protrusion 10014 extending from the support portion 10010 such that the retainer clip 10026 can be retained to the support portion 10010 . Retainer clips 10026 can each include at least one flat bottom portion 10027 that can extend below support portion 10010 and support and retain staple drivers 10040 within support portion 10010 . As described above, the tissue thickness compensator can be removably attached to the support portion 10010 by the staples 10030 . More particularly, as also described above, when the staples 10030 are in their unfired positions, the legs of the staples 10030 can extend into the tissue thickness compensator 10020 and thereby releasably retain the tissue thickness compensator 10020 to the support portion 10010 . The legs of the staples 10030 can be in contact with the sidewalls of their respective staple cavities 10012, wherein the staples 10030 and the tissue thickness compensator 10020 can be held in place due to friction between the staple legs 10032 and the sidewalls until the staples 10030 are released from the staples. Pod 10000 is deployed. The tissue thickness compensator 10020 can be captured within the staple 10030 and held against the stapled tissue T after the staple 10030 is deployed. When the anvil is subsequently moved to the open position to release the tissue T, the support portion 10010 can be moved away from the tissue thickness compensator 10020 secured to the tissue. An adhesive may be used to removably retain the tissue thickness compensator 10020 to the support portion 10010. A two-part adhesive can be used, wherein a first part of the adhesive can be placed on the deck surface 10011 and a second part of the adhesive can be placed on the tissue thickness compensator 10020 such that when the tissue thickness compensator When 10020 is placed against platform surface 10011 , the first portion can contact the second portion to activate the adhesive and releasably bond tissue thickness compensator 10020 to support portion 10010 . Optionally, any other suitable method may be used to detachably retain the tissue thickness compensator to the support portion of the staple cartridge.

对上文进行进一步描述,滑动件10050可从近侧末端10001被推进到远侧末端10002以完全部署被容纳在钉仓10000内的所有钉10030。现在参见图56-图60,滑动件10050可在支撑部分10010内的纵向腔体10016中由击发构件或外科缝合器的刀杆10052朝远侧推进。在使用中,钉仓10000可被插入外科缝合器的钳口中的钉仓通道内,例如钉仓通道10070内,并且击发构件10052可被推进到与滑动件10050接触,如图56所示。当滑动件10050由击发构件10052朝远侧推进时,滑动件10050可接触最近侧的钉驱动器或驱动器10040,并且将钉10030从仓体10010击发或射出,如上所述。如图56所示,击发构件10052还可包括切刃10053,当钉10030被击发时,该切刃可通过支撑部分10010中的刀狭槽朝远侧被推进。根据本发明,相应的刀狭槽可延伸穿过被定位在钉仓10000对面的砧座,使得切刃10053可在砧座和支撑部分10010之间延伸并切入被定位在其间的组织和组织厚度补偿件。在各种情况下,滑动件10050可由击发构件10052朝远侧推进,直到滑动件10050到达钉仓10000的远侧末端10002,如图58所示。此时,击发构件10052可朝近侧回缩。滑动件10050可随击发构件10052朝近侧回缩,但是现在参见图59,当击发构件10052回缩时,滑动件10050可被留在钉仓10000的远侧末端10002中。一旦击发构件10052已充分回缩,砧座可被再次打开,组织厚度补偿件10020可与支撑部分10010分离,并且已耗尽钉仓10000的剩余的非植入部分,包括支撑部分10010,可从钉仓通道10070中被移除。Further to the above, the sled 10050 can be advanced from the proximal end 10001 to the distal end 10002 to fully deploy all of the staples 10030 contained within the staple cartridge 10000 . Referring now to FIGS. 56-60 , the sled 10050 can be advanced distally within the longitudinal cavity 10016 within the support portion 10010 by a firing member or a knife bar 10052 of a surgical stapler. In use, staple cartridge 10000 can be inserted into a staple cartridge channel in the jaws of a surgical stapler, such as staple cartridge channel 10070, and firing member 10052 can be advanced into contact with sled 10050, as shown in FIG. When the sled 10050 is advanced distally by the firing member 10052, the sled 10050 can contact the proximal-most staple driver or driver 10040 and fire or eject the staples 10030 from the cartridge body 10010, as described above. As shown in FIG. 56, the firing member 10052 can also include a cutting edge 10053 that can be advanced distally through the knife slot in the support portion 10010 when the staples 10030 are fired. In accordance with the present invention, a corresponding knife slot can extend through an anvil positioned opposite the staple cartridge 10000 such that the cutting edge 10053 can extend between the anvil and the support portion 10010 and cut into tissue and tissue thickness positioned therebetween Compensation pieces. In various circumstances, the sled 10050 can be advanced distally by the firing member 10052 until the sled 10050 reaches the distal end 10002 of the staple cartridge 10000, as shown in FIG. 58 . At this point, the firing member 10052 can be retracted proximally. The sled 10050 can be retracted proximally with the firing member 10052, but referring now to FIG. 59, the sled 10050 can be left in the distal end 10002 of the staple cartridge 10000 when the firing member 10052 is retracted. Once the firing member 10052 has been sufficiently retracted, the anvil can be opened again, the tissue thickness compensator 10020 can be separated from the support portion 10010, and the remaining non-implanted portion of the depleted staple cartridge 10000, including the support portion 10010, can be removed from The staple cartridge channel 10070 is removed.

当已耗尽钉仓10000已从钉仓通道中被移除后,对上文进行进一步描述,新的钉仓10000或任何其他合适的钉仓可被插入钉仓通道10070中。对上文进行进一步描述,钉仓通道10070、击发构件10052、和/或钉仓10000可包括协作结构,该协作结构可在新的未击发钉仓10000没有被定位在钉仓通道10070中时防止击发构件10052再次或随后朝远侧被推进。更具体地讲,再次参见图56,当击发构件10052被推进到与滑动件10050接触时,并且当滑动件10050处于其近侧未击发位置时,击发构件10052的支撑鼻部10055可被定位在滑动件10050上的支撑凸缘10056上和/或之上,使得击发构件10052被保持在足够向上的位置,以防止从击发构件10052延伸的锁或横梁10054落入被限定在钉仓通道内的锁凹槽中。由于锁10054不会落入锁凹槽时,在此类情况下,当击发构件10052被推进时,锁10054可不邻接锁凹槽的远侧侧壁10057。当击发构件10052将滑动件10050朝远侧推动时,击发构件10052可由于靠在支撑凸缘10056上的支撑鼻部10055而被支撑在其向上击发位置。当击发构件10052相对于滑动件10050回缩时,如上所述并如图59所示,当支撑鼻部10055不再靠在滑动件10050的支撑凸缘10056上时,击发构件10052可从其向上位置下落。例如,外科钉可包括能够将击发构件10052偏置到其向下位置的弹簧10058和/或任何其他合适的偏置元件。一旦击发构件10052已完全回缩,如图60所示,击发构件10052不能再次穿过用尽的钉仓10000朝远侧被推进。更具体地讲,当此时处于操作顺序的滑动件10050已被留在钉仓10000的远侧末端10002处时,击发构件10052不能被滑动件10050保持在其上部位置。因此,如上所述,如果击发构件10052在没有替换钉仓的情况下被再次推进,则锁横梁10054将接触锁凹槽的侧壁10057,这将防止击发构件10052再次朝远侧被推进到钉仓10000中。换句话讲,一旦用尽的钉仓10000已被新的钉仓替换,新的钉仓将具有近侧定位的滑动件10050,该近侧定位的滑动件可将击发构件10052保持在其向上位置,并且使击发构件10052再次朝远侧被推进。After the spent staple cartridge 10000 has been removed from the staple cartridge channel, further to the above, a new staple cartridge 10000 or any other suitable staple cartridge can be inserted into the staple cartridge channel 10070. Further to the above, the staple cartridge channel 10070, the firing member 10052, and/or the staple cartridge 10000 can include cooperating structures that prevent a new unfired staple cartridge 10000 from being positioned in the staple cartridge channel 10070. The firing member 10052 is again or subsequently advanced distally. More specifically, referring again to FIG. 56, when the firing member 10052 is advanced into contact with the sled 10050, and when the sled 10050 is in its proximal unfired position, the support nose 10055 of the firing member 10052 can be positioned at On and/or over the support flange 10056 on the sled 10050 such that the firing member 10052 is held in a sufficiently upward position to prevent the lock or beam 10054 extending from the firing member 10052 from falling into the lock defined in the staple cartridge channel. in the lock groove. Since the lock 10054 does not fall into the lock groove, in such cases the lock 10054 may not abut the distal sidewall 10057 of the lock groove when the firing member 10052 is advanced. As the firing member 10052 pushes the sled 10050 distally, the firing member 10052 can be supported in its upward firing position due to the support nose 10055 resting on the support flange 10056 . When the firing member 10052 is retracted relative to the slide 10050, as described above and as shown in FIG. location drop. For example, the surgical staple may include a spring 10058 and/or any other suitable biasing element capable of biasing the firing member 10052 to its downward position. Once the firing member 10052 has been fully retracted, as shown in FIG. 60 , the firing member 10052 cannot be advanced distally through the spent staple cartridge 10000 again. More specifically, the firing member 10052 cannot be held in its upper position by the sled 10050 when the sled 10050 in the operating sequence has been left at the distal end 10002 of the staple cartridge 10000 at this time. Therefore, as described above, if the firing member 10052 is advanced again without replacing the staple cartridge, the lock beam 10054 will contact the sidewall 10057 of the lock groove, which will prevent the firing member 10052 from being advanced further distally into the staples. The warehouse is 10000. In other words, once the spent staple cartridge 10000 has been replaced by a new staple cartridge, the new staple cartridge will have a proximally positioned slide 10050 that can hold the firing member 10052 upward position, and the firing member 10052 is advanced distally again.

如上所述,滑动件10050能够将钉驱动器10040在第一未击发位置和第二击发位置之间运动,以便将钉10030从支撑部分10010中射出。在钉10030已从支撑部分10010被射出以后,钉驱动器10040可被容纳在钉腔10012内。支撑部分10010可包括能够阻止钉驱动器10040从钉腔10012中射出或掉出的一个或多个保持特征结构。作为另外一种选择,滑动件10050能够将钉驱动器10040从具有钉10030的支撑部分10010中射出。例如,钉驱动器10040可由例如可生物吸收的和/或生物相容性材料构成,诸如聚醚酰亚胺(Ultem)。钉驱动器可附接到钉10030。例如,钉驱动器可被模塑在每个钉10030的基部之上和/或周围,使得驱动器与钉一体形成。2006年9月29日提交的名称为“SURGICAL STAPLES HAVING COMPRESSIBLEOR CRUSHABLE MEMBERS FOR SECURING TISSUE THEREIN AND STAPLING INSTRUMENTS FORDEPLOYING THE SAME”美国专利申请No.11/541,123全文以引用方式并入本文。As described above, the sled 10050 is configured to move the staple drivers 10040 between the first unfired position and the second fired position in order to eject the staples 10030 from the support portion 10010. After the staples 10030 have been ejected from the support portion 10010, the staple drivers 10040 can be received within the staple cavities 10012. Support portion 10010 can include one or more retention features configured to prevent staple drivers 10040 from being ejected or dropped out of staple cavities 10012 . Alternatively, the slider 10050 is capable of ejecting the staple drivers 10040 from the support portion 10010 with the staples 10030 thereon. For example, staple drivers 10040 can be constructed of, for example, bioabsorbable and/or biocompatible materials, such as polyetherimide (Ultem). Staple drivers can be attached to the staples 10030. For example, a staple driver can be molded on and/or around the base of each staple 10030 such that the driver is integrally formed with the staple. U.S. Patent Application No. 11/541,123, filed September 29, 2006, entitled "SURGICAL STAPLES HAVING COMPRESSIBLEOR CRUSHABLE MEMBERS FOR SECURING TISSUE THEREIN AND STAPLING INSTRUMENTS FORDEPLOYING THE SAME," is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.

如上所述,外科缝合器械可包括能够接收钉仓的钉仓通道、可旋转地联接到钉仓通道的砧座、和包括刀刃的击发构件,该击发构件可相对于砧座和钉仓通道运动。在使用中,钉仓可被定位在钉仓通道内,并且当钉仓被至少部分地消耗后,钉仓可从钉仓通道移除并被新的钉仓替换。例如,外科缝合器械的钉仓通道、砧座、和/或击发构件可与替换钉仓一起被重复使用。作为另外一种选择,钉仓可包括一次性加载单元组件的一部分,该一次性加载单元组件例如可包括钉仓通道、砧座、和/或击发构件,这些可作为替换一次性加载单元组件的一部分随钉仓一起被替换。某些一次性加载单元组件公开于2008年2月15日提交的名称为“END EFFECTOR COUPLING ARRANGEMENTS FOR A SURGICAL CUTTING AND STAPLINGINSTRUMENT”的美国专利申请No.12/031,817中,该专利申请的全部公开内容以引用方式并入本文。As described above, a surgical stapling instrument may include a staple cartridge channel configured to receive a staple cartridge, an anvil rotatably coupled to the staple cartridge channel, and a firing member including a blade movable relative to the anvil and the staple cartridge channel . In use, a staple cartridge can be positioned within the staple cartridge channel, and when the staple cartridge is at least partially consumed, the staple cartridge can be removed from the staple cartridge channel and replaced with a new staple cartridge. For example, the staple cartridge channel, anvil, and/or firing member of a surgical stapling instrument may be reused with a replacement staple cartridge. Alternatively, the staple cartridge may comprise a portion of a disposable loading unit assembly, which may include, for example, a staple cartridge channel, an anvil, and/or a firing member, which may serve as part of a replacement disposable loading unit assembly. A part is replaced with the staple cartridge. Certain disposable loading unit assemblies are disclosed in U.S. Patent Application No. 12/031,817, entitled "END EFFECTOR COUPLING ARRANGEMENTS FOR A SURGICAL CUTTING AND STAPLING INSTRUMENT," filed February 15, 2008, the entire disclosure of which is set forth in Incorporated herein by reference.

组织厚度补偿件可包括可挤出、可浇铸和/或可模塑的组合物,其包括本文所述的合成材料和/或非合成材料中的至少一种。组织厚度补偿件可包括具有两层或更多层的膜或片。组织厚度补偿件可使用常规方法获得,例如混合、共混、组合、喷涂、芯吸、溶剂蒸发、浸渍、刷涂、气相沉淀、挤出、压延、浇铸、模塑等等。挤出时,开口可以包括至少一个开口的模具的形式为露出的挤出物赋予形状。压延时,开口可包括两个辊之间的辊隙。常规的模塑方法可包括但不限于吹塑、注塑、泡沫注射、压塑、热成形、挤出、发泡挤出、薄膜吹塑、压延、旋压、溶剂熔接,涂布方法诸如浸涂和旋涂、溶液流延和薄膜铸塑、增塑溶胶加工(包括刮刀涂布、辊涂和浇铸),以及它们的组合。注塑时,开口可包括喷嘴和/或通道/流道和/或模具腔体和特征结构。压塑时,组合物可定位在模具腔体内,加热到合适的温度,并通过在相对高压下受到压缩而成形。浇铸时,组合物可包含液体或浆液,其注入或以其他方式提供到模具或物体的里面、上面和/或周围,以复制模具或物体的特征结构。浇铸后,组合物可被干燥、冷却和/或固化以形成固体。The tissue thickness compensator may comprise an extrudable, castable and/or moldable composition comprising at least one of the synthetic and/or non-synthetic materials described herein. The tissue thickness compensator may comprise a film or sheet having two or more layers. The tissue thickness compensator can be obtained using conventional methods such as mixing, blending, combining, spraying, wicking, solvent evaporation, dipping, brushing, vapor deposition, extrusion, calendering, casting, molding, and the like. Upon extrusion, the opening may be in the form of a die comprising at least one opening to impart shape to the exposed extrudate. When calendering, the opening may comprise a nip between two rolls. Conventional molding methods may include, but are not limited to, blow molding, injection molding, foam injection, compression molding, thermoforming, extrusion, foam extrusion, film blowing, calendering, spinning, solvent welding, coating methods such as dip coating and spin coating, solution casting and film casting, plastisol processing (including knife coating, roll coating and casting), and combinations thereof. In injection molding, openings may include nozzles and/or channels/runners and/or mold cavities and features. In compression molding, a composition may be positioned within a mold cavity, heated to a suitable temperature, and shaped by being compressed under relatively high pressure. When casting, the composition may comprise a liquid or slurry that is poured or otherwise provided into, onto, and/or around a mold or object to replicate the features of the mold or object. After casting, the composition can be dried, cooled and/or solidified to form a solid.

根据本发明,制造包括至少一种保存和/或吸收于其中的药物的组织厚度补偿件的方法可大体包括提供组织厚度补偿件,以及使组织厚度补偿件和药物接触以将药物保留在组织厚度补偿件中。制造包含抗菌剂材料的组织厚度补偿件的方法可包括提供水凝胶、干燥水凝胶、在硝酸银水溶液中溶胀水凝胶、使水凝胶和氯化钠溶液接触,以形成具有抗菌特性的组织厚度补偿件。组织厚度补偿件可包括分散在其中的银。According to the present invention, a method of making a tissue thickness compensator comprising at least one drug retained and/or absorbed therein may generally comprise providing the tissue thickness compensator, and contacting the tissue thickness compensator with the drug to retain the drug in the tissue thickness in compensation. A method of making a tissue thickness compensator comprising an antimicrobial material may comprise providing a hydrogel, drying the hydrogel, swelling the hydrogel in an aqueous solution of silver nitrate, contacting the hydrogel with a sodium chloride solution to form a tissue having antimicrobial properties. tissue thickness compensator. The tissue thickness compensator may include silver dispersed therein.

现在参见图116,组织厚度补偿件(例如,组织厚度补偿件22020)可例如附接到外科缝合器械的砧座(例如,砧座22060)。组织厚度补偿件22020可包括限定在第一膜22026和第二膜22027之间的腔体22024,其中第一膜22026的至少部分附接到第二膜22027。例如,第一膜22026可沿着例如横向接缝22028a和横向接缝22028b附接到第二膜22027。第一膜22026可沿密封的周边附接到第二膜22027,以便密封地包封腔体22024。第一膜22026和第二膜22027可例如沿横向接缝22028a、22028b和/或连接膜22026和膜22027的任何其他接缝来进行热焊接。再次参见图116,砧座22060可包括多个钉成形凹坑22062,所述多个钉成形凹坑22062各自能够接收钉的腿并且使其变形,其中第二膜22027可包括可延伸到成形凹坑22062内的突出部22022。突出部22022的尺寸和构造可设定成使其紧密地配合在成形凹坑22062内并且能够将组织厚度补偿件22020保持到砧座22060。如图所示,砧座22060可包括例如六行成形凹坑22062,其中组织厚度补偿件22020可类似地包括与成形凹坑22062对齐的六行突出部22022。可使用包括多于或少于六行成形凹坑22062和/或突出部22022的其他实施例。可使用一种或多种粘合剂来将组织厚度补偿件22020保持到砧座20060。Referring now to FIG. 116, a tissue thickness compensator (eg, tissue thickness compensator 22020) can be attached, for example, to an anvil (eg, anvil 22060) of a surgical stapling instrument. The tissue thickness compensator 22020 can include a cavity 22024 defined between a first membrane 22026 and a second membrane 22027 , wherein at least a portion of the first membrane 22026 is attached to the second membrane 22027 . For example, the first film 22026 can be attached to the second film 22027 along, for example, transverse seam 22028a and transverse seam 22028b. The first membrane 22026 can be attached to the second membrane 22027 along the sealed perimeter so as to sealingly enclose the cavity 22024 . The first membrane 22026 and the second membrane 22027 may be thermally welded, for example, along the transverse seams 22028a, 22028b and/or any other seam connecting the membranes 22026 and 22027. Referring again to FIG. 116 , the anvil 22060 can include a plurality of staple forming pockets 22062 each capable of receiving and deforming a leg of a staple, wherein the second membrane 22027 can include a plurality of staple forming pockets 22062 that can extend into the forming pockets. Protrusion 22022 within pocket 22062. Protrusion 22022 can be sized and configured to fit snugly within forming pocket 22062 and to retain tissue thickness compensator 22020 to anvil 22060 . As shown, the anvil 22060 can include, for example, six rows of shaped pockets 22062 , wherein the tissue thickness compensator 22020 can similarly include six rows of protrusions 22022 aligned with the shaped pockets 22062 . Other embodiments including more or less than six rows of shaped dimples 22062 and/or protrusions 22022 may be used. One or more adhesives can be used to hold the tissue thickness compensator 22020 to the anvil 20060.

如上所述,组织厚度补偿件22020可包括限定于其中的腔体22024。腔体22024可沿着砧座22060纵向延伸。再次参见图116,组织厚度补偿件22020可包括定位在腔体22024内的可压缩材料。现在参见图117,钉(例如钉22030)可例如从钉仓射出,以使得钉22030在接触砧座22060之前穿透组织T并且随后穿透组织厚度补偿件22020。当钉22030的腿通过砧座22060进行变形时,腿可向下翻转,以再次穿透组织厚度补偿件22020。在任何情况下,一旦钉22030已穿透组织厚度补偿件22020,容纳在腔体22024内的一种或多种流体就例如可从组织厚度补偿件22020流出或渗出到组织T上。腔体22024可包括例如容纳于其中的一种或多种粉末,所述粉末在组织厚度补偿件22020一旦已被钉22030至少部分地破裂就可逸出腔体22024。根据本发明,定位在腔体22024内的材料22025可在钉22030变形成其击发构型时被压缩或挤压在钉22030内,以使得储存在材料22025内的流体可例如从材料22025压出。再次参见图117,钉22030还能够捕获组织厚度补偿件(例如,补偿件22029),所述补偿件例如可移除地附接到紧靠组织T的另一侧的钉仓。As noted above, the tissue thickness compensator 22020 can include a cavity 22024 defined therein. The cavity 22024 can extend longitudinally along the anvil 22060 . Referring again to FIG. 116 , the tissue thickness compensator 22020 can comprise a compressible material positioned within the cavity 22024 . Referring now to FIG. 117 , staples (eg, staples 22030 ) can be ejected, for example, from a staple cartridge such that the staples 22030 penetrate the tissue T and subsequently penetrate the tissue thickness compensator 22020 before contacting the anvil 22060 . As the legs of the staples 22030 are deformed by the anvil 22060, the legs can be turned down to penetrate the tissue thickness compensator 22020 again. In any event, once the staples 22030 have penetrated the tissue thickness compensator 22020, one or more fluids contained within the cavities 22024 can flow or seep from the tissue thickness compensator 22020 onto the tissue T, for example. The cavity 22024 can include, for example, one or more powders contained therein that can escape the cavity 22024 once the tissue thickness compensator 22020 has been at least partially ruptured by the staples 22030 . In accordance with the present invention, the material 22025 positioned within the cavity 22024 can be compressed or squeezed within the staple 22030 when the staple 22030 is deformed into its fired configuration such that fluid stored within the material 22025 can be forced out of the material 22025, for example . Referring again to FIG. 117 , staples 22030 are also capable of capturing a tissue thickness compensator (eg, compensator 22029 ), such as removably attached to the staple cartridge on the other side of tissue T, for example.

对上文进行进一步描述,材料22025可包括例如冷冻干燥的凝血酶、冷冻干燥的血纤维蛋白、和/或细纤维非织造氧化再生纤维素。材料22025可包括压缩的粉末晶片。密封腔体22024可包括内部气体,所述内部气体的压力低于围绕组织厚度补偿件22020的大气的压力。在这种情况下,内部腔体22024中的气体与大气之间的压差可导致膜22027和膜22028被向内拖曳。当内部腔体22024被钉22030破裂之后,如上所述,内部腔体22024内的真空可与周围大气取得平衡并且材料22025可逸出内部腔体22024,另外如上所述。在此类情况下,组织厚度补偿件22020可向捕获在钉20030内的组织T扩展并施加压缩力。在材料22025被真空封装在组织厚度补偿件22020内的情况下,材料22025可在内部腔体22024已被刺穿之后扩展。膜22026、22027可由可生物吸收性材料构成,并且能够在一旦放置在患者内时就溶解。例如,每个膜22026、22027可由层或层合体构成,所述层或层合体具有例如介于大约0.25密耳和大约0.50密耳之间的厚度。在任何情况下,对上文进行进一步描述,当钉22030从其钉仓击发时,包括材料22025的组织厚度补偿件22020可被切割元件横切。Further to the above, material 22025 may include, for example, freeze-dried thrombin, freeze-dried fibrin, and/or fine fiber nonwoven oxidized regenerated cellulose. Material 22025 may comprise compressed powder wafers. The sealed cavity 22024 may include an internal gas at a pressure lower than the pressure of the atmosphere surrounding the tissue thickness compensator 22020 . In this case, the pressure differential between the gas in the internal cavity 22024 and the atmosphere can cause the membranes 22027 and 22028 to be drawn inwardly. After the internal cavity 22024 is ruptured by the staple 22030, as described above, the vacuum within the internal cavity 22024 can equilibrate with the surrounding atmosphere and material 22025 can escape the internal cavity 22024, also as described above. In such instances, tissue thickness compensator 22020 can expand and apply a compressive force to tissue T captured within staples 20030 . Where material 22025 is vacuum encapsulated within tissue thickness compensator 22020, material 22025 may expand after internal cavity 22024 has been pierced. The membranes 22026, 22027 may be constructed of bioabsorbable material and capable of dissolving once placed within the patient. For example, each film 22026, 22027 can be composed of a layer or laminate having a thickness, for example, between about 0.25 mil and about 0.50 mil. In any event, further to the above, when the staples 22030 are fired from their cartridges, the tissue thickness compensator 22020 comprising the material 22025 can be transected by the cutting elements.

再次参见图116,组织厚度补偿件22020的腔体22024和材料22025可被定位在钉成形凹坑22062的四个内侧行下面,而接缝22028a、22028b可被定位在成形凹坑22062的外侧行下面。在这种情况下,外侧钉行中的钉可不接合材料22025,并且因此它们可在其中不捕获材料22025。相反,此类钉可仅沿着接缝22028a、22028b来捕获膜22026和膜22027。作为另外一种选择,现在参见图118和图119,组织厚度补偿件22120可按照类似于上文的方式包括第一膜22126、第二膜22127、以及捕获在第一膜22126和第二膜22127之间的多个材料22125a-d。例如,主要参见图118,第一材料22125a可与钉仓22000中的钉22030的外侧行和砧座22060中的钉腔22062的外侧行对齐,第二材料22125b和第三材料22125c可各自与钉22030和钉腔22062的两个内侧行对齐,并且第四材料22126d可与钉22030和钉腔22062的另一个外侧行对齐。在这种情况下,现在参见图119,钉22030中的全部可被布置成使其可在其中捕获材料22125a-22125d中的至少一者。如图118和图119所示,对上文进行进一步描述,钉22030可在未击发位置和击发位置之间通过定位在钉仓22000内的钉驱动器22040来向上提升。Referring again to FIG. 116 , the cavities 22024 and material 22025 of the tissue thickness compensator 22020 can be positioned under the four inner rows of staple forming pockets 22062 while the seams 22028a, 22028b can be positioned under the outer rows of the forming pockets 22062 under. In this case, the staples in the outer row of staples may not engage the material 22025, and thus they may not capture the material 22025 therein. Instead, such staples may only capture the membranes 22026 and 22027 along the seams 22028a, 22028b. Alternatively, referring now to FIGS. 118 and 119 , the tissue thickness compensator 22120 may include a first membrane 22126 , a second membrane 22127 , and a membrane captured between the first membrane 22126 and the second membrane 22127 in a manner similar to the above. Multiple materials between 22125a-d. For example, referring primarily to FIG. 118, a first material 22125a can be aligned with the outer rows of staples 22030 in the staple cartridge 22000 and the outer rows of staple cavities 22062 in the anvil 22060, and the second material 22125b and the third material 22125c can each be aligned with the staples. Two inner rows of staple cavities 22062 and 22030 are aligned, and the fourth material 22126d can be aligned with the other outer row of staples 22030 and staple cavities 22062. In such a case, referring now to FIG. 119, all of the staples 22030 may be arranged such that they may capture at least one of the materials 22125a-22125d therein. Further to the above, as shown in FIGS. 118 and 119 , staples 22030 can be lifted upwardly by staple drivers 22040 positioned within staple cartridge 22000 between an unfired position and a fired position.

再次参见图118和图119,层22126和层22127可限定其中可设置材料22125a-d的一个或多个密封腔体。层22126和层22127可沿着周边例如利用任何合适的方法(例如,热焊接和/或激光焊接)密封在一起,所述周边可包括横向接缝22128a和横向接缝22128b。材料22125a-22125d中的每一者可密封在单独腔体内,而作为另外一种选择,材料22125a-22125d中的两者或更多者可密封在同一腔体内。材料22125a-22125d可由相同的材料构成,而作为另外一种选择,材料22125a-22125d中的一者或多者可由不同的材料构成。材料22125a-22125d中的一者或多者可由例如硬脂酸钠和/或LAE构成。材料22125a-22125d可包括润滑剂。在此类情况下,当钉腿穿透组织厚度补偿件22120的材料22125a-22125d时,可使钉22030的腿暴露于润滑剂。在腿穿过组织厚度补偿件22120之后,腿可接触砧座22060,其中润滑剂可降低钉腿与砧座22060之间的摩擦系数和摩擦力。在此类情况下,可降低击发钉22030所需的力。由于组织厚度补偿件22120紧靠砧座22060的定位,钉22030的钉腿可在离开组织厚度补偿件22120之后直接接触砧座22060,由此降低了在钉腿接触砧座22060之前可从钉腿擦掉润滑剂的可能性。相似地,钉22030的钉腿可在暴露于组织厚度补偿件22120内的一种或多种药物之后直接接触砧座22060,由此降低了在钉腿重新进入组织T之前可从钉腿擦掉药物的可能性。在一些情况下,当钉腿向下变形时,钉腿可重新进入组织厚度补偿件22120,以使得钉腿可例如在重新进入组织T之前重新暴露于药物。任选地,与上文相似,第二膜22127可包括例如可紧密地接收在钉腔22062内的多个突出部22122,以便例如将组织厚度补偿件22120保持到砧座22060。Referring again to FIGS. 118 and 119 , layers 22126 and 22127 can define one or more sealed cavities in which materials 22125a-d can be disposed. Layer 22126 and layer 22127 may be sealed together along the perimeter, which may include transverse seam 22128a and transverse seam 22128b, eg, using any suitable method (eg, heat welding and/or laser welding). Each of the materials 22125a-22125d may be sealed within a separate cavity, while alternatively two or more of the materials 22125a-22125d may be sealed within the same cavity. Materials 22125a-22125d may be composed of the same material, while alternatively one or more of materials 22125a-22125d may be composed of different materials. One or more of the materials 22125a-22125d can be composed of, for example, sodium stearate and/or LAE. Materials 22125a-22125d may include a lubricant. In such cases, the legs of the staples 22030 can be exposed to lubricant as the staple legs penetrate the material 22125a - 22125d of the tissue thickness compensator 22120 . After the legs pass through the tissue thickness compensator 22120, the legs can contact the anvil 22060, wherein the lubricant can reduce the coefficient of friction and friction between the staple legs and the anvil 22060. In such cases, the force required to fire the staples 22030 may be reduced. Due to the positioning of the tissue thickness compensator 22120 against the anvil 22060, the legs of the staples 22030 can directly contact the anvil 22060 after exiting the tissue thickness compensator 22120, thereby reducing the amount of contact that can be made from the staple legs before the staple legs contact the anvil 22060. Possibility of wiping off lubricant. Similarly, the legs of the staples 22030 can directly contact the anvil 22060 after exposure to the one or more drugs within the tissue thickness compensator 22120, thereby reducing the chance of wiping off the staple legs before re-entering the tissue T. drug possibility. In some cases, the staple legs can re-enter the tissue thickness compensator 22120 as the staple legs are deformed downward such that the staple legs can be re-exposed to the drug prior to re-entering the tissue T, for example. Optionally, similar to above, the second membrane 22127 can include a plurality of protrusions 22122 that can be snugly received within the staple cavities 22062, for example, to retain the tissue thickness compensator 22120 to the anvil 22060, for example.

现在参见图120和图121,外科缝合器械的端部执行器可包括组织厚度补偿件(例如,补偿件22220),所组织厚度补偿件可例如包括与砧座22060的钉成形凹坑22062对齐的多个腔体22222。补偿件22220可由第一层或底层22226和第二层或顶层22227构成,其中第一层22226和/或第二层22227可包括可限定腔体22222的多个凸起部分或局部气泡。如图120所示,补偿件22220可附接到砧座22060,以使得腔体22222与砧座22060的钉成形凹坑22062对齐或至少基本上对齐。任选地,每个腔体22222可包括容纳于其中的一种或多种药物,例如,氧化再生纤维素、钙、和/或藻酸盐。在使用期间,每个腔体22222可在例如由从钉仓22000射出的钉22030刺穿之前处于密封、未刺穿状态。现在参见图121,在钉22030的腿已穿过组织T之后,每个钉腿可刺穿和穿透第一层22226并且进入腔体22222,其中钉腿随后可在刺穿和穿透第二层22227之前穿过容纳于其中的一种或多种药物。与上文相似,钉22030的腿可随后接触砧座22060。Referring now to FIGS. 120 and 121 , the end effector of a surgical stapling instrument can include a tissue thickness compensator (e.g., compensator 22220 ), which can, for example, include a staple forming pocket 22062 aligned with an anvil 22060 . Multiple cavities 22222. The compensator 22220 can be comprised of a first or bottom layer 22226 and a second or top layer 22227 , wherein the first layer 22226 and/or the second layer 22227 can include a plurality of raised portions or localized air cells that can define the cavity 22222 . As shown in FIG. 120 , the compensator 22220 can be attached to the anvil 22060 such that the cavities 22222 are aligned or at least substantially aligned with the staple forming pockets 22062 of the anvil 22060 . Optionally, each cavity 22222 can include one or more drugs contained therein, eg, oxidized regenerated cellulose, calcium, and/or alginate. During use, each cavity 22222 can be in a sealed, unpunctured state prior to piercing, eg, by a staple 22030 fired from the staple cartridge 22000 . Referring now to FIG. 121 , after the legs of the staples 22030 have passed through the tissue T, each staple leg can pierce and penetrate the first layer 22226 and enter the cavity 22222 where the staple legs can then pierce and penetrate the second layer 22222 . Layer 22227 is previously passed through one or more drugs contained therein. Similar to the above, the legs of the staples 22030 can then contact the anvil 22060.

腔体22222可在破裂之前保持储存于其中的一种或多种药物处于干燥状态或至少基本上干燥的状态。在腔体22222已破裂之后,流体(例如,血液)可进入腔体22222并且与一种或多种药物混合。流体与药物的混合物可导致药物在腔体22222内膨胀,其中例如药物可包括例如至少一种水凝胶。药物可包括例如至少一种止血剂材料。第一层22226和/或第二层22227可由柔性材料构成,所述柔性材料可拉伸以适应药物的膨胀。层22226、22227可由例如CAP/GLY材料构成。在任何情况下,药物的膨胀可例如对捕获在钉22030内和/或定位在钉22030周围的组织施加压缩力。在各种情况下,药物的膨胀可导致腔体22222破裂。例如,第一组腔体22222可在其中包括第一药物,而第二组腔体22222可在其中包括第二药物。例如,第一药物能够膨胀第一量和/或以第一速率膨胀,而第二药物能够膨胀第二量和/或以第二速率膨胀,例如,其中第一量可不同于第二量并且/或者第一速率可不同于第二速率。对上文进行进一步描述,一个或多个腔体22222可包括储存在每个腔体中的一种或多种药物,其中药物可包括例如第一药物和第二药物。腔体22222可在破裂之前保持第一药物和第二药物处于干燥状态或至少基本上干燥的状态。如上所述,在腔体22222已破裂之后,血液例如可进入腔体22222内并且与第一药物和第二药物混合,其中第一药物和第二药物可形成膨胀的凝胶。The cavity 22222 can maintain the one or more medicaments stored therein in a dry state, or at least a substantially dry state, prior to rupture. After the cavity 22222 has been ruptured, fluid (eg, blood) can enter the cavity 22222 and mix with the one or more drugs. The mixture of the fluid and the drug can cause the drug to expand within the cavity 22222, where, for example, the drug can include, for example, at least one hydrogel. The medicament may include, for example, at least one hemostatic material. The first layer 22226 and/or the second layer 22227 can be constructed of a flexible material that can stretch to accommodate expansion of the drug. Layers 22226, 22227 may be composed of, for example, a CAP/GLY material. In any event, expansion of the drug may, for example, apply a compressive force to tissue captured within and/or positioned around the staples 22030 . In various circumstances, expansion of the drug may cause the lumen 22222 to rupture. For example, a first set of cavities 22222 can include a first medicament therein, while a second set of cavities 22222 can include a second medicament therein. For example, a first drug is capable of swelling a first amount and/or at a first rate, and a second drug is capable of swelling a second amount and/or at a second rate, e.g., wherein the first amount may be different from the second amount and /Or the first rate may be different than the second rate. Further to the above, one or more cavities 22222 can include one or more medicaments stored in each cavity, where the medicaments can include, for example, a first medicament and a second medicament. The cavity 22222 can hold the first medicament and the second medicament in a dry state, or at least a substantially dry state, prior to rupture. As described above, after the cavity 22222 has been ruptured, blood, for example, can enter the cavity 22222 and mix with the first and second medicaments, which can form a swollen gel.

现在参见图122-124,组织厚度补偿件(例如,补偿件22320)可包括可分别与钉成形凹坑22062a和钉成形凹坑22062b对齐的多个第一腔体22322a和多个第二腔体22322b。主要参见图123,钉成形凹坑22062a和钉成形凹坑22062b可限定在砧座22060上的单独阶梯表面中。更具体地讲,例如,成形凹坑22062a可限定在砧座22060的第一表面22069a中,并且成形凹坑22062b可限定在第二表面22069b中,其中第一表面22069a可被定位成偏离或高于第二表面22069b组织厚度补偿件22320的第一腔体22322a可大于第二腔体22322b,其中例如第一腔体22322a可高于第二腔体22322b而延伸。由于上文所述,第一腔体22322a可向上延伸到第一钉成形凹坑22062a中,同时第二腔体22322可向上延伸到第二钉成形凹坑22062b中。任选地,每个第一腔体22322a能够例如比第二腔体22322b包含更大的药物量。作为另外一种选择,第一腔体22322a和第二腔体22322b可在其中包含相同或至少基本上相同的药物量,即使腔体22322a和腔体22322b可具有不同的尺寸。Referring now to FIGS. 122-124, a tissue thickness compensator (eg, compensator 22320) can include a first plurality of cavities 22322a and a second plurality of cavities that can be aligned with staple forming pockets 22062a and staple forming pockets 22062b, respectively. 22322b. Referring primarily to FIG. 123 , the staple forming pockets 22062 a and the staple forming pockets 22062 b can be defined in separate stepped surfaces on the anvil 22060 . More specifically, for example, a forming pocket 22062a can be defined in a first surface 22069a of the anvil 22060, and a forming pocket 22062b can be defined in a second surface 22069b, wherein the first surface 22069a can be positioned offset or high. The first cavity 22322a of the tissue thickness compensator 22320 may be larger than the second cavity 22322b on the second surface 22069b, wherein, for example, the first cavity 22322a may extend higher than the second cavity 22322b. As a result of the foregoing, the first cavity 22322a can extend upwardly into the first staple forming pocket 22062a while the second cavity 22322 can extend upwardly into the second staple forming pocket 22062b. Optionally, each first cavity 22322a can contain, for example, a greater amount of drug than the second cavity 22322b. Alternatively, the first cavity 22322a and the second cavity 22322b can contain the same or at least substantially the same amount of drug therein, even though the cavity 22322a and the cavity 22322b can have different dimensions.

对上文进行进一步描述,第一腔体22322a可被布置在特定行中,而第二腔体22322b可被布置在不同行中。组织厚度补偿件可包括与每个成形凹坑对齐的腔体,而作为另外一种选择,参见图130,组织厚度补偿件(例如,补偿件22420)例如可包括与成形凹坑中的仅一些对齐的腔体。再次参见图123,补偿件22320可附接到砧座22060。腔体22322a和/或腔体22322b可被构造成使其分别紧密地配合在钉成形凹坑22062a和/或钉成形凹坑22062b内。补偿件22320可被组装到砧座22060,以使得补偿件22320的第二层22327被定位成紧靠砧座22060的第二表面22069b。作为另外一种选择,现在参见图125和126,补偿件22320可被定位成邻近砧座22060,以使得当砧座22060朝钉仓22000移动以将组织T压缩在其间时,补偿件22320可邻接砧座22060。现在参见图127,一旦钉22030已从钉仓22000击发并且通过砧座22060进行变形,补偿件22320就可紧靠组织T被钉22030捕获并且砧座22060就可移动远离补偿件22320。在某些情况下,现在参见图128,钉22030中的一个或多个可未通过砧座22030得到正确地变形。在此类情况下,现在参见图129,当钉被击发时,覆在未击发或未成形的钉上面的组织厚度补偿件中的腔体可未被刺穿。例如,组织厚度补偿件可由可生物吸收性材料构成,所述可生物吸收性材料可溶解并随后释放容纳在未刺穿腔体中的药物。Further to the above, the first cavities 22322a may be arranged in a particular row, while the second cavities 22322b may be arranged in a different row. The tissue thickness compensator can include a cavity that aligns with each of the shaped pockets, while alternatively, referring to FIG. Aligned cavities. Referring again to FIG. 123 , the compensator 22320 can be attached to the anvil 22060 . Cavities 22322a and/or cavities 22322b can be configured such that they snugly fit within staple forming pockets 22062a and/or staple forming pockets 22062b, respectively. The compensator 22320 can be assembled to the anvil 22060 such that the second layer 22327 of the compensator 22320 is positioned against the second surface 22069b of the anvil 22060 . Alternatively, referring now to FIGS. 125 and 126 , compensator 22320 can be positioned adjacent to anvil 22060 such that when anvil 22060 is moved toward staple cartridge 22000 to compress tissue T therebetween, compensator 22320 can abut Anvil 22060. Referring now to FIG. 127 , once staples 22030 have been fired from staple cartridge 22000 and deformed by anvil 22060 , compensator 22320 can be captured against tissue T by staples 22030 and anvil 22060 can be moved away from compensator 22320 . In some instances, referring now to FIG. 128 , one or more of the staples 22030 may not be properly deformed by the anvil 22030 . In such cases, referring now to FIG. 129, the cavities in the tissue thickness compensator overlying the unfired or unformed staples may not be pierced when the staples are fired. For example, the tissue thickness compensator may be constructed of a bioabsorbable material that dissolves and subsequently releases the drug contained in the unpunctured cavity.

对上文进行进一步描述,组织厚度补偿件22320的第一腔体22322a和/或第二腔体22322b可包括例如密封在其中的气体,例如,空气、二氧化碳、和/或氮气。腔体22322a和/或腔体22322b可包括气泡,所述气泡可在钉22030击发穿过腔体22322a和/或腔体22322b时爆裂,以释放容纳在其中的气体。这种爆裂可为正在使腔体22322a和腔体22322b破裂的外科医生提供声音反馈。然而,在一些情况下,一些钉22030可为未击发的,如上所述,并且与其相关联的腔体22322a和腔体22322b可未被爆裂。在各种情况下,外科医生可对缝合的组织扫描任何未爆裂的气泡、或腔体22322a和腔体22322b,并且确定是否需要采取任何纠正措施。Further to the above, the first cavity 22322a and/or the second cavity 22322b of the tissue thickness compensator 22320 can include, for example, a gas sealed therein, eg, air, carbon dioxide, and/or nitrogen. The cavities 22322a and/or the cavities 22322b can include gas bubbles that can burst when the staples 22030 are fired through the cavities 22322a and/or the cavities 22322b to release the gas contained therein. This popping can provide audible feedback to the surgeon who is rupturing the cavities 22322a and 22322b. However, in some instances, some staples 22030 may be unfired, as described above, and their associated cavities 22322a and 22322b may not be burst. In various cases, the surgeon can scan the sutured tissue for any unpopped air bubbles, or cavities 22322a and 22322b, and determine if any corrective action needs to be taken.

如上所述,现在参见图131,外科缝合器械可包括击发构件,例如,击发构件22080,所述击发构件22080可包括切割构件或切割刃22081,所述切割构件或切割刃22081可在击发构件22080推进穿过仓22000以从其部署钉22030时推进穿过组织T和一个或多个组织厚度补偿件。主要参见图133,补偿件(例如,补偿件22520)可附接到外科缝合器械的砧座22060,其中砧座22060可包括尺寸和构造设定成接收切割构件22081的至少一部分的刀狭槽22061。相似地,钉仓22000可包括尺寸和构造也可设定成接收切割构件22081的至少一部分的刀狭槽22011。再次参见图131,补偿件22520可包括例如沿补偿件22520的切割线22521定位的一个或多个腔体,例如,腔体22522,其中腔体22522可与限定在砧座22060中的刀狭槽22061对齐。当切割构件22081朝远侧行进穿过钉仓22000以部署钉22030时,切割构件22081可切入组织T和补偿件22520的腔体22522。与上文相似,主要参见图132,每个腔体22522可限定密封的腔体22524,所述密封的腔体22524可在其中包含一种或多种药物22525。腔体22522中的一个或多个能够包含流体,所述流体可在腔体22522被切割构件22081至少部分地切入时释放。在各种情况下,切割构件22081可连续地切入腔体22522,并且因此可连续地释放包含于其中的药物。As mentioned above, referring now to FIG. 131 , a surgical stapling instrument can include a firing member, for example, a firing member 22080 that can include a cutting member or cutting edge 22081 that can be activated at the firing member 22080. The staples 22030 are advanced through the tissue T and one or more tissue thickness compensators when advanced through the cartridge 22000 to deploy therefrom. Referring primarily to FIG. 133 , a compensator (eg, compensator 22520 ) can be attached to an anvil 22060 of a surgical stapling instrument, wherein the anvil 22060 can include a knife slot 22061 sized and configured to receive at least a portion of a cutting member 22081 . Similarly, staple cartridge 22000 can include knife slot 22011 that can also be sized and configured to receive at least a portion of cutting member 22081 . Referring again to FIG. 131 , the compensator 22520 can include one or more cavities positioned, for example, along a cut line 22521 of the compensator 22520 , for example, a cavity 22522 , wherein the cavities 22522 can interface with a knife slot defined in the anvil 22060 22061 aligned. As cutting member 22081 is advanced distally through staple cartridge 22000 to deploy staples 22030 , cutting member 22081 can cut into tissue T and lumen 22522 of compensator 22520 . Similar to the above, referring primarily to FIG. 132 , each cavity 22522 can define a sealed cavity 22524 that can contain one or more medicaments 22525 therein. One or more of the cavities 22522 can contain a fluid that can be released when the cavities 22522 are at least partially incised by the cutting member 22081 . In various instances, the cutting member 22081 can continuously cut into the cavity 22522, and thus can continuously release the drug contained therein.

主要参见图133,补偿件22520可包括沿其侧面延伸的横向突出部或翼22529。突出部22529可利用例如一种或多种粘合剂固定到砧座表面22069a和/或砧座表面22069b。突出部22522的尺寸和构造可设定成紧密地配合在砧座22060的刀狭槽22061内,以使得例如突出部22522可将补偿件22520保持到砧座22060。横向突出部22529的尺寸和构造可设定成使其延伸到或覆在钉成形凹坑22062b和/或钉成形凹坑22062a上。作为另外一种选择,现在参见图134和图135,补偿件22620可包括横向突出部22629,所述横向突出部22629并未延伸到或覆在例如砧座22060的钉成形凹坑22062a和22062b和/或任何其他钉成形凹坑上。例如,补偿件22620可未被捕获在从钉仓22030射出的钉22030内。在任何情况下,再次参见图131,切割构件22081可在补偿件22520被钉22030固定到组织T时横切补偿件22520。在此类情况下,补偿件22520可与砧座22060分离并且与组织T保持在一起。再次参见图134和图135所示的补偿件22620,钉22030可未将补偿件22620固定到砧座22060,并且可在切割构件22081已横切补偿件22620之后将补偿件保持附接到砧座22060。Referring primarily to Fig. 133, the compensator 22520 may include lateral protrusions or wings 22529 extending along the sides thereof. The protrusions 22529 can be secured to the anvil surface 22069a and/or the anvil surface 22069b using, for example, one or more adhesives. The protrusion 22522 can be sized and configured to fit snugly within the knife slot 22061 of the anvil 22060 such that the protrusion 22522 can retain the compensator 22520 to the anvil 22060 , for example. Lateral projections 22529 can be sized and configured to extend into or overlie staple forming pockets 22062b and/or staple forming pockets 22062a. Alternatively, referring now to FIGS. 134 and 135 , the compensator 22620 may include lateral protrusions 22629 that do not extend to or overlie the staple forming pockets 22062a and 22062b of the anvil 22060, for example, and / or any other nail forming dimples. For example, compensator 22620 may not be captured within staples 22030 fired from staple cartridge 22030 . In any event, referring again to FIG. 131 , the cutting member 22081 can transect the compensator 22520 when the compensator 22520 is secured to tissue T by the staples 22030 . In such circumstances, the compensator 22520 can be separated from the anvil 22060 and retained with the tissue T. Referring again to the compensator 22620 shown in FIGS. 134 and 135 , the staples 22030 may not secure the compensator 22620 to the anvil 22060 and may remain attached to the compensator 22620 after the cutting member 22081 has transected the compensator 22620 22060.

现在参见图136和图137,外科缝合器械的端部执行器可包括组织厚度补偿件,例如补偿件22720,所述补偿件22720可附接到或者能够附接到砧座,例如砧座22760等等。与上文相似,砧座22760可包括多个钉成形凹坑22762和纵向刀狭槽22761,所述纵向刀狭槽22761在切割构件推进穿过端部执行器时能够在其中接收切割构件。补偿件22720可包括可彼此附接以限定腔体22724的第一膜层22726和第二膜层22727。例如,第一膜层22726可沿密封的外周边22728附接到第二膜层22727,其中密封的外周边22728可例如容纳腔体22724中的至少一种药物22725。如图137所示,腔体22724和药物22725可在全部钉腔22762下方延伸,并且密封的周边22728可相对于最外侧钉腔22762横向地定位。补偿件22720还可包括例如纵向肋22721,所述纵向肋22721能够向上延伸到刀狭槽22761内。例如,肋22721的尺寸和构造可设定成紧密地配合在刀狭槽22761内,以便将补偿件22720固定到砧座22760。肋22721能够使补偿件22720与砧座22760对齐或中心对准。相似地,参见图138,组织厚度补偿件22820可包括保持肋22821,所述保持肋22821可例如被定位在刀狭槽22761内,以便将补偿件22820固定到砧座22760。再次参见图137,在各种情况下,当切割构件推进穿过刀狭槽22761时,切割构件可横切肋22721并且使补偿件22720从砧座22760释放。例如,这种切割构件在图138中示为击发构件22080的一部分。Referring now to FIGS. 136 and 137 , the end effector of a surgical stapling instrument can include a tissue thickness compensator, such as compensator 22720 , that is attachable or attachable to an anvil, such as anvil 22760 , etc. Wait. Similar to the above, the anvil 22760 can include a plurality of staple forming pockets 22762 and a longitudinal knife slot 22761 configured to receive a cutting member therein as it is advanced through the end effector. The compensator 22720 can include a first film layer 22726 and a second film layer 22727 that can be attached to each other to define a cavity 22724 . For example, the first film layer 22726 can be attached to the second film layer 22727 along a sealed outer perimeter 22728 , wherein the sealed outer perimeter 22728 can accommodate at least one drug 22725 in the cavity 22724 , for example. As shown in FIG. 137 , the cavity 22724 and the drug 22725 can extend below all of the staple cavities 22762 and the sealed perimeter 22728 can be positioned laterally relative to the outermost staple cavities 22762 . The compensator 22720 may also include, for example, a longitudinal rib 22721 that can extend upwardly into the knife slot 22761 . For example, rib 22721 may be sized and configured to fit snugly within knife slot 22761 to secure compensator 22720 to anvil 22760 . Ribs 22721 enable alignment or centering of compensator 22720 with anvil 22760 . Similarly, referring to FIG. 138 , tissue thickness compensator 22820 can include retention ribs 22821 that can be positioned within knife slot 22761 , for example, to secure compensator 22820 to anvil 22760 . Referring again to FIG. 137 , in various circumstances, when the cutting member is advanced through the knife slot 22761 , the cutting member can transect the rib 22721 and release the compensator 22720 from the anvil 22760 . For example, such a cutting member is shown in FIG. 138 as part of firing member 22080.

再次参见图138,组织厚度补偿件22820可包括第一层22826和第二层22827,所述第一层22826和第二层22827可被构造和布置成限定多个第一封包22824a和多个第二封包22824b。第一封包22824a中的每一个能够包含第一药物,并且第二封包22824b中的每一个能够包含第二药物,其中第二药物可不同于第一药物。第一封包22824a和第二封包22824b可被布置成交替构型。例如,第一封包22824a和第二封包22824b可横向地延伸横跨组织厚度补偿件22820,以使得例如第二封包22824b定位在两个第一封包22824a中间并且第一封包22824a定位在两个第二封包22824b中间。当切割构件22080行进穿过补偿件22820时,如图138所示,切割构件22080可横切第一封包22824a,之后是第二封包22824b,之后是第一封包22824a,之后是第二封包22824b等等。相应地,在此类情况下,切割构件22080可连续地释放例如容纳在第一封包22824a中的第一药物和容纳在第二封包22824b中的第二药物,所述第一封包22824a和所述第二封包22824b呈交替构型。在第一封包22824a和第二封包22824b被定位成彼此相邻的情况下,当第一药物和第二药物从其相应的第一封包22824a和第二封包22824b释放时,第一药物能够与第二药物混合。例如,切割构件穿过补偿件22820的推进可使得第一药物与第二药物混合。Referring again to FIG. 138, the tissue thickness compensator 22820 can include a first layer 22826 and a second layer 22827, which can be constructed and arranged to define a plurality of first packets 22824a and a plurality of second layers 22824a. Second packet 22824b. Each of the first packets 22824a can contain a first medication, and each of the second packets 22824b can contain a second medication, where the second medication can be different from the first medication. The first packets 22824a and the second packets 22824b may be arranged in an alternating configuration. For example, the first packet 22824a and the second packet 22824b can extend laterally across the tissue thickness compensator 22820 such that, for example, the second packet 22824b is positioned between the two first packets 22824a and the first packet 22824a is positioned between the two second packets. In the middle of packet 22824b. As the cutting member 22080 travels through the compensator 22820, as shown in FIG. 138, the cutting member 22080 may transect the first packet 22824a, followed by the second packet 22824b, followed by the first packet 22824a, followed by the second packet 22824b, etc. Wait. Accordingly, in such cases, the cutting member 22080 may successively release, for example, a first medicament contained in a first packet 22824a and a second medicament contained in a second packet 22824b, said first packet 22824a and said The second packet 22824b is in an alternating configuration. With the first packet 22824a and the second packet 22824b positioned adjacent to each other, when the first drug and the second drug are released from their respective first packet 22824a and second packet 22824b, the first drug can interact with the second packet 22824a and second packet 22824b. The two drugs are mixed. For example, advancement of the cutting member through compensator 22820 may cause the first medicament to mix with the second medicament.

对上文进行进一步描述,第一药物可包括第一粉末,而第二药物可包括第二粉末。第一药物和/或第二药物可由例如止血剂材料、氧化再生纤维素、藻酸盐、和/或钙构成。第一药物和/或第二药物可包括流体。第一封包22824a中的一个或多个和/或第二封包22824b中的一个或多个可包括润滑剂,所述润滑剂可减小推进击发构件22080穿过补偿件22820和/或组织T所需的力。第一膜层22826和/或第二膜层22827可由例如可生物吸收材料(例如PDS)构成。第一膜层22826和第二膜层22827可彼此附接,以使得第一封包22824a在被击发构件22080切入之前与第二封包22824b密封隔离。第一封包22824a和/或第二封包22825b可具有一定的破裂强度,以便耐受一定的破裂压力。更具体地讲,当砧座(例如,砧座22760)朝着背对砧座22760定位的钉仓移动补偿件22820时,封包22824a、封包22824b可被定位成紧靠设置在封包22824a、封包22824b与钉仓中间的组织,其中砧座22760可随后向下朝钉仓推压或夹紧,以便压缩定位在其间的组织。在此类情况下,封包22824a、封包22824b可经受压缩压力。在一些情况下,期望封包22824a和/或封包22824b保持完整,直至它们被切割构件22080切入和/或由从钉仓击发的钉刺穿。在某些其他情况下,期望封包22824a和/或封包22824b因施加到其的压缩夹紧负荷而破裂。Further to the above, the first medicament may comprise a first powder and the second medicament may comprise a second powder. The first medicament and/or the second medicament may consist of eg a hemostatic material, oxidized regenerated cellulose, alginate, and/or calcium. The first medicament and/or the second medicament may comprise a fluid. One or more of the first packets 22824a and/or one or more of the second packets 22824b can include a lubricant that reduces the effort required to advance the firing member 22080 through the compensator 22820 and/or tissue T. required force. The first film layer 22826 and/or the second film layer 22827 can be comprised of, for example, a bioabsorbable material such as PDS. The first membrane layer 22826 and the second membrane layer 22827 can be attached to each other such that the first packet 22824a is sealed from the second packet 22824b prior to incision by the firing member 22080 . The first packet 22824a and/or the second packet 22825b may have a certain burst strength so as to withstand a certain burst pressure. More specifically, when an anvil (e.g., anvil 22760) moves compensator 22820 toward a staple cartridge positioned away from anvil 22760, packets 22824a, 22824b can be positioned to be positioned adjacent to packets 22824a, 22824b Tissue intermediate to the staple cartridge, wherein the anvil 22760 can then be pushed or clamped downwardly toward the staple cartridge so as to compress the tissue positioned therebetween. In such cases, the packets 22824a, 22824b may be subjected to compressive pressure. In some cases, it is desirable for the packets 22824a and/or the packets 22824b to remain intact until they are incised by the cutting member 22080 and/or pierced by staples fired from the staple cartridge. In certain other circumstances, it may be desirable for the packets 22824a and/or 22824b to rupture due to compressive clamping loads applied thereto.

如上所述,第一封包22824a和第二封包22842b可横向地延伸横跨补偿件22820。例如,第一封包22824a可沿着横向轴线22823a延伸,而第二封包22824b可沿着横向轴线22823b延伸。第一轴线22823a和/或第二轴线22823b可垂直于、或至少基本上垂直于补偿件22820的纵向轴线22083。例如,纵向轴线22083可限定击发构件22080的切割路径。第一轴线22823a和/或第二轴线22823b可不垂直于纵向轴线22083并且可相对于纵向轴线22083倾斜。任选地,如上所述,第一封包22824a和第二封包22824b可被布置成交替构型。作为另外一种选择,可使用第一封包22824a和第二封包22824b的任何其他合适的构型。例如,布置在组织厚度补偿件中的封包序列可包括第一封包22824a、第二封包22824b、第二封包22824b、和第一封包22824a。组织厚度补偿件还可包括多个第三封包,所述第三封包包括不同于第一药物和第二药物的第三药物。例如,第一封包、第二封包、和第三封包可被布置成交替构型。例如,布置在组织厚度补偿件中的封包序列可包括例如第一封包、之后是第二封包、之后是第三封包。As described above, the first packet 22824a and the second packet 22842b can extend laterally across the compensator 22820 . For example, the first packet 22824a can extend along the transverse axis 22823a, while the second packet 22824b can extend along the transverse axis 22823b. The first axis 22823a and/or the second axis 22823b may be perpendicular, or at least substantially perpendicular, to the longitudinal axis 22083 of the compensator 22820 . For example, the longitudinal axis 22083 can define the cutting path of the firing member 22080. The first axis 22823a and/or the second axis 22823b may not be perpendicular to the longitudinal axis 22083 and may be inclined relative to the longitudinal axis 22083 . Optionally, as described above, the first packets 22824a and the second packets 22824b may be arranged in an alternating configuration. Alternatively, any other suitable configuration of the first packet 22824a and the second packet 22824b may be used. For example, a sequence of packets disposed in a tissue thickness compensator may include a first packet 22824a, a second packet 22824b, a second packet 22824b, and a first packet 22824a. The tissue thickness compensator may also include a plurality of third packets including a third drug different from the first drug and the second drug. For example, the first pack, the second pack, and the third pack may be arranged in an alternating configuration. For example, a sequence of packets arranged in a tissue thickness compensator may include, for example, a first packet followed by a second packet followed by a third packet.

再次参见图138,组织厚度补偿件22820的第一封包22824a和/或第二封包22824b可限定例如U形的、或至少基本上U形的横截面。现在参见图139,组织厚度补偿件22920的封包22924可限定例如圆形的、或至少基本上圆形的横截面。现在参见图140,组织厚度补偿件23020的封包23024可限定例如卵圆形的和/或椭圆形的横截面。再次参见图138,第一腔体22824a和第二腔体22824b可包括限定在平行的或至少基本上平行的行中的对称的或至少几乎对称的构型。作为另外一种选择,现在参见图141,组织厚度补偿件(例如,补偿件23120)可包括限定在其中的非对称腔体23122,所述非对称腔体23122可具有例如不规则的和/或非重复的图案。例如,腔体23122中的每一个可在其中包含一种或多种不同的药物。Referring again to FIG. 138, the first packet 22824a and/or the second packet 22824b of the tissue thickness compensator 22820 can define a U-shaped, or at least substantially U-shaped, cross-section, for example. Referring now to FIG. 139, the packet 22924 of the tissue thickness compensator 22920 can define, for example, a circular, or at least substantially circular, cross-section. Referring now to FIG. 140, the packet 23024 of the tissue thickness compensator 23020 can define, for example, an oval and/or elliptical cross-section. Referring again to FIG. 138, the first cavities 22824a and the second cavities 22824b can comprise a symmetrical or at least nearly symmetrical configuration defined in parallel or at least substantially parallel rows. Alternatively, referring now to FIG. 141 , a tissue thickness compensator (e.g., compensator 23120) can include an asymmetric cavity 23122 defined therein, which can have, for example, irregular and/or non-repeating pattern. For example, each of cavities 23122 can contain one or more different drugs therein.

现在参见图142,组织厚度补偿件(例如,组织厚度补偿件23220)可包括壳体23226,所述壳体23226限定其中的腔体23224和定位在腔体23224内的材料23225。壳体23226可由例如可吸收聚合物、PDS、PGA、PLLA、Cap Gly、和/或PCL构成,而材料23225可由例如止血剂、氧化再生纤维素、Hercules、血纤维蛋白、和/或凝血酶构成,所述材料23225可采用任何合适的形式,例如粉末、纤维、和/或凝胶。可利用挤出工艺来制造壳体23226。在此类情况下,壳体23226可包括沿其长度恒定的或至少基本上恒定的横截面,所述壳体23226可在不必焊接有接缝的情况下来产生。例如,腔体23224可由围绕其整个周边延伸的侧壁限定,所述侧壁不具有限定于其中的开口。壳体23226可由具有限定于其中的开口的网片和/或稻草状材料构成。可在壳体23226中通过例如激光切割工艺和/或冲切工艺来切割开口。Referring now to FIG. 142 , a tissue thickness compensator (eg, tissue thickness compensator 23220 ) can include a housing 23226 defining a cavity 23224 therein and a material 23225 positioned within the cavity 23224 . Housing 23226 can be composed of, for example, absorbable polymers, PDS, PGA, PLLA, Cap Gly, and/or PCL, while material 23225 can be composed of, for example, hemostats, oxidized regenerated cellulose, Hercules, fibrin, and/or thrombin , the material 23225 may take any suitable form, such as powder, fiber, and/or gel. Housing 23226 may be fabricated using an extrusion process. In such cases, the housing 23226 can include a constant, or at least substantially constant, cross-section along its length, which can be produced without having to be welded with seams. For example, cavity 23224 may be defined by sidewalls extending around its entire perimeter that do not have openings defined therein. Housing 23226 may be constructed of a mesh and/or straw-like material with openings defined therein. Openings may be cut in housing 23226 by, for example, a laser cutting process and/or a die cutting process.

作为制造材料23225的一部分,现在参见图145-147,纱股线可利用纤维和/或纤维材料(例如,氧化再生纤维素)来形成。可将图145所示的较长纤维23325和图146所示的较短纤维23425按照图147所示的方式混合在一起,以形成材料23225的纱股线。纱股线可在张力下进行拉延和/或可设置在张力下,以便沿纵向方向来拉伸包含于其中的纤维。现在参见图148,材料23225的纱股线可通过抓紧器23290进行抖松,所述抓紧器23290可抓紧和扭曲材料23225以增加纱股线的体积。例如,当纱股线正相对于例如抓紧器23290移动时,抓紧器23290可抖松材料23225。再次参见图148,可例如在材料23225的纱股线中利用切割构件23291来制备小切口和/或微切口。与上文相似,当纱股线正相对于切割构件23291移动时,切割构件23291可切割材料23225。材料23225的纱股线可在制备上述切口之前被抖松,而作为另外一种选择,材料23225的纱股线可在其抖松之前被切入。As part of making material 23225, referring now to FIGS. 145-147, yarn strands may be formed using fibers and/or fibrous materials (eg, oxidized regenerated cellulose). The longer fibers 23325 shown in FIG. 145 and the shorter fibers 23425 shown in FIG. 146 may be mixed together in the manner shown in FIG. 147 to form strands of material 23225. The yarn strands may be drawn under tension and/or may be placed under tension so as to stretch the fibers contained therein in the machine direction. Referring now to FIG. 148, the strands of material 23225 can be fluffed by graspers 23290, which can grasp and twist the material 23225 to increase the volume of the strands of yarn. For example, the grasper 23290 can fluff the material 23225 while the strands of yarn are moving relative to the grasper 23290, for example. Referring again to FIG. 148 , cutting members 23291 can be utilized, for example, in strands of material 23225 to make small and/or micro-cuts. Similar to the above, cutting member 23291 may cut material 23225 while strands of yarn are moving relative to cutting member 23291 . The yarn strands of material 23225 may be fluffed prior to making the cuts described above, or alternatively, the yarn strands of material 23225 may be cut in prior to their fluffing.

一旦材料23225的纱股线已被合适地制备,就可将材料23225定位在壳体23225内。现在参见图149,两个或多个壳体23226可作为上述挤出工艺的一部分形成在一起,其中壳体23226可连接在一起以作为管23227的一部分。材料23225的纱股线可定位在或拉延到限定于管23227中的腔体23224内。材料23225的纱股线可被定位在腔体23224的第一开口端23221附近和/或内部,其中可通过腔体23224的第二开口端23222插入抓紧器23292。然后可推压抓紧器23292穿过腔体23224,直到抓紧器23292的钳口23292a穿过第一开口端23222并且/或者相对于第一开口端23222进行定位,以使得抓紧器钳口23292a可被操纵以抓紧材料23225的纱股线。抓紧器可包括例如钩构件,所述钩构件能够抓紧材料23225的纱股线。在任何情况下,一旦抓紧器23292已充分地抓紧材料23225的纱股线,抓紧器23292就可撤回腔体23224内,以便将材料23225的纱股线牵拉到腔体23224内。抓紧器23292能够在纱股线被牵拉到管23227内之前、期间、和/或之后来扭曲材料23225的纱股线。Once the strands of material 23225 have been suitably prepared, the material 23225 may be positioned within the housing 23225. Referring now to FIG. 149 , two or more housings 23226 can be formed together as part of the extrusion process described above, wherein the housings 23226 can be joined together as part of a tube 23227 . The yarn strands of material 23225 may be positioned or drawn into cavities 23224 defined in tube 23227 . The strands of material 23225 can be positioned near and/or within the first open end 23221 of the cavity 23224 into which the grasper 23292 can be inserted through the second open end 23222 of the cavity 23224 . The grasper 23292 can then be pushed through the cavity 23224 until the jaws 23292a of the grasper 23292 pass through the first open end 23222 and/or are positioned relative to the first open end 23222 such that the grasper jaws 23292a can be Manipulates to grasp the strands of material 23225. The grasper may include, for example, hook members capable of grasping strands of material 23225 . In any event, once the graspers 23292 have sufficiently grasped the strands of material 23225, the graspers 23292 can be withdrawn into the cavities 23224 so as to draw the strands of material 23225 into the cavities 23224. Grasper 23292 is capable of twisting the strands of material 23225 before, during, and/or after the strands are drawn into tube 23227.

一旦材料23225的纱股线已合适地定位在管23227内,抓紧器23292就可随后被操纵以释放材料23225的纱股线。可在纱股线已被牵拉穿过管23227的第二开口端23222之前释放纱股线,而作为另外一种选择,可在纱股线已被牵拉穿过第二开口端23222之后释放纱股线,如图150所示。在某些情况下,可将纱股线牵拉穿过第二开口端23222,以使得当释放纱股线时,纱股线可通过第二开口端23222收缩或回弹到管23227内。在各种情况下,可在邻近第一开口端23221的位置处切割纱股线,以使得纱股线可通过第一开口端23222收缩或回弹到管23227内,与上文相似。在各种情况下,对上文进行进一步描述,抓紧器23292可对材料23225的纱股线施加张力,以使得当抓紧器23292释放纱股线和/或当纱股线被切割时,纱股线内的张力可被释放,从而允许纱股线收缩。Once the strands of material 23225 have been properly positioned within the tube 23227, the grasper 23292 may then be manipulated to release the strands of material 23225. The yarn strands can be released before the yarn strands have been drawn through the second open end 23222 of the tube 23227, and alternatively, can be released after the yarn strands have been drawn through the second open end 23222 Yarn strands, as shown in Figure 150. In some cases, the yarn strand can be pulled through the second open end 23222 such that when the yarn strand is released, the yarn strand can retract or spring back into the tube 23227 through the second open end 23222. In various cases, the yarn strands may be cut adjacent to the first open end 23221 such that the yarn strands may retract or spring back into the tube 23227 through the first open end 23222, similar to above. In various cases, further to the above, the grasper 23292 can apply tension to the strands of material 23225 such that when the grasper 23292 releases the strands and/or when the strands are cut, the strands The tension in the thread can be released allowing the yarn strands to shrink.

现在参见图151,一旦材料23225的纱股线已充分地定位在管23227内,就可将管23227和材料23225切割成多个区段,其中每个区段可被制备成例如组织厚度补偿件23220。延伸穿过每个此类区段的覆盖件23226的腔体23224可包括位于其相对末端的开口端。例如,可通过例如热铆焊、热焊接、和/或激光焊接工艺来封闭和/或密封开口端中的一者或两者。参见图152,可将包括覆盖件23226和其中的材料23225的一部分的区段定位在模具内,所述模具能够封闭和/或密封覆盖件23226的开口端。更具体地讲,模具可例如包括基座23294和可移动部分23296,其中区段可被定位在限定于基座23294中的腔体23295内。一旦被定位,可移动部分23296就可向下移动,以对区段施加力。任选地,可经由基座23294和/或可移动部分23296来对区段加热,其中施加到区段的热和/或力可使覆盖件23226变形。更具体地讲,可移动部分23296可限定凹坑23297,所述凹坑23297可为成轮廓的以对覆盖件23226的某些部分(例如其开口端)施加夹紧力,以便封闭、压平、和/或颈缩组织厚度补偿件23220的这些部分。例如,凹坑23297能够形成组织厚度补偿件23220的封闭端23228并且压平定位在封闭端23228中间的组织厚度补偿件23220部分。在组织厚度补偿件23220已合适地形成之后,可将可移动部分23296移动到打开位置并且可从模具移出组织厚度补偿件23220。然后可将组织厚度补偿件23220定位在冷却容器中,其中可允许补偿件23220冷却到室温和/或任何其他合适的温度。Referring now to FIG. 151 , once the strands of material 23225 have been sufficiently positioned within the tube 23227, the tube 23227 and material 23225 can be cut into sections, where each section can be prepared, for example, as a tissue thickness compensator 23220. The cavity 23224 of the cover 23226 extending through each such section may include open ends at opposite ends thereof. For example, one or both of the open ends may be closed and/or sealed by processes such as heat riveting, thermal welding, and/or laser welding. Referring to FIG. 152 , a section comprising a cover 23226 and a portion of material 23225 therein can be positioned within a mold capable of closing and/or sealing the open end of the cover 23226 . More specifically, the mold may, for example, include a base 23294 and a movable portion 23296 , wherein segments may be positioned within cavities 23295 defined in the base 23294 . Once positioned, the moveable portion 23296 can move downward to apply force to the segment. Optionally, the segments can be heated via the base 23294 and/or the movable portion 23296, wherein the heat and/or force applied to the segments can deform the cover 23226. More specifically, the movable portion 23296 can define a dimple 23297 that can be contoured to apply a clamping force to portions of the cover 23226 (eg, its open end) to close, flatten , and/or neck those portions of the tissue thickness compensator 23220. For example, the dimples 23297 can form the closed end 23228 of the tissue thickness compensator 23220 and flatten the portion of the tissue thickness compensator 23220 positioned intermediate the closed end 23228 . After the tissue thickness compensator 23220 has been suitably formed, the movable portion 23296 can be moved to the open position and the tissue thickness compensator 23220 can be removed from the mold. The tissue thickness compensator 23220 can then be positioned in a cooling container, wherein the compensator 23220 can be allowed to cool to room temperature and/or any other suitable temperature.

作为另外一种选择,对上文进行进一步描述,可在材料23225已定位在管23227中之后来将该管定位在热成形模具内。在管23227和定位在其中的材料23225已成形之后,则可将管23227和材料23225分割成例如多个组织厚度补偿件23220。再次参见图142,组织厚度补偿件23220可包括例如能够附接到砧座22060的横向翼或夹具23229。例如,当在模具部分23294和模具部分23296之间形成组织厚度补偿件23220时,可在覆盖件23226中形成横向翼23229,如上所述。现在参见图143,组织厚度补偿件23320可包括从覆盖件23326延伸的横向翼23329。现在参见图144,组织厚度补偿件23420可例如包括具有一个或多个横向挠性接合部23428的覆盖件23426,所述一个或多个横向挠性接合部23428可允许覆盖件23426当在上述热成形模具中经受压缩压力时挠曲和变平。任选地,由于上文所述,组织厚度补偿件23220可不包括横向接缝。在此类情况下,再次参见图142,材料23225可例如延伸到砧座22060的横向边缘。Alternatively, further to the above, the tube 23227 may be positioned within the thermoforming die after the material 23225 has been positioned in the tube 23227 . After the tube 23227 and material 23225 positioned therein have been formed, the tube 23227 and material 23225 can then be divided into a plurality of tissue thickness compensators 23220, for example. Referring again to FIG. 142 , the tissue thickness compensator 23220 can include lateral wings or clamps 23229 that can be attached to the anvil 22060 , for example. For example, when tissue thickness compensator 23220 is formed between mold portion 23294 and mold portion 23296, lateral wings 23229 can be formed in cover 23226, as described above. Referring now to FIG. 143 , the tissue thickness compensator 23320 can include lateral wings 23329 extending from the cover 23326 . Referring now to FIG. 144 , a tissue thickness compensator 23420 can, for example, include a cover 23426 having one or more laterally flexible joints 23428 that can allow the cover 23426 to operate when exposed to heat as described above. Deflects and flattens when subjected to compressive pressure in a forming die. Optionally, due to the above, the tissue thickness compensator 23220 may not include transverse seams. In such cases, referring again to FIG. 142 , material 23225 can extend to the lateral edges of anvil 22060 , for example.

如上所述,可将纱股线牵拉穿过管并且随后切割成一定长度以形成一个或多个组织厚度补偿件。对上文进行进一步描述,可利用刚性材料股线来将纱股线牵拉或推压穿过管。可将聚合物材料(例如PCL)的刚性股线例如加热到超过其玻璃化转变温度并且拉伸成变形的形状。例如,刚性股线可包括未变形的螺线形状,所述未变形的螺线形状在拉伸成其变形形状时可包括例如直线的或至少基本上直线的形状。然后,可将刚性股线冷却到低于玻璃化转变温度,同时约束刚性股线以使刚性股线可保持其变形形状。一旦刚性股线处于其变形的纤维中,就可例如围绕刚性股线形成纱股线。ORC纱股线可例如卷绕、聚集、和/或折叠在刚性股线上。作为另外一种选择,例如,可将刚性股线插入到ORC纤维内。刚性股线可包括能够卷在和/或浸在ORC纤维内的粘性表面。在任何情况下,随后可将刚性股线和ORC纤维插入到管内,与上文相似,并且再次加热到超过刚性股线的玻璃化转变温度。在此类情况下,刚性股线可为无约束的或至少基本上无约束的,并且可允许返回或至少基本上返回到其初始未变形的形状。例如,刚性股线可在返回其初始形状时收缩并且使ORC纤维回缩到管内。当刚性管收缩时,可夹紧管的中心以将刚性股线和ORC纤维保持在管的中心。与上文相似,可密封管的末端,以包封其中的刚性股线和ORC纤维。As noted above, yarn strands may be drawn through the tube and then cut to length to form one or more tissue thickness compensators. Further to the above, strands of rigid material may be utilized to pull or push strands of yarn through the tube. Rigid strands of polymeric material such as PCL may be heated, for example, above its glass transition temperature and stretched into a deformed shape. For example, a rigid strand may comprise an undeformed helical shape which, when stretched into its deformed shape, may comprise, for example, a rectilinear or at least substantially rectilinear shape. The rigid strands can then be cooled below the glass transition temperature while constraining the rigid strands so that the rigid strands can retain their deformed shape. Once the rigid strand is in its deformed fibers, strands of yarn can be formed, for example, around the rigid strand. ORC yarn strands may, for example, be wound, gathered, and/or folded over rigid strands. Alternatively, for example, rigid strands may be inserted into the ORC fibers. Rigid strands may include tacky surfaces capable of wrapping and/or dipping within ORC fibers. In any event, the rigid strand and ORC fibers can then be inserted into the tube, similar to above, and reheated above the glass transition temperature of the rigid strand. In such cases, the rigid strand may be unconstrained, or at least substantially unconstrained, and may be allowed to return, or at least substantially, to its original, undeformed shape. For example, the rigid strands can contract when returning to their original shape and retract the ORC fibers into the tube. When the rigid tube shrinks, the center of the tube can be clamped to hold the rigid strands and ORC fibers in the center of the tube. Similar to above, the ends of the tube can be sealed to encapsulate the rigid strands and ORC fibers therein.

现在参见图244,组织厚度补偿件33320可包括外壳33326、定位在外壳33326内的可压缩芯、和能够将可压缩芯容纳在外壳33326内的封闭端33328。对上文进行进一步描述,外壳33326可由连续挤出工艺制得并且可包括沿其长度的连续横截面形状。现在参见图245-247,组织厚度补偿件33420可包括外壳33426、限定在外壳33426中的腔体33424、和定位在腔体33424内的芯33425。例如,外壳33426可包括由连续挤出形状形成的膜主体,并且芯33425可包括纤维药物芯,例如ORC。外壳33426可包括一个或多个柔性腿33423,所述一个或多个柔性腿33423能够延伸到限定于砧座22060中的刀狭槽22063内并且将组织厚度补偿件33420可释放地保持到砧座22060。现在参加图248-250,组织厚度补偿件33520可包括外壳33526、限定在外壳33526中的腔体33524、和定位在腔体33524内的芯33425。例如,外壳33526可包括由连续挤出形状形成的膜主体,并且芯33425可包括纤维药物芯,例如ORC。外壳33526可包括一个或多个保持构件33528,所述一个或多个保持构件33528能够围绕砧座22060的外表面延伸并且可将组织厚度补偿件33520可释放地保持到砧座22060。例如,主要参见图250,外壳33526可包括可移动部分33527和限定在可移动部分33527之间的间隙33523,其中在组织厚度补偿件33520已与砧座22060分离之后,可移动部分33527可弹开以暴露容纳于其中的芯33425。现在参见图251-252,组织厚度补偿件33620可包括外壳33626、限定在外壳33626中的腔体33424、和定位在腔体33424内的芯33425。例如,外壳33626可包括由连续挤出形状形成的膜主体,并且芯33425可包括纤维药物芯,例如ORC。外壳33626可包括薄段33623,所述薄段33623可与限定在砧座22060中的刀狭槽22063对齐,以使得穿过组织厚度补偿件33620的切割构件可穿过薄段33623并且减小横切组织厚度补偿件33620所需的力或能量。现在参见图253-254,组织厚度补偿件33720可包括外壳33726、限定在外壳33726中的腔体33424、和定位在腔体33424内的芯33425。例如,外壳33726可包括由连续挤出形状形成的膜主体,并且芯33425可包括纤维药物芯,例如ORC。外壳33726可包括一个或多个保持构件33723,所述保持构件33723能够包绕砧座22060的外表面并且可将组织厚度补偿件33720可释放地保持到砧座22060。现在参见图255-256,组织厚度补偿件33820可包括外壳33826、限定在外壳33826中的腔体33424、和定位在腔体33424内的芯33425。例如,外壳33826可包括由连续挤出形状形成的膜主体,并且芯33425可包括纤维药物芯,例如ORC。例如,外壳33826可包括基本上矩形的腔体33424和基本上平坦的组织接触表面33829,相比之下,图254中示出了弧形的腔体33424和组织接触表面。现在参见图257-258,组织厚度补偿件33920可包括外壳33926、限定在外壳33926中的多个腔体33924、和定位在每个腔体33924内的芯33925。例如,外壳33926可包括由连续挤出形状形成的膜主体,并且芯33925可各自包括纤维药物芯,例如ORC。芯33925可由不同的材料构成。外壳33926可包括一个或多个保持构件33923,所述保持构件33923能够延伸到砧座22060的刀狭槽22063中。Referring now to FIG. 244 , a tissue thickness compensator 33320 can include a housing 33326 , a compressible core positioned within the housing 33326 , and a closed end 33328 configured to receive the compressible core within the housing 33326 . Further to the above, housing 33326 can be made by a continuous extrusion process and can include a continuous cross-sectional shape along its length. Referring now to FIGS. 245-247 , a tissue thickness compensator 33420 can include a housing 33426 , a cavity 33424 defined in the housing 33426 , and a core 33425 positioned within the cavity 33424 . For example, the shell 33426 can comprise a film body formed from a continuous extruded shape, and the core 33425 can comprise a fibrous drug core, such as an ORC. The housing 33426 can include one or more flexible legs 33423 capable of extending into the knife slot 22063 defined in the anvil 22060 and releasably retaining the tissue thickness compensator 33420 to the anvil 22060. Referring now to FIGS. 248-250 , a tissue thickness compensator 33520 can include a housing 33526 , a cavity 33524 defined in the housing 33526 , and a core 33425 positioned within the cavity 33524 . For example, the shell 33526 can comprise a film body formed from a continuous extruded shape, and the core 33425 can comprise a fibrous drug core, such as an ORC. Housing 33526 can include one or more retaining members 33528 that can extend around an outer surface of anvil 22060 and that can releasably retain tissue thickness compensator 33520 to anvil 22060 . For example, referring primarily to FIG. 250 , housing 33526 can include movable portions 33527 and a gap 33523 defined between movable portions 33527 , wherein movable portions 33527 can spring apart after tissue thickness compensator 33520 has been separated from anvil 22060 to expose the core 33425 accommodated therein. Referring now to FIGS. 251-252 , a tissue thickness compensator 33620 can include a housing 33626 , a cavity 33424 defined in the housing 33626 , and a core 33425 positioned within the cavity 33424 . For example, the shell 33626 can comprise a film body formed from a continuous extruded shape, and the core 33425 can comprise a fibrous drug core, such as an ORC. The housing 33626 can include a thin section 33623 that can be aligned with the knife slot 22063 defined in the anvil 22060 such that a cutting member passing through the tissue thickness compensator 33620 can pass through the thin section 33623 and reduce the transverse The force or energy required to cut the tissue thickness compensator 33620. Referring now to FIGS. 253-254 , a tissue thickness compensator 33720 can include a housing 33726 , a cavity 33424 defined in the housing 33726 , and a core 33425 positioned within the cavity 33424 . For example, the shell 33726 can comprise a film body formed from a continuous extruded shape, and the core 33425 can comprise a fibrous drug core, such as an ORC. The housing 33726 can include one or more retaining members 33723 that can surround the outer surface of the anvil 22060 and that can releasably retain the tissue thickness compensator 33720 to the anvil 22060 . Referring now to FIGS. 255-256 , a tissue thickness compensator 33820 can include a housing 33826 , a cavity 33424 defined in the housing 33826 , and a core 33425 positioned within the cavity 33424 . For example, the shell 33826 can comprise a film body formed from a continuous extruded shape, and the core 33425 can comprise a fibrous drug core, such as an ORC. For example, housing 33826 can include a substantially rectangular cavity 33424 and a substantially planar tissue-contacting surface 33829 , as compared to the curved cavity 33424 and tissue-contacting surface shown in FIG. 254 . Referring now to FIGS. 257-258 , a tissue thickness compensator 33920 can include a housing 33926 , a plurality of cavities 33924 defined in the housing 33926 , and a core 33925 positioned within each cavity 33924 . For example, the housing 33926 can comprise a film body formed from a continuous extruded shape, and the cores 33925 can each comprise a fibrous drug core, such as an ORC. The core 33925 can be composed of different materials. Housing 33926 can include one or more retaining members 33923 that can extend into knife slot 22063 of anvil 22060 .

现在参见图153,可利用折叠工序来形成组织厚度补偿件。根据本发明,可将材料23525(例如,氧化再生纤维素)放置在覆盖片23526上,所述覆盖片23526可被折叠并且随后被密封以便包封材料23525。例如,覆盖片23526可由例如细胞骨架相关蛋白质甘氨酸构成。可利用连续工序,其中覆盖片23526可在料斗23592下穿过,所述料斗23592能够将材料23525分配到覆盖片23526上。例如,在将材料23525放置在覆盖片23526上之前,可在辊23591和砧座23590之间压平覆盖片23526。可将材料23525放置在覆盖片23526的一个侧面或半部上,其中可将覆盖片23526的另一侧面或半部折叠或翻转到材料23525上。在材料23525已放置在覆盖片23526上之前、期间和/或之后,可折叠或至少部分地折叠覆盖片23526。砧座23590可包括例如凸轮表面23594,所述凸轮表面23594能够例如提升纵向移动覆盖片23526的边缘或侧面并且随后对折覆盖片23526。凸轮表面23594可包括三维凸轮或圆筒凸轮,所述三维凸轮或圆筒凸轮在覆盖片23526经过凸轮表面23594时逐步提升并且翻转覆盖片23526的一部分。Referring now to Fig. 153, a folding process may be utilized to form the tissue thickness compensator. According to the present invention, a material 23525 (eg, oxidized regenerated cellulose) can be placed on a cover sheet 23526 that can be folded and then sealed to enclose the material 23525 . For example, cover sheet 23526 can be composed of, for example, the cytoskeleton-associated protein glycine. A continuous process may be utilized wherein the cover sheet 23526 may pass under a hopper 23592 capable of dispensing the material 23525 onto the cover sheet 23526 . For example, the cover sheet 23526 can be flattened between the roller 23591 and the anvil 23590 before the material 23525 is placed on the cover sheet 23526 . The material 23525 can be placed on one side or half of the cover sheet 23526, wherein the other side or half of the cover sheet 23526 can be folded or turned over onto the material 23525. Cover sheet 23526 may be folded or at least partially folded before, during, and/or after material 23525 has been placed on cover sheet 23526 . The anvil 23590 can include, for example, a cam surface 23594 that can, for example, lift an edge or side of the cover sheet 23526 to be moved longitudinally and subsequently fold the cover sheet 23526 in half. The camming surface 23594 may comprise a three-dimensional or cylindrical cam that progressively lifts and inverts a portion of the cover sheet 23526 as the cover sheet 23526 passes the cam surface 23594 .

在覆盖片23526已被折叠到材料23525上之后,折叠的覆盖片23526和定位在其中的材料23525可穿过模具23593,所述模具23593可压缩和/或压实折叠的覆盖片23526和材料23525以形成管23527。可利用诸如热焊接和/或激光焊接之类的任何合适工艺来密封折叠的覆盖片23526的边缘。管23527还可例如在管23527的侧壁已被密封之前通过一个或多个辊23595来压平。管23527还可在管23527的侧壁已被密封之后通过一个或多个辊来压平。在任何情况下,可将管23527分割成部分以产生单独的组织厚度补偿件。可利用诸如热焊接和/或激光焊接之类的任何合适工艺来密封组织厚度补偿件的末端,然而作为另外一种选择,组织厚度补偿件的一个或两个末端可保持在开口构型。After cover sheet 23526 has been folded onto material 23525, folded cover sheet 23526 and material 23525 positioned therein may be passed through die 23593 which may compress and/or compact folded cover sheet 23526 and material 23525 to form tube 23527. The edges of the folded cover sheet 23526 may be sealed using any suitable process, such as heat welding and/or laser welding. The tube 23527 may also be flattened by one or more rollers 23595, for example, before the sidewalls of the tube 23527 have been sealed. The tube 23527 may also be flattened by one or more rollers after the sidewalls of the tube 23527 have been sealed. In any event, the tube 23527 can be divided into sections to create individual tissue thickness compensators. The ends of the tissue thickness compensator may be sealed using any suitable process, such as heat welding and/or laser welding, however alternatively one or both ends of the tissue thickness compensator may remain in the open configuration.

现在参见图154,补偿件可附接到砧座,例如,砧座22060,其中补偿件能够在其中储存至少一种药物。补偿件23620可包括中央主体部分23626以及能够附接到砧座22060的横向附接部分23628。补偿件23620还可包括限定在补偿件23620的组织接触表面23625中的毛细管通道23627的阵列,其中毛细管通道23627能够在其中储存一种或多种药物。例如,药物可包括流体,所述流体因流体张力而可被保持在毛细管通道23627的侧壁之间。在各种情况下,可在补偿件23620附接到砧座22060之前来将药物施用到补偿件23620,而在一些情况下,可例如在补偿件已附接到砧座22060之后来将药物施用到补偿件23620。在任何情况下,补偿件23620能够接触定位在砧座22060和背对砧座22060的钉仓之间的组织,其中储存于毛细管通道23627中的药物可流到组织上。在各种情况下,药物可流到毛细管通道23627内。Referring now to FIG. 154, the compensator can be attached to an anvil, eg, anvil 22060, wherein the compensator is capable of storing at least one drug therein. The compensator 23620 can include a central body portion 23626 and a lateral attachment portion 23628 that can be attached to the anvil 22060 . The compensator 23620 can also include an array of capillary channels 23627 defined in the tissue contacting surface 23625 of the compensator 23620, wherein the capillary channels 23627 can store one or more drugs therein. For example, the drug may comprise a fluid that may be held between the side walls of the capillary channel 23627 due to fluid tension. In various cases, the drug can be administered to the compensator 23620 before the compensator 23620 is attached to the anvil 22060, while in some cases, the drug can be administered, for example, after the compensator has been attached to the anvil 22060 to comp 23620. In any event, the compensator 23620 is capable of contacting tissue positioned between the anvil 22060 and the staple cartridge facing away from the anvil 22060, wherein the drug stored in the capillary channel 23627 can flow onto the tissue. In various circumstances, the drug can flow into the capillary channel 23627.

再次参见图154所示的补偿件23620,所述系列的毛细管通道23627可被构造和布置成交叉影线图案,其中第一数量的通道23627可沿着第一方向延伸并且第二数量的通道23627可沿着第二方向延伸。第一数量的通道23627可与第二数量的通道23627相交并且流体连通。现在参见图155,补偿件23920可包括主体23926,所述主体23926包括限定于组织接触表面23925中的毛细管通道23927的阵列。通道23927可沿着线性路径来限定,同时通道23927可沿着非线性路径来限定。例如,第一数量的通道23927可沿着轴线23923延伸,而第二数量的通道23927可沿着轴线23924延伸,其中轴线23923可沿着不同于轴线23924的方向延伸。轴线23923可垂直于或者至少基本上垂直于轴线23924,其中通道23627可在其间限定岛状物23922。例如,岛状物23922的顶部表面可限定补偿件23920的组织接触表面23925。补偿件23920可包括纵向轴线23921并且通道23627可沿着相对于纵向轴线23921横向或斜向的方向延伸。再次参见图154,补偿件23720可包括主体23726和限定于主体23726中的多个毛细管通道23727。补偿件23720还可包括可与毛细管通道23727流体连通的纵向通道23721。任选地,可将一种或多种药物储存在纵向通道23721中,其中药物可例如在通道23721和毛细管通道23727之间流动。通道23721可限定可向上延伸到限定于砧座22060中的纵向刀狭槽22061内的纵向突起。Referring again to the compensator 23620 shown in FIG. 154, the series of capillary channels 23627 can be constructed and arranged in a cross-hatched pattern, wherein a first number of channels 23627 can extend along a first direction and a second number of channels 23627 can extend. Can extend along the second direction. The first number of channels 23627 can intersect and be in fluid communication with the second number of channels 23627 . Referring now to FIG. 155 , a compensator 23920 can include a body 23926 that includes an array of capillary channels 23927 defined in a tissue contacting surface 23925 . Channels 23927 can be defined along linear paths, while channels 23927 can be defined along non-linear paths. For example, a first number of channels 23927 can extend along axis 23923 and a second number of channels 23927 can extend along axis 23924 , wherein axis 23923 can extend in a different direction than axis 23924 . Axis 23923 can be perpendicular, or at least substantially perpendicular, to axis 23924, wherein channels 23627 can define islands 23922 therebetween. For example, the top surface of the island 23922 can define the tissue contacting surface 23925 of the compensator 23920 . The compensator 23920 can include a longitudinal axis 23921 and the channel 23627 can extend in a direction transverse or oblique relative to the longitudinal axis 23921 . Referring again to FIG. 154 , the compensator 23720 can include a body 23726 and a plurality of capillary channels 23727 defined in the body 23726 . The compensator 23720 can also include a longitudinal channel 23721 that can be in fluid communication with the capillary channel 23727 . Optionally, one or more drugs can be stored in the longitudinal channel 23721, where the drugs can flow, for example, between channel 23721 and capillary channel 23727. Channel 23721 can define a longitudinal protrusion that can extend upwardly into a longitudinal knife slot 22061 defined in anvil 22060 .

如上所述,再次参见图154,限定于补偿件中的毛细管通道阵列可包括交叉影线图案。然而,作为另外一种选择,毛细管通道阵列可包括任何合适的形状或构型。例如,参见图154所示的补偿件23820,限定于补偿件23820的主体23826中的通道23827可包括例如平行、倾向通道,所述平行、倾向通道朝着中央通道23821会聚并且/或者远离中央通道23821而发散。现在参见图158,外科缝合器械的端部执行器可包括钉仓24000,所述钉仓24000包括组织厚度补偿件24010,其中组织厚度补偿件24010可在其中和/或在其上包括至少一种药物,例如,药物24001。现在参见图159,可将附接到砧座24060的补偿件24020例如移动到闭合位置,以便将补偿件24020放置成与组织厚度补偿件24010接触。在此类情况下,可将药物24001例如从组织厚度补偿件24010转移到补偿件24020。现在参见图160,补偿件24020可包括可与组织厚度补偿件24010接触的组织接触表面24025,其中药物24001可流到限定于组织接触表面24025中的毛细管通道24027内。现在参见图157,补偿件24020可在其上和/或在其中包括诸如药物24002之类的至少一种药物,所述至少一种药物可从补偿件24020转移到组织厚度补偿件24010。As noted above, referring again to FIG. 154, the array of capillary channels defined in the compensator may include a cross-hatch pattern. Alternatively, however, the array of capillary channels may comprise any suitable shape or configuration. For example, referring to compensator 23820 shown in FIG. 154 , channels 23827 defined in body 23826 of compensator 23820 can include, for example, parallel, inclined channels that converge toward central channel 23821 and/or away from central channel. 23821 and diverge. Referring now to FIG. 158, the end effector of a surgical stapling instrument can include a staple cartridge 24000 that includes a tissue thickness compensator 24010, wherein the tissue thickness compensator 24010 can include at least one Drugs, for example, Drug 24001. Referring now to FIG. 159 , the compensator 24020 attached to the anvil 24060 can be moved, for example, to a closed position so as to place the compensator 24020 in contact with the tissue thickness compensator 24010 . In such cases, the drug 24001 can be transferred from the tissue thickness compensator 24010 to the compensator 24020, for example. Referring now to FIG. 160 , the compensator 24020 can include a tissue contacting surface 24025 that can contact the tissue thickness compensator 24010 , wherein the drug 24001 can flow into capillary channels 24027 defined in the tissue contacting surface 24025 . Referring now to FIG. 157 , compensator 24020 can include thereon and/or therein at least one medicament, such as medicament 24002 , that is transferable from compensator 24020 to tissue thickness compensator 24010 .

现在参见图240和图241,组织厚度补偿件33020可包括限定于其表面中的多个通道和/或井凹。组织厚度补偿件33020可包括沿着穿过组织厚度补偿件33020限定的纵向轴线延伸的纵向通道33026。例如,纵向通道33026的末端可与组织厚度补偿件33020的周边流体连通。组织厚度补偿件33020还可包括多个井凹33022以及与井凹33022和纵向通道33026流体连通的多个斜向通道33024。组织厚度补偿件33020还可包括可与井凹33022和组织厚度补偿件33020的周边流体连通的多个入口-出口通道33027。任选地,由于上文所述,流体可在组织厚度补偿件已被植入到患者组织之前、期间、和/或之后流入和/或流出组织厚度补偿件33020。限定于组织厚度补偿件33020的组织接触表面33025中的通道33024、33026和33027以及井凹33022的图案可限定抓持边缘,所述抓持边缘能够接触组织并且限制组织厚度补偿件33020和组织之间的滑动。现在参见图240A和图241A,组织厚度补偿件33120可包括限定于其表面中的多个圆形通道。组织厚度补偿件33120可包括同心圆形通道33127,所述同心圆形通道33127包括限定于组织厚度补偿件33120的周边中的开口。与上文相似,流体可通过通道33127流入和/或流出组织厚度补偿件33120。组织厚度补偿件33120可包括同心圆形通道33122,所述同心圆形通道33122可不包括限定于组织厚度补偿件33120的周边中的开口。现在参见图242和图243,组织厚度补偿件33220可包括从其延伸的多个脊33227,所述脊33227能够抓持紧靠组织厚度补偿件33220定位的组织。例如,脊33227可为直的或者脊33227可包括弯曲轮廓。尽管上述的脊和通道可用于组织厚度补偿件,但此类脊和通道可与任何合适的可生物吸收的和/或生物相容性的层一起使用。Referring now to FIGS. 240 and 241 , the tissue thickness compensator 33020 can include a plurality of channels and/or wells defined in a surface thereof. The tissue thickness compensator 33020 can include a longitudinal channel 33026 extending along a longitudinal axis defined through the tissue thickness compensator 33020 . For example, an end of the longitudinal channel 33026 can be in fluid communication with the periphery of the tissue thickness compensator 33020 . The tissue thickness compensator 33020 can also include a plurality of wells 33022 and a plurality of angled channels 33024 in fluid communication with the wells 33022 and the longitudinal channel 33026 . The tissue thickness compensator 33020 can also include a plurality of inlet-outlet channels 33027 that can be in fluid communication with the well 33022 and the perimeter of the tissue thickness compensator 33020 . Optionally, as a result of the above, fluid may flow into and/or out of the tissue thickness compensator 33020 before, during, and/or after the tissue thickness compensator has been implanted into the patient's tissue. The pattern of channels 33024, 33026, and 33027 and wells 33022 defined in the tissue contacting surface 33025 of the tissue thickness compensator 33020 can define a gripping edge that can contact tissue and limit the distance between the tissue thickness compensator 33020 and the tissue. slide between. Referring now to FIGS. 240A and 241A , the tissue thickness compensator 33120 can include a plurality of circular channels defined in a surface thereof. The tissue thickness compensator 33120 can include a concentric circular channel 33127 that includes an opening defined in a perimeter of the tissue thickness compensator 33120 . Similar to above, fluid may flow into and/or out of tissue thickness compensator 33120 through channel 33127 . The tissue thickness compensator 33120 can include a concentric circular channel 33122 that can include no openings defined in the perimeter of the tissue thickness compensator 33120 . Referring now to FIGS. 242 and 243 , the tissue thickness compensator 33220 can include a plurality of ridges 33227 extending therefrom that can be configured to grip tissue positioned proximate to the tissue thickness compensator 33220 . For example, the ridge 33227 can be straight or the ridge 33227 can include a curved profile. Although the ridges and channels described above may be used in a tissue thickness compensator, such ridges and channels may be used with any suitable bioabsorbable and/or biocompatible layer.

根据本发明,补偿件可由多个层构成。例如,补偿件可包括第一层和附接到第一层的第二层。第一层可包括组织接触表面和限定于组织接触表面中的多个毛细管通道。第一层还可包括限定于面向第二层并且背向组织接触表面的侧面中的毛细管通道。第二层可包括限定于其中的毛细管通道。井凹可限定在补偿件的第一层和第二层之间。可例如在形成层的模塑工艺期间和/或在热铆焊工艺期间利用任何合适的方法来将毛细管通道形成于补偿件的层中。例如,可利用热铆焊工艺来将补偿件的层彼此附接在一起。例如,层可由下述材料构成,所述材料在被施加热时可变成可变形的,例如,CAP/GLY(36/64)。在任何情况下,限定于补偿件的组织接触表面中的毛细管通道可在其间限定抓持表面,所述抓持表面可改善可施加到定位在外科缝合器械的砧座和钉仓之间的组织的抓持和控制。换句话讲,限定于补偿件的组织接触表面的毛细管通道可减小补偿件可接触组织的面积。在此类情况下,对于给定的力而言,补偿件和组织之间的较小接触面积可导致较高的接触压力。在各种情况下,较高的接触压力可降低补偿件和组织之间的滑动。According to the invention, the compensating element can consist of several layers. For example, the compensator may include a first layer and a second layer attached to the first layer. The first layer can include a tissue contacting surface and a plurality of capillary channels defined in the tissue contacting surface. The first layer may also include capillary channels defined in a side facing the second layer and facing away from the tissue contacting surface. The second layer may include capillary channels defined therein. A well may be defined between the first and second layers of the compensator. Capillary channels may be formed in the layers of the compensator using any suitable method, for example during the molding process forming the layers and/or during the heat staking process. For example, a heat riveting process may be used to attach the layers of the compensator to each other. For example, a layer may be composed of a material that becomes deformable when heat is applied, eg, CAP/GLY (36/64). In any event, the capillary channels defined in the tissue-contacting surface of the compensator can define gripping surfaces therebetween that can improve applicability to tissue positioned between the anvil and the staple cartridge of the surgical stapling instrument. grip and control. In other words, the capillary channels defined on the tissue-contacting surface of the compensator reduce the area over which the compensator can contact tissue. In such cases, a smaller contact area between the compensator and tissue may result in a higher contact pressure for a given force. In each case, higher contact pressure reduces slippage between the compensator and tissue.

任选地,可将一种或多种药物定位在限定于第一层和第二层内和/或之间的毛细管通道和/或空隙内。构成补偿件的多个层可包括一组治疗剂层或治疗剂。例如,第一层可由第一药物构成并且第二层可由第二药物构成,其中第一药物可不同于第二药物。例如,限定于第一层中的毛细管通道可储存第三药物,并且限定于第二层中的毛细管通道可储存第四药物,其中第一药物、第二药物、第三药物和/或第四药物可例如为不同的。第一药物、第二药物、第三药物和/或第四药物可例如为不同的。现在参见图161,补偿件24120可包括多个层,例如,层24121-24125。第一层24121和/或第五层24125可包括可夹置第二层24122、第三层24123和/或第四层24124的平材料片。任选地,层24121-24125中的一个或多个可包括限定于其中的一个或多个通道24127。通道24127可从补偿件24120的一端延伸到另一端,并且通道24127可从补偿件24120的一侧延伸到另一侧。通道24127可在补偿件24120的任何合适的侧面和/或末端之间沿着任何合适的方向延伸。现在参见图164和图165,补偿件24820可包括例如可限定横向通道24822的两个或更多个内层24827,所述横向通道24822从补偿件24820的一侧延伸到另一侧。再次参见图161,限定于层24121-24125中的一个内的通道24127可与限定于与其相邻定位的层中的通道对齐。限定于层24121-24125中的一个内的通道24127可面向或开口朝向与其相邻定位的层上的平坦表面。再次参见图161,层24121-24125中的一个或多个可包括限定于其中的至少一个井凹24129。井凹24129可与限定于层中的一个或多个通道24127流体连通。与上文相似,井凹24129可包括开口朝向或面向相邻层的开口,其中相邻层可覆盖开口。Optionally, one or more drugs may be localized within capillary channels and/or voids defined within and/or between the first and second layers. The multiple layers making up the compensator may include a set of therapeutic agent layers or agents. For example, the first layer can be composed of a first drug and the second layer can be composed of a second drug, where the first drug can be different from the second drug. For example, capillary channels defined in the first layer can store a third drug, and capillary channels defined in the second layer can store a fourth drug, wherein the first drug, the second drug, the third drug and/or the fourth drug The drugs may, for example, be different. The first drug, the second drug, the third drug and/or the fourth drug may eg be different. Referring now to FIG. 161 , the compensator 24120 can comprise a plurality of layers, eg, layers 24121-24125. The first layer 24121 and/or the fifth layer 24125 may comprise flat sheets of material that may sandwich the second layer 24122 , the third layer 24123 and/or the fourth layer 24124 . Optionally, one or more of layers 24121-24125 may include one or more channels 24127 defined therein. The channel 24127 can extend from one end of the compensator 24120 to the other end, and the channel 24127 can extend from one side of the compensator 24120 to the other side. Channels 24127 may extend in any suitable direction between any suitable sides and/or ends of compensator 24120 . Referring now to FIGS. 164 and 165 , the compensator 24820 can include, for example, two or more inner layers 24827 that can define transverse channels 24822 that extend from one side of the compensator 24820 to the other. Referring again to FIG. 161 , a channel 24127 defined in one of the layers 24121-24125 can be aligned with a channel defined in a layer positioned adjacent thereto. A channel 24127 defined in one of the layers 24121-24125 may face or open toward a planar surface on the layer positioned adjacent thereto. Referring again to FIG. 161 , one or more of the layers 24121 - 24125 can include at least one well 24129 defined therein. The wells 24129 can be in fluid communication with one or more channels 24127 defined in the layer. Similar to the above, the well 24129 can include an opening facing or facing an adjacent layer, where the adjacent layer can cover the opening.

对上文进行进一步描述,通道24127和/或井凹24129能够在其中包含一种或多种药物。通道24127可包括可允许药物流出通道24127的一个或多个开口端。相似地,通道24127可包括能够允许流体(例如,血液)流到通道24127内的一个或多个开口。在此类情况下,流体可流到补偿件24120内、吸收药物和/或层24121-24125的至少一部分、并且随后流出补偿件24120。再次参见图164和图165,补偿件24820可包括例如限定于外层24826中的孔24828。再次参见图161,层24121-24125可由任何合适的材料构成,例如,可生物吸收的聚合物、PLA、和/或PGA。层24121-24125中的全部可由相同的材料构成。作为另外一种选择,层24121-24125中的一个或多个可由不同的材料构成。任选地,层24121-24125的一个或多个可包括贯穿延伸的通孔24128,所述通孔24128例如能够允许诸如血液之类的流体流到通道24127内、井凹24126内、和/或层24121-21135中的两个或更多个之间。可利用例如热焊接和/或激光焊接工艺来将层24121-24125中的一个或多个彼此连接在一起。在此类情况下,流到补偿件24120内的流体可溶解层24121-24125的焊接部分,并且允许层24121-24125分离和/或剥离。层24121-24125中的一个或多个可由以下材料构成,所述材料以快于和/或慢于构成其他层24121-24125的材料的速率溶解。例如,补偿件24120的内层24122-24124可由例如以快于构成外层24121和24125的材料的速率溶解的材料构成。在此类情况下,当补偿件24120的内部被溶解掉时,补偿件24120可保持一致的或者至少基本上一致的整体形状。补偿件的最外层可由例如以快于构成补偿件的最内层的材料的速率溶解的材料构成。例如,层可包括具有介于大约1密耳和大约4密耳之间的厚度的材料片。Further to the above, channels 24127 and/or wells 24129 can contain one or more drugs therein. Channel 24127 can include one or more open ends that can allow drug to flow out of channel 24127. Similarly, channel 24127 may include one or more openings capable of allowing fluid (eg, blood) to flow into channel 24127 . In such cases, the fluid may flow into the compensator 24120, absorb the drug and/or at least a portion of the layers 24121-24125, and then flow out of the compensator 24120. Referring again to FIGS. 164 and 165 , the compensator 24820 can include apertures 24828 defined in the outer layer 24826 , for example. Referring again to FIG. 161, layers 24121-24125 may be composed of any suitable material, for example, bioabsorbable polymers, PLA, and/or PGA. All of the layers 24121-24125 may be composed of the same material. Alternatively, one or more of the layers 24121-24125 may be composed of different materials. Optionally, one or more of the layers 24121-24125 may include a through-hole 24128 extending therethrough, for example, capable of allowing fluid, such as blood, to flow into the channel 24127, into the well 24126, and/or Between two or more of layers 24121-21135. One or more of the layers 24121-24125 may be joined to each other using, for example, thermal welding and/or laser welding processes. In such cases, the fluid flowing into the compensator 24120 may dissolve the welded portion of the layers 24121-24125 and allow the layers 24121-24125 to separate and/or peel off. One or more of the layers 24121-24125 may be composed of a material that dissolves at a faster and/or slower rate than the materials making up the other layers 24121-24125. For example, the inner layers 24122-24124 of the compensator 24120 may be composed of a material that dissolves at a faster rate than the material comprising the outer layers 24121 and 24125, for example. In such cases, the compensator 24120 can maintain a consistent, or at least substantially consistent, overall shape as the interior of the compensator 24120 is dissolved away. The outermost layer of the compensator may be composed of a material which dissolves at a faster rate than the material making up the innermost layer of the compensator, for example. For example, a layer may comprise a sheet of material having a thickness between about 1 mil and about 4 mils.

现在参见图162和图163,诸如补偿件24220之类的补偿件可包括能够附接到砧座(例如,砧座22060)和/或钉仓的支撑层24226。补偿件24220还可包括附接到支撑层24226的支架24222,其中支架24222可包括多个支架层24227。支架可包括例如三维结构化基质。任选地,支架层24227中的每一个可由多个纤维构成。现在参见图166,每个支架层24227可由纤维编织物构成,所述纤维编织物包括沿第一方向延伸的第一多个纤维24228和沿第二或不同方向延伸的第二多个纤维24229。每个纤维编织物可包括多个凹坑或腔体24223,其中层24227、纤维24228、24229、以及腔体24223可限定有助于组织和细胞向内生长的基质。纤维24228、24229和/或任何其他合适的纤维可由可生物吸收材料构成。纤维可由例如止血剂、结合活性剂(例如,具有生物活性和/或药理学活性的那些)、和/或支撑构件(其可彼此交织在一起)构成。在任何情况下,可选择纤维的材料以导致所需的生物反应,例如,细胞迁移到支架24222内、ECM分泌、和/或结构化支撑细胞的增殖。Referring now to FIGS. 162 and 163 , a compensator such as compensator 24220 can include a support layer 24226 that can be attached to an anvil (eg, anvil 22060 ) and/or a staple cartridge. The compensator 24220 can also include a bracket 24222 attached to a support layer 24226, wherein the bracket 24222 can include a plurality of bracket layers 24227. Scaffolds can include, for example, three-dimensional structured matrices. Optionally, each of the scaffold layers 24227 may be comprised of a plurality of fibers. Referring now to FIG. 166, each scaffold layer 24227 can be comprised of a braid of fibers comprising a first plurality of fibers 24228 extending in a first direction and a second plurality of fibers 24229 extending in a second or different direction. Each fiber braid can include a plurality of dimples or cavities 24223, wherein layers 24227, fibers 24228, 24229, and cavities 24223 can define a matrix that facilitates tissue and cell ingrowth. Fibers 24228, 24229, and/or any other suitable fibers may be comprised of bioabsorbable materials. Fibers may be composed of, for example, hemostatic agents, binding active agents (eg, those that are biologically and/or pharmacologically active), and/or support members (which may be interwoven with each other). In any event, the material of the fibers can be selected to result in a desired biological response, eg, migration of cells into scaffold 24222, secretion of ECM, and/or proliferation of structured support cells.

对上文进行进一步描述,支撑层24226能够在结构上支撑支架24222。可例如利用一种或多种可生物吸收粘合剂来将支架24222附接到支撑层24226。相似地,可利用例如一种或多种生物相容性粘合剂来将支撑层24226附接到砧座或钉仓。可以任何合适的方式来布置或堆叠支架24222的层24227。每个层24227可包括纤维的图案,其中层24227可被布置在支架24222中以使得层24227的图案为彼此对齐的。参见图167,可将层24227堆叠在彼此之上,使得第一层24227中的纤维24228与第二层24227中的纤维24228对齐。同样,可将层24227堆叠在彼此之上,使得第一层24227中的纤维24229与第二层24227中的纤维24229对齐。现在参见图168,支架24422可包括多个支架层24427,其中每个支架层24427中的纤维24429沿着相同方向进行取向,例如,纵向方向。现在参见图170,每个支架层24227可包括纤维的图案,其中层24227可被布置在支架24322中以使得层24227的图案彼此不对齐。可将层24227堆叠在彼此之上,使得第一层24227中的纤维24228沿着横向于或者斜向于第二层24227中的纤维24228的方向延伸。同样,可将层24227堆叠在彼此之上,使得第一层24227中的纤维24229沿着横向于或者斜向于第二层24227中的纤维24229的方向延伸。现在参见图171,支架24522可包括例如多个支架层24427,所述多个支架层24427被取向成使得每个支架层24427中的纤维24229沿着不同方向进行取向。Further to the above, the support layer 24226 is capable of structurally supporting the bracket 24222 . The stent 24222 can be attached to the support layer 24226, for example, using one or more bioabsorbable adhesives. Similarly, the support layer 24226 can be attached to the anvil or staple cartridge using, for example, one or more biocompatible adhesives. Layers 24227 of stent 24222 may be arranged or stacked in any suitable manner. Each layer 24227 can include a pattern of fibers, wherein the layers 24227 can be arranged in the support 24222 such that the patterns of the layers 24227 are aligned with each other. Referring to FIG. 167 , the layers 24227 can be stacked on top of each other such that the fibers 24228 in the first layer 24227 are aligned with the fibers 24228 in the second layer 24227 . Likewise, the layers 24227 can be stacked on top of each other such that the fibers 24229 in the first layer 24227 are aligned with the fibers 24229 in the second layer 24227 . Referring now to FIG. 168, a scaffold 24422 can include a plurality of scaffold layers 24427, wherein the fibers 24429 in each scaffold layer 24427 are oriented in the same direction, eg, a longitudinal direction. Referring now to FIG. 170, each scaffold layer 24227 can comprise a pattern of fibers, wherein the layers 24227 can be arranged in the scaffold 24322 such that the patterns of layers 24227 are not aligned with each other. The layers 24227 may be stacked on top of each other such that the fibers 24228 in the first layer 24227 extend in a direction transverse or diagonal to the fibers 24228 in the second layer 24227 . Likewise, the layers 24227 may be stacked on top of each other such that the fibers 24229 in a first layer 24227 extend in a direction transverse or diagonal to the fibers 24229 in a second layer 24227 . Referring now to FIG. 171 , a scaffold 24522 can include, for example, a plurality of scaffold layers 24427 oriented such that the fibers 24229 in each scaffold layer 24427 are oriented in different directions.

对上文进行进一步描述,支架24222的第一支架层24227例如可由第一材料构成,而支架24222的第二支架层24227可由第二或不同材料构成。例如,第一材料可包括第一药物,而第二材料可包括第二或不同药物。对上文进行进一步描述,例如,支架24222的第一支架层24227例如可包括被吸收到其纤维内的第一药物,而支架24222的第二支架层24227可包括被吸收到其纤维内的第二或不同药物。例如,第一材料可包括第一药物,而第二材料可包括第二或不同药物。支架可包括具有任何合适纤维密度的任何合适数目的层,所述纤维由任何合适数目的材料构成。Further to the above, the first stent layer 24227 of the stent 24222 can be composed of a first material, and the second stent layer 24227 of the stent 24222 can be composed of a second or different material, for example. For example, a first material may include a first drug, while a second material may include a second or different drug. To further describe the above, for example, the first stent layer 24227 of the stent 24222 can include, for example, a first drug absorbed into its fibers, and the second stent layer 24227 of the stent 24222 can include a first drug absorbed into its fibers. Two or different medicines. For example, a first material may include a first drug, while a second material may include a second or different drug. A scaffold may comprise any suitable number of layers having any suitable density of fibers comprised of any suitable number of materials.

可利用保持器来将组织厚度补偿件安装在外科装置(例如,外科切割和缝合装置)中。保持器可包括抓持表面并且允许外科医生、护士、技术人员或其他人员将组织厚度补偿件中的一个或多个与外科器械的特征(例如,砧座和/或钉仓)对齐。保持器可包括通过接合外科器械的钉仓来对齐一个或多个组织厚度补偿件的特征。保持器可包括通过接合外科器械的砧座来对齐一个或多个组织厚度补偿件的特征。用于外科器械的钉仓可与保持器包括在一起,并且使保持器与外科器械接合可将钉仓安装在外科器械中并可对齐组织厚度补偿件中的一个或多个。在组织厚度补偿件已对齐并且附接到外科器械之后,可使保持器与组织厚度补偿件分离,并且随后从外科器械移除。The holder may be utilized to mount the tissue thickness compensator in a surgical device (eg, a surgical cutting and stapling device). The retainer can include a gripping surface and allow a surgeon, nurse, technician, or other personnel to align one or more of the tissue thickness compensators with features of the surgical instrument (eg, an anvil and/or staple cartridge). The retainer can include features to align the one or more tissue thickness compensators by engaging the staple cartridge of the surgical instrument. The retainer may include features to align the one or more tissue thickness compensators by engaging the anvil of the surgical instrument. A staple cartridge for the surgical instrument can be included with the retainer, and engaging the retainer with the surgical instrument can install the staple cartridge in the surgical instrument and can align one or more of the tissue thickness compensators. After the tissue thickness compensator has been aligned and attached to the surgical instrument, the retainer can be detached from the tissue thickness compensator and subsequently removed from the surgical instrument.

图61-67示出了例如可用于将第一组织厚度补偿件19002附接到砧座19040并且将第二组织厚度补偿件19004附接到外科缝合器的钉仓19050的保持器19000的实施例。可提供包括保持器19000、第一组织厚度补偿件19002和第二组织厚度补偿件19004的保持器组件19060。一般来讲,在使用期间,可将保持器组件19060插入到砧座19040和能够支撑钉仓19050的通道之间。然后,可闭合砧座19040。通过闭合砧座19040,可将砧座19040向下推压到第一组织厚度补偿件19002上,以使得第一组织厚度补偿件19002可附接到砧座19040。闭合砧座19040向下推压保持器19000并且将钉仓19050设置在外科器械的通道内。当重新打开砧座19040时,第一组织厚度补偿件19002可与保持器19000分离,并且当随后从外科装置移除保持器19000时,保持器19000可与第二组织厚度补偿件19004分离。外科装置随后准备就绪,以与附接到砧座19040的第一组织厚度补偿件19002和附接到钉仓19050的第二组织厚度补偿件19004一起使用。61-67 illustrate an embodiment of a retainer 19000 that may be used, for example, to attach a first tissue thickness compensator 19002 to an anvil 19040 and a second tissue thickness compensator 19004 to a staple cartridge 19050 of a surgical stapler . A retainer assembly 19060 comprising a retainer 19000, a first tissue thickness compensator 19002, and a second tissue thickness compensator 19004 can be provided. Generally, the retainer assembly 19060 can be inserted between the anvil 19040 and a channel capable of supporting the staple cartridge 19050 during use. Then, the anvil 19040 can be closed. By closing the anvil 19040 , the anvil 19040 can be pushed down onto the first tissue thickness compensator 19002 such that the first tissue thickness compensator 19002 can be attached to the anvil 19040 . Closing anvil 19040 pushes retainer 19000 downward and disposes staple cartridge 19050 within the channel of the surgical instrument. When the anvil 19040 is reopened, the first tissue thickness compensator 19002 can be separated from the retainer 19000 and the retainer 19000 can be separated from the second tissue thickness compensator 19004 when the retainer 19000 is subsequently removed from the surgical device. The surgical device is then ready for use with the first tissue thickness compensator 19002 attached to the anvil 19040 and the second tissue thickness compensator 19004 attached to the staple cartridge 19050.

参见图61,保持器19000可包括抓持件19014,所述抓持件19014可供准备外科器械的人员(例如,外科医生、护士或技术人员)抓持保持器19000。保持器19000可包括其上可定位第一组织厚度补偿件19002的第一表面19001和其上可定位第二组织厚度补偿件19004的相对的第二表面19003。任选地,可将一种或多种粘合剂施用到第一表面19001和/或第二表面19003,以用于向其附接第一组织厚度补偿件19002和第二组织厚度补偿件19004。保持器19000还可包括例如可接合外科装置的钉仓19050的夹具。参见图64,保持器19000可包括能够接合钉仓19050的远侧末端处的凹槽19056的远侧夹具19108、和/或能够接合钉仓19050上的脊或边缘19054的近侧夹具19106。Referring to FIG. 61 , the holder 19000 can include a grip 19014 that allows a person preparing the surgical instrument (eg, a surgeon, nurse, or technician) to grasp the holder 19000 . The retainer 19000 can include a first surface 19001 on which the first tissue thickness compensator 19002 can be positioned and an opposing second surface 19003 on which the second tissue thickness compensator 19004 can be positioned. Optionally, one or more adhesives may be applied to first surface 19001 and/or second surface 19003 for attaching first tissue thickness compensator 19002 and second tissue thickness compensator 19004 thereto . The retainer 19000 can also include, for example, a clip that can engage the staple cartridge 19050 of the surgical device. Referring to FIG. 64 , the retainer 19000 can include a distal clip 19108 configured to engage a groove 19056 at a distal end of the staple cartridge 19050 and/or a proximal clip 19106 configured to engage a ridge or edge 19054 on the staple cartridge 19050 .

参见图61,第一组织厚度补偿件19002可包括面向保持器表面19006和面向砧座表面19010。可通过例如粘合剂和/或接合特征来将面向保持器表面19006附接到保持器19000的第一表面19001。面向砧座表面19010可在其上包括至少一种粘合剂,所述粘合剂可将第一组织厚度补偿件19002附接到外科装置的砧座19040。例如,粘合剂可包括可附着到砧座19040的钉成形表面19044(图63)的可活化粘合剂。Referring to FIG. 61 , a first tissue thickness compensator 19002 can include a retainer-facing surface 19006 and an anvil-facing surface 19010 . The holder-facing surface 19006 may be attached to the first surface 19001 of the holder 19000 by, for example, an adhesive and/or an engaging feature. The anvil-facing surface 19010 can include thereon at least one adhesive that can attach the first tissue thickness compensator 19002 to the anvil 19040 of the surgical device. For example, the adhesive can comprise an activatable adhesive that can be attached to the staple forming surface 19044 of the anvil 19040 (FIG. 63).

参见图61和图63-66,第一组织厚度补偿件的面向砧座表面19010可包括接合砧座19040上的相似接合特征19042的接合特征19020。因此,第一保持力可将第一组织厚度补偿件19002保持到保持器19000,并且第二保持力可将第一组织厚度补偿件19002保持到砧座19040。第二保持力可大于第一保持力,以使得当从端部执行器移除保持器19000时,第一组织厚度补偿件19002可保持附接到砧座19040并且可与保持器19000分离。Referring to FIGS. 61 and 63-66 , the anvil-facing surface 19010 of the first tissue thickness compensator can include engagement features 19020 that engage similar engagement features 19042 on the anvil 19040 . Thus, a first retention force can retain first tissue thickness compensator 19002 to retainer 19000 and a second retention force can retain first tissue thickness compensator 19002 to anvil 19040 . The second retaining force can be greater than the first retaining force such that the first tissue thickness compensator 19002 can remain attached to the anvil 19040 and can be detached from the retainer 19000 when the retainer 19000 is removed from the end effector.

再次参见图61,第二组织厚度补偿件19004可包括面向保持器表面19008和面向钉仓表面19012。可通过一种或多种粘合剂和/或接合特征来将面向保持器表面19006附接到保持器19000的第一表面19001。面向钉仓表面19012可在其上包括粘合剂,所述粘合剂可将第二组织厚度补偿件19004附接到外科装置的钉仓19050。例如,参见图64,粘合剂可将第二组织厚度补偿件19004附着到钉仓19050的钉平台19052。面向钉仓表面19012还可包括接合钉仓19050上的协作接合特征的接合特征。因此,第一保持力可将第二组织厚度补偿件19004保持到保持器19000,并且第二保持力可将第二组织厚度补偿件19004保持到钉仓19050。第二保持力可大于第一保持力,以使得当从端部执行器移除保持器19000时,第二组织厚度补偿件19004可保持附接到钉仓19050并且可与保持器19000分离。Referring again to FIG. 61 , the second tissue thickness compensator 19004 can include a retainer-facing surface 19008 and a cartridge-facing surface 19012 . The holder-facing surface 19006 may be attached to the first surface 19001 of the holder 19000 by one or more adhesives and/or engagement features. The cartridge-facing surface 19012 can include an adhesive thereon that can attach the second tissue thickness compensator 19004 to the staple cartridge 19050 of the surgical device. For example, referring to FIG. 64 , an adhesive can attach the second tissue thickness compensator 19004 to the staple deck 19052 of the staple cartridge 19050 . Cartridge-facing surface 19012 can also include engagement features that engage cooperating engagement features on staple cartridge 19050 . Accordingly, the first retention force can retain the second tissue thickness compensator 19004 to the retainer 19000 and the second retention force can retain the second tissue thickness compensator 19004 to the staple cartridge 19050 . The second retaining force can be greater than the first retaining force such that the second tissue thickness compensator 19004 can remain attached to the staple cartridge 19050 and can be detached from the retainer 19000 when the retainer 19000 is removed from the end effector.

如图64所示,可将保持器组件19060按照箭头A所示的方式附接到钉仓19050。如上所述,保持器19000上的远侧夹具19018可接合钉仓中的凹槽19056,并且保持器上的近侧夹具19016可接合钉仓19050上的边缘或脊19054。此时,保持器19000附接到钉仓19050,如图65所示,并且第二组织厚度补偿件19004可附接到钉仓19050。如图66所示,外科装置的砧座19040沿箭头B方向的闭合可使得砧座的表面19044(例如,钉成形表面和/或组织接触表面)与第一组织厚度补偿件19002接触。如上所述,接触第一组织厚度补偿件19002的砧座19040可使得第一组织厚度补偿件19002附接到砧座19040。As shown in FIG. 64, the retainer assembly 19060 can be attached to the staple cartridge 19050 in the manner indicated by arrow A. As described above, the distal clips 19018 on the retainer 19000 can engage the grooves 19056 in the staple cartridge and the proximal clips 19016 on the retainer can engage the edges or ridges 19054 on the staple cartridge 19050 . At this point, retainer 19000 is attached to staple cartridge 19050 as shown in FIG. 65 , and second tissue thickness compensator 19004 can be attached to staple cartridge 19050 . As shown in FIG. 66 , closure of the anvil 19040 of the surgical device in the direction of arrow B can bring a surface 19044 (eg, a staple forming surface and/or a tissue contacting surface) of the anvil into contact with the first tissue thickness compensator 19002 . Contacting the anvil 19040 of the first tissue thickness compensator 19002 can cause the first tissue thickness compensator 19002 to attach to the anvil 19040, as described above.

在保持器组件19060已附接到钉仓19050并且砧座19040已闭合之后,可将第一组织厚度补偿件19002附接到砧座19040,并且可将第二组织厚度补偿件19004附接到钉仓19050。如上所述,将第一组织厚度补偿件19002保持到保持器19000的保持力可小于将第一组织厚度补偿件19002保持到砧座19040的保持力。因此,当重新打开砧座19040时,第一组织厚度补偿件19002可与保持器19000分离并且可与砧座19040保持在一起,如图67所示。另外如上所述,将第二组织厚度补偿件19004保持到保持器19000的保持力可小于将第一组织厚度补偿件19004保持到钉仓19050的保持力。因此,当沿着图67所示的箭头C和D的方向移除保持器19000时,保持器19000可与第二组织厚度补偿件19004分离。图67所示的外科缝合器包括附接到砧座19040的第一组织厚度补偿件19002和附接到钉仓19050的第二组织厚度补偿件19004,并且已准备就绪可供使用。After the retainer assembly 19060 has been attached to the staple cartridge 19050 and the anvil 19040 has been closed, the first tissue thickness compensator 19002 can be attached to the anvil 19040 and the second tissue thickness compensator 19004 can be attached to the staples Bin 19050. As described above, the retaining force to retain the first tissue thickness compensator 19002 to the retainer 19000 can be less than the retaining force to retain the first tissue thickness compensator 19002 to the anvil 19040 . Accordingly, when the anvil 19040 is reopened, the first tissue thickness compensator 19002 can be separated from the retainer 19000 and can remain with the anvil 19040, as shown in FIG. 67 . Also as described above, the retaining force to retain the second tissue thickness compensator 19004 to the retainer 19000 can be less than the retaining force to retain the first tissue thickness compensator 19004 to the staple cartridge 19050 . Accordingly, when the retainer 19000 is removed in the direction of arrows C and D shown in FIG. 67 , the retainer 19000 can be separated from the second tissue thickness compensator 19004 . The surgical stapler shown in FIG. 67 includes a first tissue thickness compensator 19002 attached to an anvil 19040 and a second tissue thickness compensator 19004 attached to a staple cartridge 19050 and is ready for use.

图390-396示出了正与第一组织厚度补偿件19002和第二组织厚度补偿件19004一起使用的保持器19000。保持器19000还可与第一组织厚度补偿件19002和第二组织厚度补偿件19004中的仅一者一起使用。例如,可省去第一组织厚度补偿件19002。390-396 illustrate retainer 19000 being used with first tissue thickness compensator 19002 and second tissue thickness compensator 19004. The retainer 19000 may also be used with only one of the first tissue thickness compensator 19002 and the second tissue thickness compensator 19004. For example, the first tissue thickness compensator 19002 can be omitted.

图68-70示出了可包括表面19101上的接合特征19108的保持器19100的实施例。如图69和图70所示,保持器19100上的接合特征19108接合第一组织厚度补偿件19102上的协作接合特征19109。68-70 illustrate an embodiment of a retainer 19100 that can include engagement features 19108 on a surface 19101 . As shown in FIGS. 69 and 70 , engagement features 19108 on retainer 19100 engage cooperating engagement features 19109 on first tissue thickness compensator 19102 .

图71和图72示出了可包括能够将组织厚度补偿件19210对齐和附接到砧座19230的表面19202的保持器19200的实施例。保持器19200可包括从表面19202延伸的对齐栓19204。图71和图72所示的保持器19200包括四个对齐栓19204,但可提供更多或更少的对齐栓19204。参见图72,组织厚度补偿件19210可包括主体19212,所述主体19212包括孔穴19216,所述孔穴19216可被定位成使其对应于从保持器19200延伸的对齐栓19204的位置。组织厚度补偿件19210中的每个孔穴19216配合在对齐栓19204上,并且由于孔穴19216和栓19204之间的紧密配合,可将组织厚度补偿件19210与保持器19200对齐。任选地,每个孔穴19216可略小于其对应的栓19204,使得每个孔穴19216在置于其栓19204上时扩展。这种扩展可将孔穴19216保持在栓19204上。每个孔穴19216可在其中包括粘合剂,以在栓19204和组织厚度补偿件19210之间产生可释放的粘结。71 and 72 illustrate an embodiment of a retainer 19200 that can include a surface 19202 capable of aligning and attaching a tissue thickness compensator 19210 to an anvil 19230 . Retainer 19200 can include alignment pegs 19204 extending from surface 19202 . The retainer 19200 shown in FIGS. 71 and 72 includes four alignment pegs 19204 , although more or fewer alignment pegs 19204 may be provided. Referring to FIG. 72 , a tissue thickness compensator 19210 can include a body 19212 that includes an aperture 19216 that can be positioned such that it corresponds to the location of an alignment peg 19204 extending from the retainer 19200 . Each aperture 19216 in the tissue thickness compensator 19210 fits over the alignment peg 19204, and due to the tight fit between the aperture 19216 and the peg 19204, the tissue thickness compensator 19210 can be aligned with the retainer 19200. Optionally, each cavity 19216 may be slightly smaller than its corresponding peg 19204 such that each cavity 19216 expands when placed over its peg 19204 . This expansion can retain the aperture 19216 on the plug 19204. Each aperture 19216 can include an adhesive therein to create a releasable bond between the plug 19204 and the tissue thickness compensator 19210.

组织厚度补偿件19220可包括从组织厚度补偿件19220的主体19212延伸的能够被砧座19230中的狭槽19234接收的插片19220。砧座19230中的狭槽19234可例如定位在钉成形表面19232中。在保持器19200已附接到钉仓之后,与上文相似,砧座19230可紧靠保持器19200上的组织厚度补偿件19210进行闭合。当砧座19230闭合时,参见图72,组织厚度补偿件19210上的插片19220可接合狭槽19234,从而将组织厚度补偿件19210附接到砧座19230。主要参见图71,每个插片19220可包括将插片19220引导到砧座19230的狭槽19234内的渐缩部分19222。渐缩部分19222可包括倾斜壁并且可具有沿其长度递增的横截面积。每个插片19220的基体部分19226可具有小于渐缩部分19222的最大横截面积的横截面积。渐缩部分19222可包括锁定表面19224,其中当插片19220进入狭槽19234时,锁定表面19224可卡扣到狭槽19234的唇缘19235上。因此,锁定表面19224可将插片19220保持在狭槽19234内,从而将组织厚度补偿件19210保持到砧座19230。限定于组织厚度补偿件19210中并且延伸在插片19220之间的狭槽19228可允许插片19220向内挠曲并且配合在狭槽19234内。正利用狭槽19234保持的插片19220可限定将组织厚度补偿件19210保持到砧座19230的第一保持力,并且正保持在栓19204上的组织厚度补偿件19210中的孔穴19216可限定第二保持力。第一保持力可大于第二保持力,使得当从端部执行器移除保持器19200时,第一组织厚度补偿件19210可保持附接到砧座19230并且可与保持器19200分离。The tissue thickness compensator 19220 can include a tab 19220 extending from a body 19212 of the tissue thickness compensator 19220 that can be received by a slot 19234 in an anvil 19230 . Slots 19234 in anvil 19230 can be positioned in staple forming surface 19232, for example. After the retainer 19200 has been attached to the staple cartridge, the anvil 19230 can be closed against the tissue thickness compensator 19210 on the retainer 19200, similar to above. When the anvil 19230 is closed, referring to FIG. 72 , the tabs 19220 on the tissue thickness compensator 19210 can engage the slots 19234 , thereby attaching the tissue thickness compensator 19210 to the anvil 19230 . Referring primarily to FIG. 71 , each tab 19220 can include a tapered portion 19222 that guides the tab 19220 into a slot 19234 of the anvil 19230 . Tapered portion 19222 may include sloped walls and may have a cross-sectional area that increases along its length. The base portion 19226 of each tab 19220 can have a cross-sectional area that is less than the largest cross-sectional area of the tapered portion 19222 . The tapered portion 19222 can include a locking surface 19224 , wherein the locking surface 19224 can snap onto the lip 19235 of the slot 19234 when the tab 19220 enters the slot 19234 . Thus, locking surface 19224 can retain tab 19220 within slot 19234 , thereby retaining tissue thickness compensator 19210 to anvil 19230 . Slots 19228 defined in tissue thickness compensator 19210 and extending between tabs 19220 may allow tabs 19220 to flex inwardly and fit within slots 19234 . The tab 19220 being retained with the slot 19234 can define a first retention force holding the tissue thickness compensator 19210 to the anvil 19230, and the aperture 19216 in the tissue thickness compensator 19210 being retained on the peg 19204 can define a second retention force. Retentivity. The first retaining force can be greater than the second retaining force such that the first tissue thickness compensator 19210 can remain attached to the anvil 19230 and can be detached from the retainer 19200 when the retainer 19200 is removed from the end effector.

图71和图72中的组织厚度补偿件19210的主体19212还可在其内限定狭槽19214。狭槽19214可沿着组织厚度补偿件19210的纵向轴线对齐。例如,可将狭槽19214布置在纵向轴线上,使得当将组织厚度补偿件19210附接到砧座19230时,狭槽19214与外科装置的切割刀的纵向路径对齐。狭槽19214可降低切割刀切穿组织厚度补偿件19210所需的能量值。The body 19212 of the tissue thickness compensator 19210 of FIGS. 71 and 72 can also define a slot 19214 therein. The slots 19214 can be aligned along the longitudinal axis of the tissue thickness compensator 19210 . For example, the slot 19214 can be arranged on the longitudinal axis such that when the tissue thickness compensator 19210 is attached to the anvil 19230, the slot 19214 is aligned with the longitudinal path of the cutting blade of the surgical device. The slots 19214 can reduce the amount of energy required for the cutter to cut through the tissue thickness compensator 19210 .

图73-83示出了包括夹具19310的保持器19300的实施例,所述夹具19310能够将组织厚度补偿件19340保持在保持器19300的第一表面19302上。当砧座19360闭合在保持器19300上时,与上文相似,砧座19360可向外推压和移动夹具19310,并且由此使保持器19300从组织厚度补偿件19340脱离。当重新打开砧座19360时,砧座19360紧靠组织厚度补偿件19340进行挤压并且移动远离保持器19300,由此使得组织厚度补偿件19340可附接到砧座19360。73-83 illustrate an embodiment of a retainer 19300 that includes a clip 19310 configured to retain a tissue thickness compensator 19340 on a first surface 19302 of the retainer 19300 . When the anvil 19360 is closed over the retainer 19300, the anvil 19360 can push and move the clamp 19310 outwardly and thereby disengage the retainer 19300 from the tissue thickness compensator 19340, similar to above. When the anvil 19360 is reopened, the anvil 19360 is pressed against the tissue thickness compensator 19340 and moves away from the retainer 19300, thereby allowing the tissue thickness compensator 19340 to be attached to the anvil 19360.

保持器19300可包括钉仓安装夹具19312和19314,所述钉仓安装夹具19312和19314可与上文相对于图61-70所述的那些相似。除了上文所述的第一表面19302之外,保持器19300还可包括能够承载第二组织厚度补偿件的第二表面19304。第二表面19304可包括对齐结构,例如,凸起脊19308。凸起脊19308可接合例如第二组织厚度补偿件中的狭槽和/或钉仓19370中的狭槽。Retainer 19300 can include cartridge mounting jigs 19312 and 19314, which can be similar to those described above with respect to FIGS. 61-70. In addition to the first surface 19302 described above, the retainer 19300 can also include a second surface 19304 capable of carrying a second tissue thickness compensator. Second surface 19304 may include alignment structures, eg, raised ridges 19308 . Raised ridges 19308 can engage slots in the second tissue thickness compensator and/or slots in staple cartridge 19370, for example.

参见图75-77,在使用期间,可通过夹具19314和19312来将保持器19300附接到钉仓19370。第一组织厚度补偿件19340可定位在保持器19300处的第一表面19302上,并且可通过夹具19310保持固定。主要参见图81-83,每个夹具包括可紧靠保持器19300的第一表面19302夹持第一组织厚度补偿件19340的扁平件19313。每个夹具19310可包括面向内的锥形或弯曲表面19311。当砧座19360沿着箭头E的方向移动时,参见图82,砧座19360的边缘19366可接触夹具19310的面向内的弯曲表面19311。当砧座19360继续沿着箭头E的方向移动时,砧座19360的边缘19366和夹具19310的弯曲表面19311之间的干扰可沿着箭头F的方向向外推压夹具19310,如图82所示。当夹具19310沿着箭头F的方向移动时,第一组织厚度补偿件19340从夹具19310的扁平件19313释放。75-77 , during use, retainer 19300 can be attached to staple cartridge 19370 by clamps 19314 and 19312 . The first tissue thickness compensator 19340 can be positioned on the first surface 19302 at the holder 19300 and can be held fixed by the clamp 19310 . Referring primarily to FIGS. 81-83 , each clamp includes a flat member 19313 that can clamp a first tissue thickness compensator 19340 against a first surface 19302 of the retainer 19300 . Each clip 19310 can include an inwardly facing tapered or curved surface 19311. When the anvil 19360 is moved in the direction of arrow E, see FIG. 82 , the edge 19366 of the anvil 19360 can contact the inwardly facing curved surface 19311 of the clamp 19310 . As the anvil 19360 continues to move in the direction of arrow E, interference between the edge 19366 of the anvil 19360 and the curved surface 19311 of the clamp 19310 may push the clamp 19310 outward in the direction of arrow F, as shown in FIG. 82 . When the clamp 19310 is moved in the direction of arrow F, the first tissue thickness compensator 19340 is released from the flat piece 19313 of the clamp 19310 .

当砧座19360继续沿着箭头E的方向移动时,其还接触并且附接到组织厚度补偿件19340。例如,当砧座19360沿着箭头E的方向移动时,组织厚度补偿件19340上的接合特征(例如,凸起脊19344)接合砧座19360中的通道19364。凸起脊19344能够与通道19364具有过盈配合,以使得组织厚度补偿件19340附接到砧座19360。组织厚度补偿件19340可包括附着到砧座19360的表面的粘合剂。凸起脊19344可包括附着到通道19364的表面的粘合剂。同样,组织厚度补偿件19340的主体19342的表面可包括附着到砧座19360的表面19362的粘合剂。在组织厚度补偿件19340附接到砧座19360之后,当砧座19360通过沿着箭头G的方向移动而返回到其打开位置时,如图83所示,组织厚度补偿件19340可从保持器19300提升并且可与砧座19360保持在一起。As anvil 19360 continues to move in the direction of arrow E, it also contacts and attaches to tissue thickness compensator 19340. For example, when anvil 19360 is moved in the direction of arrow E, engagement features (eg, raised ridges 19344 ) on tissue thickness compensator 19340 engage channels 19364 in anvil 19360 . Raised ridge 19344 can have an interference fit with channel 19364 such that tissue thickness compensator 19340 is attached to anvil 19360 . The tissue thickness compensator 19340 can include an adhesive attached to the surface of the anvil 19360. Raised ridge 19344 may include an adhesive that adheres to the surface of channel 19364 . Likewise, the surface of the body 19342 of the tissue thickness compensator 19340 can include an adhesive that adheres to the surface 19362 of the anvil 19360 . After the tissue thickness compensator 19340 is attached to the anvil 19360, when the anvil 19360 returns to its open position by moving in the direction of arrow G, as shown in FIG. Lifts and can be held together with anvil 19360.

图84示出了保持器19400的实施例的剖视侧视图。第一组织厚度补偿件19410定位在保持器19400的第一侧19402上,并且第二组织厚度补偿件19420定位在保持器19400的第二侧19404上。保持器19400限定贯穿延伸的一个或多个孔19406。通过延伸穿过孔19406的连接件19430并穿过孔来连接第一组织厚度补偿件19410和第二组织厚度补偿件19420。第一组织厚度补偿件19410、第二组织厚度补偿件19420、以及连接件19430全部可由单一材料形成。例如,可将第一组织厚度补偿件19410、第二组织厚度补偿件19420、以及连接件19430重叠注塑到保持器19400上。作为另外一种选择,连接件19430可形成为组织厚度补偿件中的一者(例如,第一组织厚度补偿件19410)的部分。连接件19430可穿过孔19406,并且随后附接到剩余的组织厚度补偿件,例如,第二组织厚度补偿件19420。可例如通过利用粘合剂或通过连接件的末端与第二组织厚度补偿件19420中的接收口(未示出)之间的过盈配合来将连接件19430附接到第二组织厚度补偿件19420。连接件19430可为单独部件,所述单独部件放置在孔19406内并且可通过例如利用粘合剂或者连接件19430的末端与第一组织厚度补偿件19410和第二组织厚度补偿件19420中的接收口之间的过盈配合来附接到第一组织厚度补偿件19410和第二组织厚度补偿件19410。FIG. 84 shows a cut-away side view of an embodiment of a retainer 19400. A first tissue thickness compensator 19410 is positioned on a first side 19402 of the holder 19400 and a second tissue thickness compensator 19420 is positioned on a second side 19404 of the holder 19400 . The retainer 19400 defines one or more apertures 19406 extending therethrough. The first tissue thickness compensator 19410 and the second tissue thickness compensator 19420 are connected by a connector 19430 extending through the aperture 19406 and passing through the aperture. The first tissue thickness compensator 19410, the second tissue thickness compensator 19420, and the connector 19430 can all be formed from a single material. For example, the first tissue thickness compensator 19410 , the second tissue thickness compensator 19420 , and the connector 19430 can be overmolded onto the retainer 19400 . Alternatively, connector 19430 may be formed as part of one of the tissue thickness compensators (eg, first tissue thickness compensator 19410). Connector 19430 can pass through aperture 19406 and then attach to the remaining tissue thickness compensator, eg, second tissue thickness compensator 19420 . The connector 19430 can be attached to the second tissue thickness compensator 19430, for example, by utilizing an adhesive or by an interference fit between an end of the connector and a receiving port (not shown) in the second tissue thickness compensator 19420 19420. Connector 19430 can be a separate component that is placed within aperture 19406 and can be received in first tissue thickness compensator 19410 and second tissue thickness compensator 19420 by, for example, using an adhesive or an end of connector 19430 The interference fit between the ports is used to attach to the first tissue thickness compensator 19410 and the second tissue thickness compensator 19410.

在保持器19400已放置在钉仓19450上之后,例如,可将外科装置的砧座19440沿着箭头H的方向移动到闭合位置。当砧座19440闭合时,第一组织厚度补偿件19410的表面19414上的粘合剂和/或接合特征可将第一组织厚度补偿件19410附接到砧座19440。同样,第二组织厚度补偿件19420的表面19424上的粘合剂和/或接合特征可将第二组织厚度补偿件19420附接到钉仓19450。在砧座19440闭合并且第一组织厚度补偿件19410和第二组织厚度补偿件19420分别附接到砧座19440和钉仓19450之后,可沿着箭头I的方向(图88)牵拉保持器19400以从第一组织厚度补偿件19410和第二组织厚度补偿件19420之间移除保持器19400并且使连接件19430断裂。如图89所示,在连接件19430断裂和保持器19400已被移除之后,可重新打开砧座19440,第一组织厚度补偿件19410将附接到砧座19440并且第二组织厚度补偿件19420将附接到钉仓19450。After the retainer 19400 has been placed on the staple cartridge 19450, for example, the anvil block 19440 of the surgical device can be moved in the direction of arrow H to the closed position. The adhesive and/or engagement features on the surface 19414 of the first tissue thickness compensator 19410 can attach the first tissue thickness compensator 19410 to the anvil 19440 when the anvil 19440 is closed. Likewise, adhesive and/or engagement features on the surface 19424 of the second tissue thickness compensator 19420 can attach the second tissue thickness compensator 19420 to the staple cartridge 19450 . After the anvil 19440 is closed and the first tissue thickness compensator 19410 and the second tissue thickness compensator 19420 are attached to the anvil 19440 and the staple cartridge 19450, respectively, the retainer 19400 can be pulled in the direction of arrow 1 (FIG. 88) To remove the retainer 19400 from between the first tissue thickness compensator 19410 and the second tissue thickness compensator 19420 and break the connector 19430. As shown in FIG. 89 , after the connector 19430 is broken and the retainer 19400 has been removed, the anvil 19440 can be reopened and the first tissue thickness compensator 19410 will be attached to the anvil 19440 and the second tissue thickness compensator 19420 will be attached. Will attach to cartridge 19450.

根据本发明,保持器19400中的每个孔19406的近侧部分19407可包括切割刃。当沿着箭头I(图88)的方向牵拉保持器时,通过孔19406的近侧部分19407传送牵拉力以使连接件断裂。每个孔19406的近侧部分19407处的切割刃将传送的力集中在每个连接件的相对较小的区域上。因此,连接件将较容易地断裂并且可需要较小的牵拉力来从第一组织厚度补偿件19410和第二组织厚度补偿件19420之间移除保持器19400。According to the present invention, the proximal portion 19407 of each hole 19406 in the retainer 19400 can include a cutting edge. When the retainer is pulled in the direction of arrow 1 (FIG. 88), a pulling force is transmitted through the proximal portion 19407 of the aperture 19406 to break the connector. The cutting edge at the proximal portion 19407 of each hole 19406 concentrates the transmitted force on a relatively small area of each link. Accordingly, the connectors will break more easily and less pulling force may be required to remove the retainer 19400 from between the first tissue thickness compensator 19410 and the second tissue thickness compensator 19420 .

如上所述,保持器组件可包括定位在第一组织厚度补偿件和第二组织厚度补偿件之间的保持器,其中在两个组织厚度补偿件已插入并且附接到外科器械的端部执行器时,保持器可从组织厚度补偿件之间进行牵拉并且可从端部执行器移除。保持器可提供第一组织厚度补偿件和第二组织厚度补偿件之间的屏障。一旦从第一组织厚度补偿件和第二组织厚度补偿件之间移除保持器,第一组织厚度补偿件之中和/或之上的物质就例如可与第二组织厚度补偿件之中和/或之上的物质发生反应。组织厚度补偿件中的一个或两个可包括可将物质包封在组织厚度补偿件的膜。可将膜附接到保持器,其中当从组织厚度补偿件之间牵拉保持器时,如上所述,保持器可牵拉膜远离组织厚度补偿件以暴露容纳于其中的物质。此时,每个组织厚度补偿件内的物质均可彼此相互作用。As described above, the retainer assembly may include a retainer positioned between the first tissue thickness compensator and the second tissue thickness compensator, wherein the When the retainer is in place, the retainer can be pulled from between the tissue thickness compensators and can be removed from the end effector. The retainer can provide a barrier between the first tissue thickness compensator and the second tissue thickness compensator. Once the retainer is removed from between the first tissue thickness compensator and the second tissue thickness compensator, the substance in and/or on the first tissue thickness compensator can be neutralized, for example, with the second tissue thickness compensator. / or react with substances above. One or both of the tissue thickness compensators may include a membrane that may encapsulate a substance within the tissue thickness compensator. The membrane can be attached to the retainer, wherein when the retainer is pulled from between the tissue thickness compensators, as described above, the retainer can pull the membrane away from the tissue thickness compensator to expose the substance contained therein. At this point, the substances within each tissue thickness compensator can interact with each other.

图90-100示出了接合外科装置(例如,外科缝合器)的砧座的保持器的实施例。保持器可将第一组织厚度补偿件与砧座对齐并且将第二组织厚度补偿件与钉仓对齐。闭合砧座导致第一组织厚度补偿件附接到砧座,并且导致第二组织厚度补偿件附接到钉仓。保持器还可承载钉仓,其中组织厚度补偿件任选地设置在保持器和钉仓之间。闭合砧座导致钉仓附接到外科缝合器的通道并且导致第一组织厚度补偿件附接到砧座。90-100 illustrate an embodiment of a retainer engaging an anvil of a surgical device (eg, a surgical stapler). The retainer can align the first tissue thickness compensator with the anvil and align the second tissue thickness compensator with the staple cartridge. Closing the anvil causes the first tissue thickness compensator to be attached to the anvil and causes the second tissue thickness compensator to be attached to the staple cartridge. The retainer can also carry a staple cartridge, with a tissue thickness compensator optionally disposed between the retainer and the staple cartridge. Closing the anvil causes the staple cartridge to attach to the channel of the surgical stapler and causes the first tissue thickness compensator to attach to the anvil.

图90-93示出了保持器19500的实施例。保持器19500包括可供外科医生、护士、技术人员或其他人员操纵保持器19500的抓持件19502。抓持件19502可包括可提供较好的抓持表面的纹理化表面,例如凸起部分19503。保持器19500可包括其上可安装组织厚度补偿件的表面19504。表面19504可包括一个或多个突出部19506,其中突出部19506可接合组织厚度补偿件中的凹槽并且相对于保持器19500的表面19504来对齐组织厚度补偿件。组织厚度补偿件中的凹槽可略小于突出部19506,使得当与凹槽接合时,突出部19506可将组织厚度补偿件保持到表面19504。突出部19506可穿过组织厚度补偿件中的孔并且接合狭槽(例如,图95所示的砧座19550中的切割刀狭槽19558),从而使组织厚度补偿件与保持器19500对齐并且提供保持器19500与砧座19550的附加对齐。组织厚度补偿件19540可包括如上所述的表面19542上的粘合剂和/或接合特征以用于将组织厚度补偿件附接到砧座19550。90-93 illustrate an embodiment of a retainer 19500. The holder 19500 includes grips 19502 that allow a surgeon, nurse, technician, or other person to manipulate the holder 19500. Grip 19502 can include a textured surface, such as raised portions 19503, that can provide a better gripping surface. The retainer 19500 can include a surface 19504 on which the tissue thickness compensator can be mounted. Surface 19504 can include one or more protrusions 19506 , wherein protrusions 19506 can engage grooves in the tissue thickness compensator and align the tissue thickness compensator relative to surface 19504 of retainer 19500 . The grooves in the tissue thickness compensator can be slightly smaller than the protrusions 19506 such that the protrusions 19506 can hold the tissue thickness compensator to the surface 19504 when engaged with the grooves. Protrusions 19506 can pass through holes in the tissue thickness compensator and engage slots (eg, cutter slots 19558 in anvil 19550 shown in FIG. 95 ), thereby aligning the tissue thickness compensator with retainer 19500 and providing Additional alignment of the retainer 19500 with the anvil 19550. Tissue thickness compensator 19540 can include adhesive and/or engagement features on surface 19542 as described above for attaching the tissue thickness compensator to anvil 19550 .

如图94a所示,可将钉仓19530附接到保持器19500。可通过从保持器19500延伸的夹具19510和19512来将钉仓19530附接到保持器19500。保持器19500上的夹具19512可接合钉仓19530中的狭槽19534。保持器19500的夹具19510可围绕钉仓19532的底部19532。根据本发明,可将第二组织厚度补偿件附接到钉仓19530。可将第二组织厚度补偿件附接到钉仓19530的钉平台19536。As shown in FIG. 94a, a staple cartridge 19530 can be attached to the retainer 19500. Staple cartridge 19530 can be attached to retainer 19500 by clips 19510 and 19512 extending from retainer 19500 . Clips 19512 on retainer 19500 can engage slots 19534 in staple cartridge 19530 . The jaws 19510 of the retainer 19500 can surround the bottom 19532 of the staple cartridge 19532. A second tissue thickness compensator can be attached to staple cartridge 19530 in accordance with the present invention. A second tissue thickness compensator can be attached to the staple platform 19536 of the staple cartridge 19530.

如图95和图96所示,可将包括保持器19500、组织厚度补偿件19540和钉仓19530的保持器组件19590沿着箭头L的方向滑动到外科装置(例如,外科缝合器)的砧座19550上。保持器19500上的引导插片19508可围绕砧座19550的边缘19552,并且相对于砧座19550来定位保持器组件19590。在保持器组件19590接合到砧座19550上之后,如图97和图98所示,可沿着箭头M的方向来闭合砧座。砧座19550的闭合可将钉仓19530定位在外科装置的通道19560中。砧座19550的闭合可导致从保持器19500延伸的夹具19510接合通道19560的脊19562,以便将钉仓19530牢固地定位在通道19560中。当沿着箭头N的方向重新打开砧座19550时,现在参见图99和图100,组织厚度补偿件19540可保持附接到砧座19550并且与保持器19500分离。然后可沿着箭头O(图99和图100)的方向从外科器械移除保持器19500,从而留下位于外科装置的通道19560中的钉仓19530和附接到砧座19550的组织厚度补偿件19540。95 and 96, the retainer assembly 19590 comprising the retainer 19500, the tissue thickness compensator 19540, and the staple cartridge 19530 can be slid in the direction of arrow L onto the anvil of a surgical device (e.g., a surgical stapler) 19550 on. Guide tabs 19508 on retainer 19500 can surround edge 19552 of anvil 19550 and position retainer assembly 19590 relative to anvil 19550 . After the retainer assembly 19590 is engaged on the anvil 19550, the anvil can be closed in the direction of arrow M as shown in FIGS. 97 and 98 . Closure of the anvil 19550 can position the staple cartridge 19530 in the channel 19560 of the surgical device. Closure of the anvil 19550 can cause the clip 19510 extending from the retainer 19500 to engage the ridge 19562 of the channel 19560 to securely position the staple cartridge 19530 in the channel 19560. When the anvil 19550 is reopened in the direction of arrow N, referring now to FIGS. 99 and 100 , the tissue thickness compensator 19540 can remain attached to the anvil 19550 and detached from the retainer 19500 . The retainer 19500 can then be removed from the surgical instrument in the direction of arrow O ( FIGS. 99 and 100 ), leaving the staple cartridge 19530 in the channel 19560 of the surgical device and the tissue thickness compensator attached to the anvil 19550 19540.

图101和图102分别示出了组织厚度补偿件19570和19580的两个另选的实施例的例子。图101是附接到保持器19501的组织厚度补偿件19570的剖视图,其中组织厚度补偿件19570可包括突起19574,所述突起19574可接触砧座19550的边缘19552并且部分地围绕砧座19550的外表面19556。突起可抓持砧座19550和/或可利用一种或多种粘合剂附接到砧座19550。为了在已相对患者组织植入补偿件19570之后从砧座19550释放组织厚度补偿件19570,突起19574可从砧座19550向外挠曲,从而允许组织厚度补偿件19570被牵拉远离砧座19550。图102是附接到图101所示的保持器19501的组织厚度补偿件19580的剖视图。组织厚度补偿件19580包括承套19584,所述承套19584可包围砧座19550以使组织厚度补偿件19580与砧座19550对齐并且/或者将组织厚度补偿件19580保持在砧座19550上。承套19584可将组织厚度补偿件19580保持在砧座19550上。为了使承套19584与砧座19550分离,组织厚度补偿件19580例如可在穿孔19586处撕裂以离开承套19584。因此,承套19584可保持在砧座19550上,而组织厚度补偿件19580的其余部分可保持缝合到患者组织。101 and 102 illustrate examples of two alternative embodiments of tissue thickness compensators 19570 and 19580, respectively. 101 is a cross-sectional view of a tissue thickness compensator 19570 attached to a retainer 19501, wherein the tissue thickness compensator 19570 can include a protrusion 19574 that can contact the edge 19552 of the anvil 19550 and partially surround the exterior of the anvil 19550 Surface 19556. The protrusions can grip the anvil 19550 and/or can be attached to the anvil 19550 using one or more adhesives. To release the tissue thickness compensator 19570 from the anvil 19550 after the compensator 19570 has been implanted against the tissue of the patient, the protrusions 19574 can flex outwardly from the anvil 19550, thereby allowing the tissue thickness compensator 19570 to be pulled away from the anvil 19550. FIG. 102 is a cross-sectional view of a tissue thickness compensator 19580 attached to the retainer 19501 shown in FIG. 101 . The tissue thickness compensator 19580 includes a sleeve 19584 that can surround the anvil 19550 to align the tissue thickness compensator 19580 with the anvil 19550 and/or retain the tissue thickness compensator 19580 on the anvil 19550 . The socket 19584 can retain the tissue thickness compensator 19580 on the anvil 19550 . To separate the socket 19584 from the anvil 19550, the tissue thickness compensator 19580 can be torn away from the socket 19584, for example, at the perforation 19586. Thus, the socket 19584 can remain on the anvil 19550, while the remainder of the tissue thickness compensator 19580 can remain sutured to the patient's tissue.

组织厚度补偿件(例如,组织厚度补偿件19570)可包括内部部分,所述内部部分包括定位在其中的生物相容性物质。生物相容性物质可包括例如抗炎剂、凝结剂、和/或抗生素。根据本发明,可将诸如晶片之类的主体插入到组织厚度补偿件内的内部部分中。例如,可将晶片通过组织厚度补偿件的开口端插入到限定于其中的腔体内。晶片可通过过盈配合保持在组织厚度补偿件的腔体内。用于将晶片组装到组织厚度补偿件内的步骤可包括加热组织厚度补偿件以使组织厚度补偿件扩张的第一步骤。当组织厚度补偿件扩张时,限定于其中的腔体也可扩张。当组织厚度补偿件处于扩张状态时,根据第二步骤,可将晶片插入到腔体内。然后,当组织厚度补偿件冷却时,根据第三步骤,腔体可收缩到晶片上并且将晶片保持在腔体内的适当位置。A tissue thickness compensator (eg, tissue thickness compensator 19570) can include an inner portion that includes a biocompatible substance positioned therein. Biocompatible substances may include, for example, anti-inflammatory agents, coagulants, and/or antibiotics. According to the present invention, a body such as a wafer may be inserted into the inner portion within the tissue thickness compensator. For example, a wafer may be inserted through the open end of the tissue thickness compensator into the cavity defined therein. The wafer can be retained within the cavity of the tissue thickness compensator by an interference fit. The step for assembling the wafer into the tissue thickness compensator may include a first step of heating the tissue thickness compensator to expand the tissue thickness compensator. As the tissue thickness compensator expands, the lumen defined therein may also expand. When the tissue thickness compensator is in the expanded state, according to a second step, a wafer can be inserted into the cavity. Then, as the tissue thickness compensator cools, according to a third step, the cavity may shrink onto the wafer and hold the wafer in place within the cavity.

图103-115示出了包括独立插入工具的保持器的实施例。插入工具可用于将组件插入到诸如外科缝合器之类的外科器械内。插入工具还可将保持器组件的钉仓和一个或多个组织厚度补偿件挤压到外科器械内的适当位置。参见图103和图104,保持器19600可包括第一板19620和第二板19622。第一板19620和第二板19622可通过铰链19612进行连接。铰链19612可将第一板19620定位成相对于第二板19622成一角度,并且还可允许第一板19620相对于第二板19622围绕铰链19612旋转。103-115 illustrate an embodiment of a holder including a separate insertion tool. An insertion tool may be used to insert the assembly into a surgical instrument such as a surgical stapler. The insertion tool may also compress the staple cartridge and one or more tissue thickness compensators of the retainer assembly into place within the surgical instrument. Referring to FIGS. 103 and 104 , the holder 19600 can include a first plate 19620 and a second plate 19622 . The first plate 19620 and the second plate 19622 may be connected by a hinge 19612 . The hinge 19612 can position the first plate 19620 at an angle relative to the second plate 19622 and can also allow the first plate 19620 to rotate about the hinge 19612 relative to the second plate 19622 .

第一板19620可包括向外表面19604和向内表面19606。同样,第二板19622可包括向外表面19610和向内表面19608。第一板19620的向内表面19606可包括凸轮突起19614。相似地,第二板19622的向内表面19608可包括凸轮突起19616。参见图110-115,第一板的向外表面19604可包括定位在其上的组织厚度补偿件。第二板19622的向外表面19601也可包括定位在其上的组织厚度补偿件。可例如利用粘合剂、接合特征、和/或其他合适的附接部件来将组织厚度补偿件附接到外表面19604和19610。保持器19600可包括从第二板19622延伸的能够接合钉仓19690的夹具19618,如图110和图112-115所示。The first plate 19620 can include an outward facing surface 19604 and an inward facing surface 19606 . Likewise, the second plate 19622 can include an outwardly facing surface 19610 and an inwardly facing surface 19608 . Inwardly facing surface 19606 of first plate 19620 can include cam protrusions 19614 . Similarly, the inward facing surface 19608 of the second plate 19622 can include camming protrusions 19616 . 110-115, the outward facing surface 19604 of the first plate can include a tissue thickness compensator positioned thereon. The outward facing surface 19601 of the second plate 19622 can also include a tissue thickness compensator positioned thereon. The tissue thickness compensator can be attached to the outer surfaces 19604 and 19610, for example, using adhesives, engagement features, and/or other suitable attachment means. The retainer 19600 can include a clip 19618 extending from the second plate 19622 configured to engage the staple cartridge 19690, as shown in Figure 110 and Figures 112-115.

现在参见图105-109,插入工具19630可包括第一末端19632和第二末端19634。第一末端19632可为足够大的,以供例如外科医生、护士和/或技术人员抓紧。第二末端19634限定腔体19640,其中腔体可包括定位在其中的凸轮19648。凸轮19648的第一侧可包括第一突出部19642、第二突出部19644、和定位在两者间的第一下凹部19646。凸轮19648的第二侧可包括第三突出部19643、第四突出部19645、和定位在两者间的第二下凹部19647。例如,突出部和下凹部可以镜像方式进行布置。换句话讲,可将第一突出部19642以正对凸轮19648的第二侧上的第三突出部19643的方式布置在凸轮19648的第一侧上。同样,可将第二突出部19644以正对凸轮19648的第二侧上的第四突出部19645的方式布置在凸轮19648的第一侧上。另外,可将第一下凹部19464以正对凸轮19648的第二侧上的第二下凹部19647的方式布置在凸轮19648的第一侧上。Referring now to FIGS. 105-109 , an insertion tool 19630 can include a first end 19632 and a second end 19634 . The first end 19632 can be large enough for a surgeon, nurse, and/or technician to grasp, for example. The second end 19634 defines a cavity 19640, wherein the cavity can include a cam 19648 positioned therein. The first side of the cam 19648 can include a first protrusion 19642, a second protrusion 19644, and a first lower recess 19646 positioned therebetween. The second side of the cam 19648 can include a third protrusion 19643, a fourth protrusion 19645, and a second lower recess 19647 positioned therebetween. For example, protrusions and depressions may be arranged in a mirror image. In other words, the first protrusion 19642 can be disposed on the first side of the cam 19648 opposite the third protrusion 19643 on the second side of the cam 19648 . Likewise, the second protrusion 19644 can be positioned on the first side of the cam 19648 opposite the fourth protrusion 19645 on the second side of the cam 19648 . Additionally, the first lowered recess 19464 can be disposed on the first side of the cam 19648 opposite the second lowered recess 19647 on the second side of the cam 19648 .

在使用期间,可将插入工具19630的第二末端19634放置在保持器19600的第一板19620和第二板19622之间,使得例如第一板19620上的凸轮突起19614与下凹部19646接合并且使得第二板19622上的凸轮突起19616与下凹部19647接合。如图112和图113所示,可将包括保持器19600、插入工具19630、一个或多个组织厚度补偿件、和钉仓19690的插入组件19700插入到外科器械内。外科器械(例如,外科缝合器)可包括砧座19720和能够接收钉仓19690的通道19740。可将插入组件19700沿着箭头P的方向(图113)插入到外科器械内以将钉仓19690锁定在通道19740内。在此位置中,凸轮19614和19616可分别与下凹部19646和19647对齐。During use, the second end 19634 of the insertion tool 19630 can be placed between the first plate 19620 and the second plate 19622 of the holder 19600 such that, for example, the cam protrusion 19614 on the first plate 19620 engages the lower recess 19646 and makes the Cam protrusions 19616 on second plate 19622 engage lower recesses 19647 . As shown in FIGS. 112 and 113 , an insertion assembly 19700 comprising a retainer 19600 , an insertion tool 19630 , one or more tissue thickness compensators, and a staple cartridge 19690 can be inserted into a surgical instrument. A surgical instrument (eg, a surgical stapler) can include an anvil 19720 and a channel 19740 configured to receive a staple cartridge 19690 . Insertion assembly 19700 can be inserted into the surgical instrument in the direction of arrow P ( FIG. 113 ) to lock staple cartridge 19690 within channel 19740 . In this position, cams 19614 and 19616 may align with lower recesses 19646 and 19647, respectively.

在钉仓19690锁定在通道19740内之后,如图114所示,插入工具19600可相对于外科器械继续沿着箭头Q的方向进行移动。插入工具19600沿箭头Q的方向的进一步移动可使第一突出部19642与第一凸轮突起19614对齐,并且使第三突出部19634与第二凸轮突起19616对齐。这种对齐可导致保持器板19620和19622围绕铰链19612沿着箭头R的方向(图114)以彼此远离的方式旋转。在此类情况下,保持器板19620和组织厚度补偿件19670可移向砧座19720,并且保持器板19622可移向且接触砧座19720。任选地,由于上文所述,可将组织厚度补偿件19670置于砧座19720上。在组织厚度补偿件19670附接到砧座19720之后,可沿着箭头S的方向(图115所示)回缩或移动插入工具19630。插入工具19630沿箭头S的方向的移动可导致凸轮突起19614和19616分别与第一突出部19642和第三突出部19643分离,并且变为分别与第一下凹部19646和第二下凹部19647再次对齐。第二突出部19642和第四突出部19645可分别邻接凸轮突起19614和19616,并且可阻止插入工具19630与保持器19600完全分离。在凸轮突起19614和19616与下凹部19646和19647再次对齐的情况下,第一板19620可围绕铰链19612至少部分地朝着第二板19622并且远离砧座19720而旋转。还可使保持器19600与通道19740分离,并且随后沿着箭头S的方向移出,从而留下例如附接到砧座19720的组织厚度补偿件19670。After staple cartridge 19690 is locked within channel 19740, insertion tool 19600 may continue to move in the direction of arrow Q relative to the surgical instrument, as shown in FIG. 114 . Further movement of the insertion tool 19600 in the direction of arrow Q can align the first protrusion 19642 with the first cam protrusion 19614 and align the third protrusion 19634 with the second cam protrusion 19616 . This alignment can cause retainer plates 19620 and 19622 to rotate away from each other about hinge 19612 in the direction of arrow R ( FIG. 114 ). In such circumstances, the retainer plate 19620 and tissue thickness compensator 19670 can be moved toward the anvil 19720 , and the retainer plate 19622 can be moved toward and contact the anvil 19720 . Optionally, tissue thickness compensator 19670 can be placed on anvil 19720 as described above. After the tissue thickness compensator 19670 is attached to the anvil 19720, the insertion tool 19630 can be retracted or moved in the direction of arrow S (shown in FIG. 115). Movement of the insertion tool 19630 in the direction of arrow S may cause the cam protrusions 19614 and 19616 to disengage from the first protrusion 19642 and the third protrusion 19643, respectively, and become re-aligned with the first lower recess 19646 and second lower recess 19647, respectively . The second protrusion 19642 and the fourth protrusion 19645 may abut the cam protrusions 19614 and 19616 , respectively, and may prevent the insertion tool 19630 from being completely separated from the holder 19600 . With the cam protrusions 19614 and 19616 aligned with the lower recesses 19646 and 19647 again, the first plate 19620 can rotate about the hinge 19612 at least partially toward the second plate 19622 and away from the anvil 19720 . Retainer 19600 can also be detached from channel 19740 and then removed in the direction of arrow S, leaving tissue thickness compensator 19670 attached to anvil 19720, for example.

如本文所述,保持器组件可用于将一个或多个组织厚度补偿件安装到外科缝合器械的端部执行器内。保持器组件可将除组织厚度补偿件之外的层安装到外科器械内。层可包括例如可吸收材料和/或生物相容性材料。As described herein, a retainer assembly can be used to mount one or more tissue thickness compensators within an end effector of a surgical stapling instrument. The retainer assembly can mount layers other than the tissue thickness compensator into the surgical instrument. Layers may include, for example, absorbable and/or biocompatible materials.

参见图172,端部执行器12能够接收端部执行器插入件25002。端部执行器12可包括下钳口25070以及能够相对于下钳口25070枢转的砧座25060。端部执行器插入件25002可包括能够枢转地连接到砧座插入件25004的钉仓25000。端部执行器12能够接收端部执行器插入件25002,使得钉仓25000配合在例如下钳口25070的钉仓通道25072内并且使得砧座插入件25004接触例如砧座25060。下钳口25070可包括能够将钉仓25000固定到钉仓通道25072的多个固定构件25074。砧座插入件25004可包括能够接合砧座25060中的至少一个保持沟槽的至少一个保持突起。砧座插入件25004能够在砧座25060朝下钳口25070枢转时相应地朝钉仓25000枢转,如本文更详细地描述。Referring to FIG. 172 , the end effector 12 can receive an end effector insert 25002 . The end effector 12 may include a lower jaw 25070 and an anvil 25060 pivotable relative to the lower jaw 25070 . End effector insert 25002 can include a staple cartridge 25000 pivotably connected to anvil insert 25004. End effector 12 can receive end effector insert 25002 such that staple cartridge 25000 fits within staple cartridge channel 25072 of, for example, lower jaw 25070 and such that anvil insert 25004 contacts, for example, anvil 25060 . Lower jaw 25070 can include a plurality of securing members 25074 configured to secure staple cartridge 25000 to staple cartridge channel 25072. Anvil insert 25004 can include at least one retention protrusion configured to engage at least one retention groove in anvil 25060 . Anvil insert 25004 is capable of correspondingly pivoting toward staple cartridge 25000 as anvil 25060 pivots toward lower jaw 25070, as described in greater detail herein.

仍参见图172,端部执行器插入件25002还可包括保持器25010。保持器25010可牢固地接合钉仓25000和砧座插入件25004中的至少一者。保持器25010可包括可夹住、接合、卡扣、夹紧、和/或勾住钉仓25000的至少一个固定夹具25012。如图172所示,保持器25010可包括例如位于其每一纵向侧的两个固定夹具25012。例如,固定夹具25012能够夹在例如钉仓25000的一部分上。根据本发明,组织厚度补偿件可通过保持器25010来相对于端部执行器插入件25002保持固定。例如,可将组织厚度补偿件定位在保持器25010和钉仓25000之间。Still referring to FIG. 172 , the end effector insert 25002 can also include a retainer 25010 . Retainer 25010 can securely engage at least one of staple cartridge 25000 and anvil insert 25004. Retainer 25010 can include at least one securing clip 25012 that can clamp, engage, snap, clamp, and/or hook staple cartridge 25000 . As shown in FIG. 172, the retainer 25010 may include, for example, two securing clips 25012 on each longitudinal side thereof. For example, retaining clip 25012 can be clamped over a portion of staple cartridge 25000, for example. In accordance with the present invention, the tissue thickness compensator can be held fixed relative to the end effector insert 25002 by the retainer 25010 . For example, a tissue thickness compensator can be positioned between retainer 25010 and staple cartridge 25000 .

任选地,当操作者正将端部执行器插入件25002插入到端部执行器12内时,保持器25010可提供固体的或基本上固体的元件以供操作者抓紧。此外,保持器25010可阻止由例如保持器25010限定的组织厚度补偿件的过早变形。可在利用端部执行器12切割和/或紧固组织之前将保持器25010从端部执行器12移除。作为另外一种选择,保持器25010可保持定位在端部执行器12中。例如,当钉从钉仓25000的腔体25002(图207)击发时,可通过切割元件25052(图207)横切保持器25010。保持器25010可包括聚合物组合物,例如,可生物吸收的生物相容性弹性体聚合物。保持器25010还可包括可生物吸收的聚合物,例如,冻干多糖、糖蛋白类、弹性蛋白、蛋白聚糖、明胶、胶原和/或氧化再生纤维素(ORC)。保持器25010可包括至少一种治疗剂,例如药物活性剂或药物。Optionally, retainer 25010 may provide a solid or substantially solid element for the operator to grasp while the operator is inserting end effector insert 25002 into end effector 12 . In addition, retainer 25010 can resist premature deformation of a tissue thickness compensator defined by retainer 25010, for example. Retainer 25010 may be removed from end effector 12 prior to cutting and/or fastening tissue with end effector 12 . Alternatively, retainer 25010 may remain positioned in end effector 12 . For example, when staples are fired from the lumen 25002 (FIG. 207) of the staple cartridge 25000, the retainer 25010 can be transected by the cutting element 25052 (FIG. 207). Retainer 25010 may comprise a polymer composition, eg, a bioabsorbable biocompatible elastomeric polymer. The retainer 25010 may also comprise a bioabsorbable polymer such as lyophilized polysaccharides, glycoproteins, elastin, proteoglycans, gelatin, collagen, and/or oxidized regenerated cellulose (ORC). The retainer 25010 can include at least one therapeutic agent, such as a pharmaceutically active agent or drug.

参见图173,端部执行器26012可包括砧座26060和下钳口26070。根据本发明,可将组织补偿件26020可释放地固定到砧座26060、下钳口26070、和/或砧座26060和下钳口26070两者。例如,可将第一组织补偿件26020可释放地固定到下钳口26070中的钉仓26000,并且可将第二组织补偿件26022可释放地固定到砧座26060。第一组织补偿件26020和第二组织补偿件26022可为可变形的和/或弹性的,这类似于本文所述的至少一个组织厚度补偿件。例如,第一组织补偿件26020和第二组织补偿件26022可包括聚合物组合物,例如可生物吸收的生物相容性弹性体聚合物。第一组织补偿件26020和第二组织补偿件26022还可包括可生物吸收的聚合物,例如,冻干多糖、糖蛋白类、弹性蛋白、蛋白聚糖、明胶、胶原和/或氧化再生纤维素(ORC)。第一组织补偿件26020和第二组织补偿件26022可包括至少一种治疗剂,例如药物活性剂或药物。Referring to FIG. 173 , the end effector 26012 can include an anvil 26060 and a lower jaw 26070 . In accordance with the present invention, tissue compensator 26020 can be releasably secured to anvil 26060, lower jaw 26070, and/or both anvil 26060 and lower jaw 26070. For example, a first tissue compensator 26020 can be releasably secured to the staple cartridge 26000 in the lower jaw 26070 and a second tissue compensator 26022 can be releasably secured to the anvil 26060. The first tissue compensator 26020 and the second tissue compensator 26022 can be deformable and/or elastic, similar to the at least one tissue thickness compensator described herein. For example, first tissue compensator 26020 and second tissue compensator 26022 can comprise a polymer composition, such as a bioabsorbable biocompatible elastomeric polymer. The first tissue compensator 26020 and the second tissue compensator 26022 may also comprise bioabsorbable polymers, e.g., lyophilized polysaccharides, glycoproteins, elastin, proteoglycans, gelatin, collagen, and/or oxidized regenerated cellulose (ORC). The first tissue compensator 26020 and the second tissue compensator 26022 can include at least one therapeutic agent, such as a pharmaceutically active agent or drug.

组织补偿件26020、26022可包括牢固的或基本上牢固的保护帽26024、26026。例如,第一保护帽26024可定位在第一组织补偿件26020的远侧末端处,并且第二保护帽26026可定位在第二组织补偿件26022的远侧末端处。保护帽26024、26026可阻止或限制组织补偿件26020、26022的过早变形。例如,当组织补偿件26020、26022例如移动穿过套管针和/或围绕患者组织进行操作时,保护帽26024、26026可保护组织补偿件26020、26022。相似地,参见图174,端部执行器12可包括可释放地固定到下钳口25070中的钉仓25000的第一组织补偿件25020、以及可释放地固定到砧座25060的第二组织补偿件25022。根据本发明,可将保护帽25026定位在第二组织补偿件25022的远侧末端处。可将保护帽25026定位成邻近组织补偿件25022的可变形/弹性部分。保护帽25026可在组织补偿件25022之上和/或周围延伸,使得保护帽25026保护组织补偿件25022的远侧末端和中间部分。The tissue compensator 26020, 26022 can include a secure or substantially secure protective cap 26024, 26026. For example, a first protective cap 26024 can be positioned at the distal end of the first tissue compensator 26020 and a second protective cap 26026 can be positioned at the distal end of the second tissue compensator 26022 . The protective caps 26024, 26026 can prevent or limit premature deformation of the tissue compensators 26020, 26022. For example, the protective caps 26024, 26026 may protect the tissue compensators 26020, 26022 while the tissue compensators 26020, 26022 are being moved, eg, through a trocar and/or manipulated around patient tissue. Similarly, referring to FIG. 174 , end effector 12 can include a first tissue compensating member 25020 releasably secured to staple cartridge 25000 in lower jaw 25070 , and a second tissue compensating member releasably secured to anvil 25060 Part 25022. In accordance with the present invention, a protective cap 25026 can be positioned at the distal end of the second tissue compensator 25022 . The protective cap 25026 can be positioned adjacent to the deformable/resilient portion of the tissue compensator 25022. Protective cap 25026 can extend over and/or around tissue compensator 25022 such that protective cap 25026 protects the distal tip and intermediate portion of tissue compensator 25022 .

参见图175-202,套管27010能够接合例如外科器械的端部执行器12的砧座25060。套管27010可包括分叉部27040(图176-179)、鼻部27080(图186-189)和补偿件27120(图180-182)。套管27010能够在平移击发杆25052(图196)接近侧末端部执行器12的远侧末端时释放补偿件27020。补偿件27020可为可变形的和/或弹性的,这类似于本文所述的至少一个组织厚度补偿件。例如,补偿件27020可包括聚合物组合物,例如可生物吸收的生物相容性弹性体聚合物。补偿件27020还可包括可生物吸收的聚合物,例如,冻干多糖、糖蛋白类、弹性蛋白、蛋白聚糖、明胶、胶原和/或氧化再生纤维素(ORC)。补偿件27020可包括至少一种治疗剂,例如药物活性剂或药物。主要参见图175,可将分叉部27040定位在砧座25060的外表面25061之上和/或周围。可将套管27010的鼻部27080定位在砧座25060的远侧部分处和/或周围。可将补偿件27020定位在砧座25060的内表面之上和/或周围。175-202, the sleeve 27010 is configured to engage, for example, an anvil 25060 of the end effector 12 of a surgical instrument. The sleeve 27010 can include a bifurcation 27040 (FIGS. 176-179), a nose 27080 (FIGS. 186-189), and a compensator 27120 (FIGS. 180-182). Cannula 27010 is capable of releasing compensator 27020 when translation of firing rod 25052 ( FIG. 196 ) approaches the distal tip of side tip effector 12 . Compensator 27020 can be deformable and/or elastic, similar to at least one tissue thickness compensator described herein. For example, compensator 27020 may comprise a polymer composition, such as a bioabsorbable biocompatible elastomeric polymer. The compensator 27020 may also include bioabsorbable polymers such as lyophilized polysaccharides, glycoproteins, elastin, proteoglycans, gelatin, collagen, and/or oxidized regenerated cellulose (ORC). The compensator 27020 can comprise at least one therapeutic agent, such as a pharmaceutically active agent or drug. Referring primarily to FIG. 175 , the bifurcated portion 27040 can be positioned on and/or around the outer surface 25061 of the anvil 25060 . The nose 27080 of the cannula 27010 can be positioned at and/or around the distal portion of the anvil 25060. The compensator 27020 can be positioned on and/or around the inner surface of the anvil 25060.

仍参见图175,分叉部27040可包括至少一个叉27042a。任选地,如图505-508所示,分叉部27040可包括第一叉27042a和第二叉27042b。例如,叉27042a、27042b可为对称的或者基本上对称的。第一叉27042a可相对于第二叉27042b为对称的。第一叉27042a和/或第二叉27042b可在其远侧末端处变窄。例如,每个叉27042a、27042b可包括狭窄末端27048。主要参见图178,分叉部27040可例如为成轮廓的。再次参见图175,分叉部27040的轮廓可例如匹配或者基本上匹配砧座25060的外表面25061的轮廓。主要参见图178和图179,分叉部27040还可包括从第一叉27042a延伸的至少一个扣件27044a。第一扣件27044a可定位在分叉部27040的第一侧,并且第二扣件27044b可定位在分叉部27040的第二侧。扣件27044a、27044b可例如定位在分叉部27040的近侧末端处或附近。扣件27044a、27044b可例如沿着第一叉27042a和/或第二叉27042b定位在分叉部27040的远侧末端处或附近。扣件27044a、27044b可沿着分叉部27040的较长长度和/或分叉部27040的较短长度延伸。例如,多个扣件27044a、27044b可沿着分叉部的每一纵向侧进行定位。主要参见图179,第一扣件27044a可包括第一扣件延伸件27046a和/或第二扣件27044b可包括第二扣件延伸件27046b。例如,第一扣件延伸件27046a可从扣件27044a的至少一部分突出,并且第二扣件延伸件27046b可从扣件27044b的至少一部分突出。此外,第一扣件延伸件27046a和第二扣件延伸件27046b各自能够接合补偿件27020中的间隙27128(图181),如本文更详细地描述。Still referring to FIG. 175, the bifurcated portion 27040 can include at least one prong 27042a. Optionally, as shown in FIGS. 505-508, the bifurcated portion 27040 can include a first prong 27042a and a second prong 27042b. For example, the prongs 27042a, 27042b can be symmetrical or substantially symmetrical. The first prong 27042a can be symmetrical with respect to the second prong 27042b. The first fork 27042a and/or the second fork 27042b can narrow at their distal ends. For example, each prong 27042a, 27042b can include a narrowed end 27048. Referring primarily to FIG. 178, the bifurcation 27040 may, for example, be contoured. Referring again to FIG. 175 , the profile of the bifurcated portion 27040 can match or substantially match the profile of the outer surface 25061 of the anvil 25060 , for example. Referring primarily to FIGS. 178 and 179 , the bifurcated portion 27040 can also include at least one clasp 27044a extending from the first fork 27042a. A first fastener 27044a can be positioned on a first side of the bifurcation 27040 and a second fastener 27044b can be positioned on a second side of the bifurcation 27040 . The clasps 27044a, 27044b can be positioned at or near the proximal end of the bifurcation 27040, for example. The clasps 27044a, 27044b can be positioned at or near the distal end of the bifurcation 27040, eg, along the first fork 27042a and/or the second fork 27042b. The clasps 27044a, 27044b can extend along the longer length of the bifurcation 27040 and/or the shorter length of the bifurcation 27040. For example, a plurality of fasteners 27044a, 27044b can be positioned along each longitudinal side of the bifurcation. Referring primarily to FIG. 179, the first fastener 27044a can include a first fastener extension 27046a and/or the second fastener 27044b can include a second fastener extension 27046b. For example, a first fastener extension 27046a can protrude from at least a portion of the fastener 27044a, and a second fastener extension 27046b can protrude from at least a portion of the fastener 27044b. In addition, first fastener extension 27046a and second fastener extension 27046b are each configured to engage gap 27128 ( FIG. 181 ) in compensator 27020 , as described in greater detail herein.

现在参见图201,用于套管27010的补偿件27020可包括纵向突起27024和位于补偿件27020的每一纵向侧的边缘27026。可将补偿件27020定位成邻近邻砧座25060的内表面25063。另外,当将套管27010定位在砧座25060上时,纵向突起27024可基本上对齐砧座25060中的纵向狭槽25062并且/或者定位在砧座25060中的纵向狭槽25062内。补偿件27020的边缘27026可朝着外表面25061至少部分地包绕砧座25060。主要参见图180-181,用于套管27110的补偿件27120可包括主体27122,所述主体27122具有沿其至少一部分延伸的纵向突起27124。例如,纵向突起27124可限定沿主体27122的中线的纵向路径。当将套管27110定位在砧座25060上时,纵向突起27124可被砧座25060中的纵向狭槽25062(图201)接收。主要参见图182,纵向突起27124可包括圆形突出部。例如,纵向突起27124的横截面可形成弧和/或部分圆环。作为另外一种选择,纵向突起27124可包括有角的和/或阶梯状的突出部。补偿件27120还可包括边缘,所述边缘27126可为例如直的、弯曲的、有凹槽的、波浪形的、和/或之字形的。边缘27126可包括间隙27128,所述间隙27128能够在组装的套管27110定位在砧座25060上时接收扣件延伸件27046a、27046b(图179)。扣件延伸件27046a、27046b可配合穿过间隙27128以接合砧座25060,使得扣件延伸件27046a,27046b例如有助于将套管27110固定到砧座25060。Referring now to FIG. 201 , a compensator 27020 for a sleeve 27010 can include a longitudinal protrusion 27024 and an edge 27026 on each longitudinal side of the compensator 27020 . The compensator 27020 can be positioned adjacent to the inner surface 25063 of the anvil 25060 . Additionally, the longitudinal protrusions 27024 can be substantially aligned with and/or positioned within the longitudinal slots 25062 in the anvil 25060 when the sleeve 27010 is positioned on the anvil 25060 . The edge 27026 of the compensator 27020 can at least partially wrap around the anvil 25060 towards the outer surface 25061 . Referring primarily to FIGS. 180-181 , a compensator 27120 for a sleeve 27110 can include a body 27122 having a longitudinal protrusion 27124 extending along at least a portion thereof. For example, longitudinal protrusion 27124 can define a longitudinal path along the midline of body 27122 . When the sleeve 27110 is positioned on the anvil 25060, the longitudinal protrusion 27124 can be received by the longitudinal slot 25062 ( FIG. 201 ) in the anvil 25060 . Referring primarily to FIG. 182, the longitudinal protrusion 27124 can comprise a lobe. For example, the cross-section of the longitudinal protrusion 27124 may form an arc and/or a partial circle. Alternatively, the longitudinal protrusions 27124 may include angled and/or stepped protrusions. Compensator 27120 may also include edges, which may be, for example, straight, curved, grooved, wavy, and/or zigzag. The edge 27126 can include a gap 27128 configured to receive the fastener extensions 27046a, 27046b when the assembled sleeve 27110 is positioned on the anvil 25060 (FIG. 179). The fastener extensions 27046a, 27046b can fit through the gap 27128 to engage the anvil 25060 such that the fastener extensions 27046a, 27046b help secure the sleeve 27110 to the anvil 25060, for example.

主要参见图183-185,用于套管27210的补偿件27220可包括主体27222,所述主体27222包括沿其至少一部分延伸的纵向突起27224。任选地,与上文相似,当将套管27210定位在砧座25060上时,纵向突起27224可被砧座25060中的纵向狭槽25062(图202)接收。主要参见图185,纵向突起27224可包括有角的突出部,使得突出70224的横截面形成基本上矩形的形状。补偿件27220还可包括边缘27226,所述边缘27226可为例如直的、弯曲的、有凹槽的、波浪形的、和/或之字形的。边缘27226可包括间隙27228,所述间隙27228能够在组装的套管27210定位在砧座25060上时接收扣件延伸件27046a、27046b(图179)。扣件延伸件27046a、27046b可配合穿过间隙27228并且接合砧座25060,使得扣件延伸件27046a,27046b例如有助于将套管27210固定到砧座25060。补偿件27220还可包括横贯补偿件27220的主体27222的多个肋27229。当将套管27210定位在砧座25060并且/或者当补偿件27220接触组织时,肋27229可支撑补偿件27220的主体27222。Referring primarily to FIGS. 183-185, a compensator 27220 for a sleeve 27210 can include a body 27222 including a longitudinal protrusion 27224 extending along at least a portion thereof. Optionally, the longitudinal protrusion 27224 can be received by the longitudinal slot 25062 ( FIG. 202 ) in the anvil 25060 when the sleeve 27210 is positioned on the anvil 25060 , similar to above. Referring primarily to FIG. 185, the longitudinal protrusions 27224 can include angled protrusions such that the cross-section of the protrusions 70224 forms a substantially rectangular shape. The compensator 27220 can also include an edge 27226, which can be, for example, straight, curved, grooved, wavy, and/or zigzag. The edge 27226 can include a gap 27228 configured to receive the fastener extensions 27046a, 27046b when the assembled sleeve 27210 is positioned on the anvil 25060 (FIG. 179). The fastener extensions 27046a, 27046b can fit through the gap 27228 and engage the anvil 25060 such that the fastener extensions 27046a, 27046b help secure the sleeve 27210 to the anvil 25060, for example. The compensator 27220 may also include a plurality of ribs 27229 traversing the body 27222 of the compensator 27220 . The ribs 27229 can support the body 27222 of the compensator 27220 when the sleeve 27210 is positioned on the anvil 25060 and/or when the compensator 27220 contacts tissue.

参见图386-390,套管27010的鼻部27080可包括对齐脊27082,所述对齐脊27082可与砧座25060中的纵向狭槽25062(图201)基本上对齐。当对齐脊27082与纵向狭槽25062对齐时和当套管27010定位在砧座25060上时,鼻部27082可至少部分地包围套管27010的分叉部27040的远侧部分。例如,当将套管27010定位在砧座25060上时,每个叉27042a、27042b的狭窄末端27048可定位在鼻部27080内。如本文更详细地描述,当将分叉部27042与鼻部27080接合时,鼻部27080可使叉27042a、27042b以彼此更靠近和/或向下的方式挠曲。此外,如图190所示,当将分叉部27040的狭窄末端27048定位在鼻部27080内时,分叉部27040上的扣件27044a、27044b可接合例如补偿件27020的边缘27026。由于这种接合,可将补偿件27010固定到砧座25060。Referring to FIGS. 386-390 , the nose 27080 of the sleeve 27010 can include alignment ridges 27082 that can substantially align with the longitudinal slots 25062 ( FIG. 201 ) in the anvil 25060 . The nose 27082 can at least partially surround a distal portion of the bifurcation 27040 of the sleeve 27010 when the alignment ridge 27082 is aligned with the longitudinal slot 25062 and when the sleeve 27010 is positioned on the anvil 25060 . For example, when the sleeve 27010 is positioned over the anvil 25060, the narrow end 27048 of each prong 27042a, 27042b can be positioned within the nose 27080. As described in greater detail herein, when the bifurcated portion 27042 is engaged with the nose portion 27080, the nose portion 27080 can flex the prongs 27042a, 27042b closer to each other and/or downwardly. Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 190 , the clasps 27044 a , 27044 b on the bifurcation 27040 can engage, for example, the edge 27026 of the compensator 27020 when the narrow end 27048 of the bifurcation 27040 is positioned within the nose 27080 . Due to this engagement, compensator 27010 may be secured to anvil 25060 .

参见图191-195,当鼻部27080与套管27010的分叉部27040接合时,可将补偿件27020固定到砧座25060。当击发杆25050沿着砧座25060中的纵向狭槽25062的一部分平移时,鼻部27080可保持与分叉部27040接合。现在参见图195-200,当击发杆25050上的切割元件25052和/或击发杆25050的任何其他合适部分(例如,保持凸缘25054)接近砧座25060的远侧末端时,击发杆25050可使鼻部27080与分叉部27040分离。击发杆25050可例如接触鼻部27080并且将鼻部27080推离砧座25060,使得鼻部27080与套管27010的分叉部27040分离。现在参见图202,当鼻部27080与分叉部27040分离时,第一叉27042a和第二叉27042b能够挠曲远离砧座25060。例如,当分叉部27070与鼻部27080接合时,叉27042a、27042b可朝向砧座25060以彼此更靠近和/或向下的方式进行挠曲并且可通过鼻部27080保持在这种位置。可通过鼻部27080将叉27042a、27042b保持在弹簧负荷下,使得叉27042a、27042b在鼻部27080一旦与叉27042a、27042b分离,就试图回弹到中立构型。作为另外一种选择,叉27042a、27042b可为充分变形的,使得叉27042a、27042b在鼻部27080一旦与其分离,就可通过击发杆25050向外变形或扩展。当叉27042a、27042b移动远离砧座25060时,沿每个叉27042a、27042b的纵向侧的扣件27044a、27044b可脱离补偿件27020,这可允许从砧座25060释放补偿件27020。191-195, when the nose 27080 is engaged with the bifurcated portion 27040 of the sleeve 27010, the compensator 27020 can be secured to the anvil 25060. The nose 27080 can remain engaged with the bifurcation 27040 as the firing rod 25050 translates along a portion of the longitudinal slot 25062 in the anvil 25060 . Referring now to FIGS. 195-200 , when the cutting element 25052 on the firing rod 25050 and/or any other suitable portion of the firing rod 25050 (e.g., retaining flange 25054 ) approaches the distal end of the anvil 25060 , the firing rod 25050 can cause The nose 27080 is separated from the bifurcation 27040. The firing rod 25050 can, for example, contact the nose 27080 and push the nose 27080 away from the anvil 25060 such that the nose 27080 is separated from the bifurcation 27040 of the cannula 27010. Referring now to FIG. 202 , when the nose 27080 is separated from the bifurcation 27040 , the first prong 27042a and the second prong 27042b can flex away from the anvil 25060 . For example, when the bifurcated portion 27070 is engaged with the nose portion 27080, the prongs 27042a, 27042b can flex closer to each other and/or downwardly toward the anvil 25060 and can be held in such a position by the nose portion 27080. The prongs 27042a, 27042b may be held under spring load by the nose 27080 such that the prongs 27042a, 27042b attempt to spring back to the neutral configuration once the nose 27080 is separated from the prongs 27042a, 27042b. Alternatively, the prongs 27042a, 27042b may be sufficiently deformable such that the prongs 27042a, 27042b may deform or expand outwardly through the firing rod 25050 once separated therefrom at the nose 27080. As the forks 27042a, 27042b move away from the anvil 25060, the clasps 27044a, 27044b along the longitudinal sides of each fork 27042a, 27042b can disengage the compensator 27020, which can allow the compensator 27020 to be released from the anvil 25060.

参见图203-209,外科器械的端部执行器12例如能够接收端部执行器插入件28010。端部执行器插入件28010可包括补偿件主体28012和至少一个夹具28014a、28014b。端部执行器插入件28010可包括例如补偿件主体28012的近侧末端处的近侧夹具28014b、和补偿件主体28012的远侧末端处的远侧夹具28014a。主要参见图206,可将远侧夹具28014a在砧座25060的远侧末端处或附近固定到端部执行器12的砧座25060。例如,远侧夹具28014a可与砧座25060的纵向狭槽25062基本上对齐并且/或者可部分定位在砧座25060的纵向狭槽25062内。主要参见图207,可将近侧夹具28014b固定到端部执行器12的下钳口25070中的钉仓25000(图208)。可将近侧夹具28014b在钉仓25000的近侧末端处或附近固定到钉仓25000。例如,近侧末端夹具28014b可与钉仓25000中的纵向狭槽25004基本上对齐并且/或者可定位在钉仓25000中的纵向狭槽25004内。203-209, the end effector 12 of a surgical instrument can receive an end effector insert 28010, for example. The end effector insert 28010 can include a compensator body 28012 and at least one clamp 28014a, 28014b. The end effector insert 28010 can include, for example, a proximal clamp 28014b at a proximal end of the compensator body 28012 , and a distal clamp 28014a at a distal end of the compensator body 28012 . Referring primarily to FIG. 206 , the distal clamp 28014a can be secured to the anvil 25060 of the end effector 12 at or near the distal end of the anvil 25060 . For example, the distal clamp 28014a can be substantially aligned with and/or can be partially positioned within the longitudinal slot 25062 of the anvil 25060 . Referring primarily to FIG. 207, the proximal clamp 28014b can be secured to the staple cartridge 25000 in the lower jaw 25070 of the end effector 12 (FIG. 208). Proximal clamp 28014b can be secured to staple cartridge 25000 at or near its proximal end. For example, proximal end clamp 28014b can be substantially aligned with and/or can be positioned within longitudinal slot 25004 in staple cartridge 25000 .

现在参见图208和209,可将端部执行器插入件28010插入到外科器械的端部执行器12内。任选地,端部执行器插入件28010的至少一部分(例如,补偿件主体28012、远侧夹具28014a、和/或近侧夹具28014b)可例如为可变形的和/或弹性的。当将端部执行器插入件28010插入到端部执行器12内时,远侧和/或近侧夹具28014a、28014b可弯曲或挠曲。当夹具28014a、28014b例如挠曲时,夹具28014a、28014b例如可试图返回其初始未变形的构型并且可产生相应的回弹力或恢复力。任选地,当将端部执行器插入件28010定位在端部执行器12内时,端部执行器插入件28010可对端部执行器12施加弹簧负荷。端部执行器插入件28010可为固体的或基本上固体的,使得操作者在正将端部执行器插入件28010和钉仓25000插入到端部执行器12内时可抓紧插入件28010。Referring now to FIGS. 208 and 209, the end effector insert 28010 can be inserted into the end effector 12 of the surgical instrument. Optionally, at least a portion of the end effector insert 28010 (eg, the compensator body 28012, the distal clip 28014a, and/or the proximal clip 28014b) can be deformable and/or elastic, for example. When the end effector insert 28010 is inserted into the end effector 12, the distal and/or proximal clamps 28014a, 28014b may bend or flex. When the clips 28014a, 28014b, for example, flex, the clips 28014a, 28014b, for example, can attempt to return to their original, undeformed configuration and can generate a corresponding resilient or restoring force. Optionally, the end effector insert 28010 can apply a spring load to the end effector 12 when the end effector insert 28010 is positioned within the end effector 12 . End effector insert 28010 can be solid or substantially solid such that an operator can grasp insert 28010 while end effector insert 28010 and staple cartridge 25000 are being inserted into end effector 12 .

端部执行器插入件28010可在端部执行器12的切割和/或紧固操作之前来从端部执行器12移除。作为另外一种选择,端部执行器插入件28010可在切割和/或击发操作期间保持定位在端部执行器12中。例如,当钉从其钉仓25000中的钉腔25002(图207)击发时,可通过切割元件25052横切端部执行器插入件28010。端部执行器插入件28010可包括组织厚度补偿材料,这类似于本文所述的组织厚度补偿件中的至少一个。例如,端部执行器插入件28010可包括聚合物组合物,例如可生物吸收的生物相容性弹性体聚合物。端部执行器插入件28010还可包括可生物吸收的聚合物,例如,冻干多糖、糖蛋白类、弹性蛋白、蛋白聚糖、明胶、胶原和/或氧化再生纤维素(ORC)。端部执行器插入件28010可包括至少一种治疗剂,例如药物活性剂或药物。End effector insert 28010 may be removed from end effector 12 prior to cutting and/or fastening operations of end effector 12 . Alternatively, end effector insert 28010 may remain positioned in end effector 12 during cutting and/or firing operations. For example, the end effector insert 28010 can be transected by the cutting element 25052 as the staples are fired from the staple cavities 25002 ( FIG. 207 ) in the staple cartridge 25000 thereof. End effector insert 28010 can comprise a tissue thickness compensating material similar to at least one of the tissue thickness compensators described herein. For example, end effector insert 28010 can comprise a polymer composition, such as a bioabsorbable biocompatible elastomeric polymer. The end effector insert 28010 may also comprise bioabsorbable polymers such as lyophilized polysaccharides, glycoproteins, elastin, proteoglycans, gelatin, collagen, and/or oxidized regenerated cellulose (ORC). End effector insert 28010 can include at least one therapeutic agent, such as a pharmaceutically active agent or drug.

参见图210-215,可将组织厚度补偿件29020定位在外科器械的端部执行器12中。组织厚度补偿件29020可基本上类似于本文所述的组织厚度补偿件中的至少一个。例如,组织厚度补偿件29020可为充分变形的和弹性的,使得组织厚度补偿件29020的变形产生回弹力或恢复力。主要参见图211,静电荷可将组织厚度补偿件29020吸引到端部执行器12的砧座25060,使得静电荷将组织厚度补偿件29020固定到砧座25060。可中和静电荷,使得砧座25060释放组织厚度补偿件29020。除此之外或作为另外一种选择,现在参见图212,可通过至少一个吸力元件29022来将组织厚度补偿件29020固定到砧座25060。例如,组织厚度补偿件29020的表面上的多个微吸力元件29022可将组织厚度补偿件29020可释放地固定到砧座25060。除此之外或作为另外一种选择,参见图213,钩-环紧固件29024可将组织厚度补偿件29020固定到砧座25060。例如,组织厚度补偿件29020的表面可包括多个钩紧固件29024a,并且砧座25060的表面可包括例如多个环紧固件29024b。钩紧固件29024a可接合环紧固件29024b,使得组织厚度补偿件29020可释放地固定到砧座25060。210-215, a tissue thickness compensator 29020 can be positioned in the end effector 12 of the surgical instrument. Tissue thickness compensator 29020 can be substantially similar to at least one of the tissue thickness compensators described herein. For example, the tissue thickness compensator 29020 can be sufficiently deformable and elastic such that deformation of the tissue thickness compensator 29020 produces a resilient or restoring force. Referring primarily to FIG. 211 , an electrostatic charge can attract the tissue thickness compensator 29020 to the anvil 25060 of the end effector 12 such that the electrostatic charge secures the tissue thickness compensator 29020 to the anvil 25060 . Static charges can be neutralized such that the anvil 25060 releases the tissue thickness compensator 29020. Additionally or alternatively, referring now to FIG. 212 , tissue thickness compensator 29020 may be secured to anvil 25060 by at least one suction element 29022 . For example, a plurality of microsuction elements 29022 on the surface of tissue thickness compensator 29020 can releasably secure tissue thickness compensator 29020 to anvil 25060 . Additionally or alternatively, referring to FIG. 213 , hook-and-loop fasteners 29024 can secure tissue thickness compensator 29020 to anvil 25060 . For example, the surface of the tissue thickness compensator 29020 can include a plurality of hook fasteners 29024a, and the surface of the anvil 25060 can include a plurality of loop fasteners 29024b, for example. Hook fastener 29024a can engage loop fastener 29024b such that tissue thickness compensator 29020 is releasably secured to anvil 25060 .

除此之外或作为另外一种选择,现在参见图214,可通过带29026来将组织厚度补偿件29020固定到砧座25060。带29026可包括弹性体聚合物并且/或者可围绕砧座25060系结或打结。当从砧座25060移除带29026时,可从砧座25060释放组织厚度补偿件29020。为了有利于带29026的移除,其例如可进行拉伸和/或切割。根据本发明,多个带29026可将组织厚度补偿件29020固定到砧座25060。作为另外一种选择或除此之外,现在参见图215,可通过定位在组织厚度补偿件29020的远侧末端处的承套29028来将组织厚度补偿件29020固定到砧座25060。承套29028能够在其中接收例如砧座25060的远侧末端。组织厚度补偿件29020上的对齐边缘29029可与砧座25060中的纵向狭槽25062对齐并且/或者可定位在砧座25060中的纵向狭槽25062内。例如,当将组织厚度补偿件29020定位在砧座25060上和/或从砧座25060移除时,对齐边缘29029可在纵向狭槽25062内滑动。Additionally or alternatively, referring now to FIG. 214 , tissue thickness compensator 29020 may be secured to anvil 25060 by strap 29026 . Band 29026 may comprise an elastomeric polymer and/or may be tied or knotted around anvil 25060. When the band 29026 is removed from the anvil 25060, the tissue thickness compensator 29020 can be released from the anvil 25060. To facilitate removal of the strap 29026, it may be stretched and/or cut, for example. A plurality of straps 29026 can secure tissue thickness compensator 29020 to anvil 25060 in accordance with the present invention. Alternatively or in addition, referring now to FIG. 215 , the tissue thickness compensator 29020 can be secured to the anvil 25060 by a socket 29028 positioned at the distal end of the tissue thickness compensator 29020 . Socket 29028 is configured to receive, for example, the distal tip of anvil 25060 therein. The alignment edge 29029 on the tissue thickness compensator 29020 can be aligned with and/or can be positioned within the longitudinal slot 25062 in the anvil 25060 . For example, alignment edge 29029 can slide within longitudinal slot 25062 when tissue thickness compensator 29020 is positioned on and/or removed from anvil 25060 .

参见图216-218,可将组织厚度补偿件30020定位在外科器械的端部执行器12的砧座25060上。组织厚度补偿件30020可包括主体30022和凹坑30024。例如,可将补偿件材料30026保持在主体30022和凹坑30024之间。补偿件材料30026可包括可生物吸收的聚合物,例如冻干多糖、糖蛋白类、弹性蛋白、蛋白聚糖、明胶、胶原和/或氧化再生纤维素(ORC)。除此之外或作为另外一种选择,补偿件材料30026可包括至少一种治疗剂,例如药物活性剂或药物。组织厚度补偿件30020可为可变形的和/或弹性的,这类似于本文所述的至少一个组织厚度补偿件。例如,组织厚度补偿件可包30020括聚合物组合物,例如可生物吸收的生物相容性弹性体聚合物。组织厚度补偿件30020还可包括可生物吸收的聚合物,例如,冻干多糖、糖蛋白类、弹性蛋白、蛋白聚糖、明胶、胶原和/或氧化再生纤维素(ORC)。216-218, the tissue thickness compensator 30020 can be positioned on the anvil 25060 of the end effector 12 of the surgical instrument. The tissue thickness compensator 30020 can include a body 30022 and a pocket 30024 . For example, compensator material 30026 may be retained between body 30022 and dimple 30024 . The compensator material 30026 may comprise bioabsorbable polymers such as lyophilized polysaccharides, glycoproteins, elastin, proteoglycans, gelatin, collagen, and/or oxidized regenerated cellulose (ORC). Additionally or alternatively, the compensator material 30026 may include at least one therapeutic agent, such as a pharmaceutically active agent or drug. Tissue thickness compensator 30020 can be deformable and/or elastic, similar to at least one tissue thickness compensator described herein. For example, a tissue thickness compensator can comprise 30020 a polymer composition, such as a bioabsorbable biocompatible elastomeric polymer. The tissue thickness compensator 30020 may also include bioabsorbable polymers such as lyophilized polysaccharides, glycoproteins, elastin, proteoglycans, gelatin, collagen, and/or oxidized regenerated cellulose (ORC).

主要参见图217,组织厚度补偿件30020的主体30022可包括对齐元件30028,所述对齐元件30028可在组织厚度补偿件30020固定到砧座25060时接收在砧座25060的纵向狭槽25062内。主体30022可包括阶梯状厚度,使得主体30022的几何结构基本上相应于砧座25060的几何结构。另外,主体30022可包括纵向凸缘30029。例如,纵向凸缘30029可例如沿着组织厚度补偿件30020的主体30022的每个纵向侧延伸。纵向凸缘30029可至少部分地包绕砧座25060以将组织厚度补偿件30020固定到砧座25060。另外,例如,纵向凸缘30029可为充分弹性的,使得纵向凸缘30029可挠曲以适应和/或接合砧座25060。当凸缘30029接合砧座25060时,纵向凸缘30029可对砧座25060施加夹紧力。凹坑30024可包括凹痕30025。当将组织厚度补偿件30020固定到砧座25060时,可例如使凹痕30025与砧座25060中的纵向狭槽25062基本上对齐。组织厚度补偿件30020在凹痕30025处可较薄,使得平移切割元件25052(图207)在较薄位置处切断组织厚度补偿件30020。Referring primarily to FIG. 217 , the body 30022 of the tissue thickness compensator 30020 can include an alignment element 30028 that can be received within the longitudinal slot 25062 of the anvil 25060 when the tissue thickness compensator 30020 is secured to the anvil 25060 . Body 30022 can include a stepped thickness such that the geometry of body 30022 substantially corresponds to the geometry of anvil 25060 . Additionally, the body 30022 can include a longitudinal flange 30029 . For example, a longitudinal flange 30029 can extend along each longitudinal side of the body 30022 of the tissue thickness compensator 30020, for example. Longitudinal flange 30029 can at least partially surround anvil 25060 to secure tissue thickness compensator 30020 to anvil 25060 . Also, for example, the longitudinal flange 30029 can be sufficiently elastic such that the longitudinal flange 30029 can flex to conform to and/or engage the anvil 25060 . The longitudinal flange 30029 can apply a clamping force to the anvil 25060 when the flange 30029 engages the anvil 25060 . Dimples 30024 may include dimples 30025 . When the tissue thickness compensator 30020 is secured to the anvil 25060, the indentation 30025 can be substantially aligned with the longitudinal slot 25062 in the anvil 25060, for example. The tissue thickness compensator 30020 can be thinner at the indentation 30025 such that the translating cutting element 25052 (FIG. 207) severes the tissue thickness compensator 30020 at the thinner location.

现在参见图219和图220,组织厚度补偿件30120可包括主体30122,所述主体30122能够在其中保持补偿材料30026。组织厚度补偿件30120可包括对齐元件30128、凹痕30125、和/或纵向凸缘30129。组织厚度补偿件30120还可包括可在打开位置与闭合位置之间移动的闩锁30124。当闩锁30124处于闭合位置时,如图219所示,可将补偿材料30026包封在组织厚度补偿件30120的主体30122内,并且当闩锁30124处于打开位置时,如图220所示,补偿材料30026可从主体30122逸出。类似于本文所述的组织厚度补偿件中的至少一个,组织厚度补偿件30120可为可变形的和/或弹性的。例如,组织厚度补偿件30120可包括聚合物组合物,例如可生物吸收的生物相容性弹性体聚合物。组织厚度补偿件30120还可包括可生物吸收的聚合物,例如,冻干多糖、糖蛋白类、弹性蛋白、蛋白聚糖、明胶、胶原和/或氧化再生纤维素(ORC)。由于组织厚度补偿件30120的弹性,主体30122的至少一部分可进行挠曲以使闩锁30124在打开位置和闭合位置之间移动。当从外科部位移除砧座时,组织厚度补偿件30120的主体30122可保持附接到砧座。例如,主体30122能够撕裂以离开其中可已经捕获主体30122的任何钉。Referring now to FIGS. 219 and 220 , a tissue thickness compensator 30120 can include a body 30122 configured to retain a compensating material 30026 therein. Tissue thickness compensator 30120 can include alignment elements 30128 , indents 30125 , and/or longitudinal flanges 30129 . The tissue thickness compensator 30120 can also include a latch 30124 movable between an open position and a closed position. When the latch 30124 is in the closed position, as shown in FIG. 219, the compensating material 30026 can be enclosed within the body 30122 of the tissue thickness compensator 30120, and when the latch 30124 is in the open position, as shown in FIG. Material 30026 can escape from body 30122 . Similar to at least one of the tissue thickness compensators described herein, the tissue thickness compensator 30120 can be deformable and/or elastic. For example, tissue thickness compensator 30120 can comprise a polymer composition, such as a bioabsorbable biocompatible elastomeric polymer. The tissue thickness compensator 30120 may also include bioabsorbable polymers, eg, lyophilized polysaccharides, glycoproteins, elastin, proteoglycans, gelatin, collagen, and/or oxidized regenerated cellulose (ORC). Due to the elasticity of the tissue thickness compensator 30120, at least a portion of the body 30122 can flex to move the latch 30124 between an open position and a closed position. The body 30122 of the tissue thickness compensator 30120 can remain attached to the anvil when the anvil is removed from the surgical site. For example, the body 30122 can be torn away from any staples in which the body 30122 may have been captured.

参见图221,组织厚度补偿件30220可包括主体30222和凹坑30224。例如,可将补偿件材料30026保持在主体30222和凹坑30224之间。组织厚度补偿件30220可包括对齐元件、凹痕和/或纵向凸缘30229。此外,至少一个纵向凸缘30229可包括沟槽或狭槽30228,所述沟槽或狭槽30228能够接收从组织厚度补偿件30220的凹坑30224延伸的插片30225。在这种情况下,沟槽30228与插片30225的接合可连接主体30222和凹坑30224。此外,在这种情况下,沟槽30028与插片30025的连接可将补偿材料30026包封和/或保持在组织厚度补偿件30220内。现在参见图222a,组织厚度补偿件30320的凹坑30324可包括从其延伸的锚定件30325。此外,组织厚度补偿件30320可包括具有开口30328的主体30322。锚定件30325可从凹坑30324延伸以接合主体30322中的开口30328。在这种构型中,凹坑30324和主体30222可包封两者间的补偿材料30026。组织厚度补偿件30320还可包括一个或多个凸缘30229,所述一个或多个凸缘30229可安装到砧座以便将主体30322保持到砧座。Referring to FIG. 221 , a tissue thickness compensator 30220 can include a body 30222 and a dimple 30224 . For example, compensator material 30026 may be retained between body 30222 and dimple 30224 . The tissue thickness compensator 30220 can include alignment elements, indentations, and/or longitudinal flanges 30229 . Additionally, at least one longitudinal flange 30229 can include a groove or slot 30228 configured to receive a tab 30225 extending from a pocket 30224 of the tissue thickness compensator 30220 . In this case, the engagement of the groove 30228 with the tab 30225 can connect the body 30222 and the pocket 30224 . Additionally, in such instances, the connection of the grooves 30028 to the tabs 30025 can encapsulate and/or retain the compensating material 30026 within the tissue thickness compensator 30220 . Referring now to FIG. 222a, the pocket 30324 of the tissue thickness compensator 30320 can include an anchor 30325 extending therefrom. Additionally, the tissue thickness compensator 30320 can include a body 30322 having an opening 30328 . Anchors 30325 can extend from recesses 30324 to engage openings 30328 in body 30322 . In such a configuration, the dimples 30324 and the body 30222 can encapsulate the compensating material 30026 therebetween. The tissue thickness compensator 30320 can also include one or more flanges 30229 that can be mounted to the anvil to retain the body 30322 to the anvil.

现在参见图223,组织厚度补偿件30420可包括主体30422和凹坑30424。可将补偿材料30026保持在组织厚度补偿件30420的主体30422和凹坑30424之间。主体30422可包括孔口30428,并且凹坑30424可包括锚定件30425。例如,锚定件30425可从凹坑30424并且穿过主体30422的孔口30428延伸。例如,当将组织厚度补偿件30420固定到砧座25060时,锚定件30425可接合砧座25060。锚定件30525可为充分可变形的和弹性的,使得锚定件30425在接合砧座25060时挠曲。此外,挠曲的锚定件30425可对砧座25060施加夹紧力以将组织厚度补偿件30420固定或辅助固定到砧座25060。作为另外一种选择,锚定件可未完全延伸穿过补偿件主体中的孔口。参见图224,组织厚度补偿件30520的凹坑30524上的锚定件30525可接合组织厚度补偿件30520的主体30522中的孔口30528。锚定件30525可接合孔口30528以将凹坑30524固定到主体30522。例如,孔口30528可包括延伸到承窝的颈缩部分。锚定件30525可包括固定边缘,所述固定边缘可穿过颈缩部分并且接合承窝以将锚定件20525固定在孔口30528内。例如,组织厚度补偿件30520还可包括对齐元件、凹痕和/或纵向凸缘30529。Referring now to FIG. 223 , a tissue thickness compensator 30420 can include a body 30422 and a pocket 30424 . A compensating material 30026 can be retained between the body 30422 and the pocket 30424 of the tissue thickness compensator 30420 . The body 30422 can include an aperture 30428 and the pocket 30424 can include an anchor 30425 . For example, the anchor 30425 can extend from the recess 30424 and through the aperture 30428 of the body 30422 . For example, the anchors 30425 can engage the anvil 25060 when the tissue thickness compensator 30420 is secured to the anvil 25060 . Anchor 30525 may be sufficiently deformable and elastic such that anchor 30425 flexes when engaging anvil 25060 . Additionally, the deflected anchors 30425 can apply a clamping force to the anvil 25060 to secure or assist in securing the tissue thickness compensator 30420 to the anvil 25060 . Alternatively, the anchor may not extend completely through the aperture in the compensator body. Referring to FIG. 224 , the anchors 30525 on the pockets 30524 of the tissue thickness compensator 30520 can engage the apertures 30528 in the body 30522 of the tissue thickness compensator 30520 . Anchor 30525 can engage aperture 30528 to secure pocket 30524 to body 30522 . For example, the aperture 30528 can include a necked-in portion that extends into the socket. Anchor 30525 can include a securing edge that can pass through the constriction and engage the socket to secure anchor 20525 within aperture 30528 . For example, tissue thickness compensator 30520 can also include alignment elements, indentations, and/or longitudinal flanges 30529 .

参见图225-227,组织厚度补偿件31020能够接合外科器械的端部执行器31012的砧座31060。组织厚度补偿件31020可包括外膜31022、内膜31024、以及定位在两者间的补偿材料31026。组织厚度补偿件31020可为可变形的和/或弹性的,这类似于本文所述的组织厚度补偿件中的至少一个。例如,补偿材料31026可包括聚合物组合物,例如可生物吸收的生物相容性弹性体聚合物。组织厚度补偿件31020还可包括可生物吸收的聚合物,例如,冻干多糖、糖蛋白类、弹性蛋白、蛋白聚糖、明胶、胶原和/或氧化再生纤维素(ORC)。组织厚度补偿件31020可包括至少一种治疗剂,例如药物活性剂或药物。组织厚度补偿件31020的补偿材料31206可包括治疗剂。225-227, a tissue thickness compensator 31020 can be configured to engage an anvil 31060 of an end effector 31012 of a surgical instrument. The tissue thickness compensator 31020 can include an outer membrane 31022, an inner membrane 31024, and a compensating material 31026 positioned therebetween. Tissue thickness compensator 31020 can be deformable and/or elastic, similar to at least one of the tissue thickness compensators described herein. For example, compensating material 31026 can comprise a polymer composition, such as a bioabsorbable biocompatible elastomeric polymer. The tissue thickness compensator 31020 may also include bioabsorbable polymers such as lyophilized polysaccharides, glycoproteins, elastin, proteoglycans, gelatin, collagen, and/or oxidized regenerated cellulose (ORC). Tissue thickness compensator 31020 can include at least one therapeutic agent, such as a pharmaceutically active agent or drug. The compensation material 31206 of the tissue thickness compensator 31020 can include a therapeutic agent.

例如,可将内膜31024定位成邻近砧座31060中的钉成形凹坑31066。主要参见图225,内膜31024可包括阶梯状几何形状,使得内膜31024的几何形状基本上对应于砧座31060的几何形状。内膜31024还可包括对齐脊31028,所述对齐脊31028可例如与砧座31060中的纵向狭槽31062基本上对齐和/或平行。如本文更详细地描述,内膜31024可包括从内膜31024的每个纵向侧延伸并且端接在扣件31027中的内凸缘31025。外膜31022可包括例如主体31021和至少一个外凸缘31023。任选地,例如,外凸缘31023可从主体31021的每个纵向侧延伸。可将外凸缘31023固定到内凸缘31025,使得补偿材料31026保持在外膜31022和内膜31024之间。For example, the inner membrane 31024 can be positioned adjacent to the staple forming pockets 31066 in the anvil 31060 . Referring primarily to FIG. 225 , the inner membrane 31024 can include a stepped geometry such that the geometry of the inner membrane 31024 substantially corresponds to the geometry of the anvil 31060 . The inner membrane 31024 can also include alignment ridges 31028 that can be substantially aligned with and/or parallel to the longitudinal slot 31062 in the anvil 31060 , for example. As described in greater detail herein, the inner membrane 31024 can include inner flanges 31025 extending from each longitudinal side of the inner membrane 31024 and terminating in clasps 31027 . The outer membrane 31022 can include, for example, a main body 31021 and at least one outer flange 31023 . Optionally, for example, an outer flange 31023 can extend from each longitudinal side of the main body 31021 . Outer flange 31023 can be secured to inner flange 31025 such that compensating material 31026 remains between outer membrane 31022 and inner membrane 31024 .

主要参见图227,砧座31060可包括外表面31061和沿着外表面31061的至少一部分的至少一个沟槽31064。根据本发明,可将内膜31024a的内凸缘31025上的扣件31027定位在沟槽31064内。参见图226,例如,组织厚度补偿件31020可围绕砧座31060进行滑动。砧座31060上的沟槽31064可延伸到砧座31060的远侧末端。在此类情况下,组织厚度补偿件31020的扣件31027可在沟槽31064内并且沿着组织厚度补偿件31020的长度滑动。Referring primarily to FIG. 227 , the anvil 31060 can include an outer surface 31061 and at least one groove 31064 along at least a portion of the outer surface 31061 . According to the present invention, the fastener 31027 on the inner flange 31025 of the inner membrane 31024a can be positioned within the groove 31064. Referring to FIG. 226 , for example, a tissue thickness compensator 31020 can be slid about an anvil 31060 . The groove 31064 on the anvil 31060 can extend to the distal end of the anvil 31060. In such cases, the clasp 31027 of the tissue thickness compensator 31020 can slide within the groove 31064 and along the length of the tissue thickness compensator 31020 .

现在参见图228和图229,组织厚度补偿件31120可包括补偿材料31026和至少一个连接件31124。每个连接件31124可围绕补偿材料31026延伸并且可在其相对末端端接在扣件31127中。可将扣件31127定位在砧座31060的沟槽31064内以将组织厚度补偿件31120紧固到砧座31060。砧座31060上的沟槽31164可延伸到砧座31060的远侧末端。在此类情况下,连接件31124的扣件31127可滑动到沟槽31064内。作为另外一种选择,连接件31224可为弹性的,使得它们可围绕砧座31060挠曲和卡扣。在使用期间,连接件31224可将补偿材料31026保持在适当的位置,直至补偿材料31026与砧座31060分离。在某些情况下,连接件31224可保持附接到砧座31060并且可与砧座一起从外科部位移除。在某些其他情况下,连接件31224可与砧座31060分离并且可与补偿材料31026一起被植入。Referring now to FIGS. 228 and 229 , a tissue thickness compensator 31120 can include a compensating material 31026 and at least one connector 31124 . Each connector 31124 can extend around the compensating material 31026 and can terminate in a clasp 31127 at its opposite end. Fasteners 31127 can be positioned within grooves 31064 of anvil 31060 to secure tissue thickness compensator 31120 to anvil 31060 . The groove 31164 on the anvil 31060 can extend to the distal end of the anvil 31060. In such cases, the clasp 31127 of the connector 31124 can be slid into the groove 31064 . Alternatively, connectors 31224 may be elastic such that they can flex and snap around anvil 31060. The connector 31224 can hold the compensating material 31026 in place until the compensating material 31026 is separated from the anvil 31060 during use. In some cases, connector 31224 can remain attached to anvil 31060 and can be removed from the surgical site along with the anvil. In certain other cases, connector 31224 can be detached from anvil 31060 and can be implanted with compensating material 31026 .

参考图230-图236,组织厚度补偿件32020可包括主体部分32022、至少一个纵向凸缘32024、和至少一个凹坑32026。组织厚度补偿件31020可为可变形的和/或弹性的,这类似于本文所述的组织厚度补偿件中的至少一个。例如,补偿材料31026可包括聚合物组合物,例如可生物吸收的生物相容性弹性体聚合物。组织厚度补偿件31020还可包括可生物吸收的聚合物,例如,冻干多糖、糖蛋白类、弹性蛋白、蛋白聚糖、明胶、胶原和/或氧化再生纤维素(ORC)。纵向凸缘32024可沿主体部分32022的每个纵向侧延伸。主要参见图233,组织厚度补偿件32020的纵向凸缘32024能够接合砧座25060。例如,组织厚度补偿件32020可滑动到砧座25060和纵向凸缘32024上,并且可至少部分地包绕砧座25060的一部分。在此类情况下,例如,凸缘32024可将组织厚度补偿件32020固定到砧座25060。任选地,当将组织厚度补偿件32020固定到砧座时,组织厚度补偿件32020的主体部分32022可与砧座25060表面上的钉成形凹坑25066重叠。Referring to FIGS. 230-236 , the tissue thickness compensator 32020 can include a body portion 32022 , at least one longitudinal flange 32024 , and at least one dimple 32026 . Tissue thickness compensator 31020 can be deformable and/or elastic, similar to at least one of the tissue thickness compensators described herein. For example, compensating material 31026 can comprise a polymer composition, such as a bioabsorbable biocompatible elastomeric polymer. The tissue thickness compensator 31020 may also include bioabsorbable polymers such as lyophilized polysaccharides, glycoproteins, elastin, proteoglycans, gelatin, collagen, and/or oxidized regenerated cellulose (ORC). A longitudinal flange 32024 can extend along each longitudinal side of the body portion 32022 . Referring primarily to FIG. 233 , the longitudinal flange 32024 of the tissue thickness compensator 32020 is configured to engage the anvil 25060 . For example, tissue thickness compensator 32020 can be slid onto anvil 25060 and longitudinal flange 32024 and can at least partially surround a portion of anvil 25060 . In such cases, flange 32024 can secure tissue thickness compensator 32020 to anvil 25060, for example. Optionally, the main body portion 32022 of the tissue thickness compensator 32020 can overlap the staple forming pockets 25066 on the surface of the anvil 25060 when the tissue thickness compensator 32020 is secured to the anvil.

对上文进行进一步描述,多个凹坑32026可横向地横贯主体部分32022。主要参见图234,多个凹坑32026可包括至少一种治疗剂,例如药物活性剂或药物。根据本发明,多个第一凹坑32026a可包括第一治疗剂或其组合,并且多个第二凹坑32026b可包括第二治疗剂或其组合。第一凹坑32026a和第二凹坑32026b可例如沿着主体部分32022交替地进行定位。此外,当从第一凹坑32026a释放第一治疗剂并且从第二凹坑32026b释放第二治疗剂时,第一治疗剂和第二治疗剂能够彼此发生反应。参见图236,例如,当击发杆25050上的切割元件25052沿着砧座25060中的纵向狭槽25062平移时,凹坑32026可释放保持在其中的治疗剂。Further to the above, the plurality of dimples 32026 may traverse the body portion 32022 laterally. Referring primarily to FIG. 234, the plurality of wells 32026 can include at least one therapeutic agent, such as a pharmaceutically active agent or drug. According to the present invention, the first plurality of wells 32026a can include a first therapeutic agent or a combination thereof, and the second plurality of wells 32026b can include a second therapeutic agent or a combination thereof. The first dimples 32026a and the second dimples 32026b can be alternately positioned, for example, along the body portion 32022 . Furthermore, when the first therapeutic agent is released from the first well 32026a and the second therapeutic agent is released from the second well 32026b, the first therapeutic agent and the second therapeutic agent can react with each other. Referring to FIG. 236 , for example, when the cutting element 25052 on the firing rod 25050 is translated along the longitudinal slot 25062 in the anvil 25060 , the pockets 32026 can release the therapeutic agent held therein.

现在参见图237,外科缝合器械的端部执行器可包括砧座32560和具有组织厚度补偿件32520的钉仓32500。与上文相似,钉仓32500可包括至少部分地容纳于其中的多个钉32530,所述多个钉32530可从钉仓射出以在其中捕获组织厚度补偿件32520。另外与上文相似,钉32530可穿透组织厚度补偿件32520并且接触限定于砧座32560中的钉成形凹坑32562。现在参见图239,砧座32560还可包括与其附接的层32570,所述层32570能够将组织厚度补偿件32580保持到砧座32560。例如,层32570可包括充电层,所述充电层能够保持和/或产生静电荷并且吸引组织厚度补偿件32580。更具体地讲,范德瓦尔斯分子力(无论主动致动还是被动致动)例如可将组织厚度补偿件32580保持到层32570。充电层32570可与外科缝合器械的柄部电连通,所述柄部可包括控制件,所述控制件能够使充电层32570与电源选择性地联接并且因此允许在充电层32570内选择性地产生静电荷。例如,充电层32570可包括例如嵌入在聚合物内的导电电极。在任何情况下,静电层32570可吸引组织厚度补偿件32580中的带相反电荷的颗粒,并且将组织厚度补偿件32580保持到砧座。现在参见图238,充电层32570可包括彼此电连通的导体32571的网格或栅格。例如,导体可被定位和布置成使得它们围绕限定于砧座32560中的钉成形凹坑32562。在此类情况下,钉32530可从钉仓32500射出,随后可通过砧座32560进行变形,且不会在其中捕获导体32571。在各种情况下,可在钉32530已与组织厚度补偿件32580接合之后,使充电层32570与电源断开,以使得层32570中的静电荷可耗散。在某些其他情况下,可在钉32530正被击发之前来使充电层32570与电源断开。在任何情况下,当静电荷耗散时,可重新打开砧座32560并且可将层32570移动远离组织厚度补偿件32580。静电荷可需要在层32570可从组织厚度补偿件32580分离之前完全耗散,而作为另外一种选择,层32570可在层32570中的静电荷已完全耗散之前从组织厚度补偿件32580分离。由于上文所述,可在不使用化学粘合剂的情况下来将组织厚度补偿件32580附接到砧座32560。Referring now to FIG. 237 , an end effector of a surgical stapling instrument can include an anvil 32560 and a staple cartridge 32500 having a tissue thickness compensator 32520 . Similar to the above, the staple cartridge 32500 can include a plurality of staples 32530 at least partially received therein that can be ejected from the staple cartridge to capture the tissue thickness compensator 32520 therein. Also similar to above, staples 32530 can penetrate tissue thickness compensator 32520 and contact staple forming pockets 32562 defined in anvil 32560 . Referring now to FIG. 239 , the anvil 32560 can also include a layer 32570 attached thereto that can be configured to retain the tissue thickness compensator 32580 to the anvil 32560 . For example, layer 32570 can include a charge layer capable of retaining and/or generating an electrostatic charge and attracting tissue thickness compensator 32580 . More specifically, van der Waals molecular forces (whether actively or passively actuated), for example, can hold tissue thickness compensator 32580 to layer 32570 . Charged layer 32570 can be in electrical communication with a handle of a surgical stapling instrument, which can include a control that enables selective coupling of charged layer 32570 with a power source and thus allows selective generation of static charge. For example, charging layer 32570 may include conductive electrodes, eg, embedded within a polymer. In any event, the electrostatic layer 32570 can attract oppositely charged particles in the tissue thickness compensator 32580 and retain the tissue thickness compensator 32580 to the anvil. Referring now to FIG. 238, the charging layer 32570 may comprise a mesh or grid of conductors 32571 in electrical communication with each other. For example, the conductors can be positioned and arranged such that they surround staple forming pockets 32562 defined in the anvil 32560 . Under such circumstances, the staples 32530 can be ejected from the staple cartridge 32500 and then can be deformed by the anvil 32560 without the conductor 32571 being captured therein. In various instances, the charging layer 32570 can be disconnected from the power source after the staples 32530 have been engaged with the tissue thickness compensator 32580 so that the static charge in the layer 32570 can be dissipated. In certain other cases, the charging layer 32570 may be disconnected from the power source before the staples 32530 are being fired. In any event, when the electrostatic charge dissipates, the anvil 32560 can be reopened and the layer 32570 can be moved away from the tissue thickness compensator 32580. The static charge may need to be completely dissipated before the layer 32570 can be detached from the tissue thickness compensator 32580, while alternatively, the layer 32570 can be detached from the tissue thickness compensator 32580 before the static charge in the layer 32570 has been completely dissipated. As a result of the foregoing, the tissue thickness compensator 32580 can be attached to the anvil 32560 without the use of chemical adhesives.

对上文进行进一步描述,层32570还可为外科缝合器械的柄部提供反馈能力。例如,层32570可为压敏的并且能够通过例如砧座32560来检测正对其施加的夹紧压力。Further to the above, layer 32570 may also provide feedback capabilities for the handle of the surgical stapling instrument. For example, layer 32570 may be pressure sensitive and capable of detecting the clamping pressure being applied thereto by, for example, anvil 32560 .

对上文进行进一步描述,组织厚度补偿件可由生物相容性材料构成。生物相容性材料(例如,泡沫)可包括增粘剂、表面活性剂、填料、交联剂、颜料、染料、抗氧化剂、和其它稳定剂、和/或它们的组合,从而为材料提供所需的特性。生物相容性泡沫可包括表面活性剂。表面活性剂可施用到材料的表面和/或可分散在材料内。不受任何具体理论的束缚,施用到生物相容性材料的表面活性剂可降低接触材料的流体的表面张力。例如,表面活性剂可降低接触材料的水的表面张力,以促进水渗透到材料内。水可充当催化剂。表面活性剂可增加材料的亲水性。Further to the above, the tissue thickness compensator may be constructed of a biocompatible material. Biocompatible materials (e.g., foams) can include tackifiers, surfactants, fillers, crosslinkers, pigments, dyes, antioxidants, and other stabilizers, and/or combinations thereof, to provide the material with the desired required features. Biocompatible foams may include surfactants. Surfactants can be applied to the surface of the material and/or can be dispersed within the material. Without being bound by any particular theory, a surfactant applied to a biocompatible material can lower the surface tension of fluids that contact the material. For example, surfactants can reduce the surface tension of water contacting a material to facilitate water penetration into the material. Water can act as a catalyst. Surfactants can increase the hydrophilicity of materials.

表面活性剂可包括阴离子表面活性剂、阳离子表面活性剂、和/或非离子表面活性剂。表面活性剂例子包括但不限于聚丙烯酸、methalose、甲基纤维素、乙基纤维素、丙基纤维素、羟乙基纤维素、羧甲基纤维素、聚氧乙烯鲸蜡基醚、聚氧乙烯月桂基醚、聚氧乙烯辛基醚、聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯油基醚、聚氧乙烯山梨糖醇单月桂酸酯、聚氧乙烯硬脂基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚、二烷基苯氧基聚(乙烯氧)乙醇、泊洛沙姆、以及它们的组合。表面活性剂可包括聚乙二醇和聚丙二醇的共聚物。表面活性剂可包括磷脂表面活性剂。磷脂表面活性剂可提供抗菌稳定特性,并且/或者可将其它材料分散在生物相容性材料中。Surfactants may include anionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, and/or nonionic surfactants. Examples of surfactants include, but are not limited to, polyacrylic acid, methalose, methylcellulose, ethylcellulose, propylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, polyoxyethylene cetyl ether, polyoxyethylene Ethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene octyl ether, polyoxyethylene octyl phenyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene Nonylphenyl ethers, dialkylphenoxypoly(ethyleneoxy)ethanols, poloxamers, and combinations thereof. Surfactants may include copolymers of polyethylene glycol and polypropylene glycol. Surfactants may include phospholipid surfactants. Phospholipid surfactants can provide antimicrobial stabilizing properties and/or can disperse other materials in the biocompatible material.

组织厚度补偿件可包括至少一种药物。组织厚度补偿件可包括本文所述的天然材料、非合成材料、和/或合成材料中的一种或多种。组织厚度补偿件可包括生物相容性泡沫,所述生物相容性泡沫包含明胶、胶原、透明质酸、氧化再生纤维素、聚乙醇酸、聚己内酯、聚乳酸、聚二氧杂环己酮、多羟基链烷酸酯、聚卡普隆、以及它们的组合。组织厚度补偿件可包括含有至少一种药物的膜。组织厚度补偿件可包括含有至少一种药物的可生物降解膜。药物可包括液体、凝胶、和/或粉末。药物可包括抗癌药,例如,顺铂、丝裂霉素、和/或阿霉素。The tissue thickness compensator can include at least one drug. The tissue thickness compensator may comprise one or more of the natural materials, non-synthetic materials, and/or synthetic materials described herein. The tissue thickness compensator may comprise a biocompatible foam comprising gelatin, collagen, hyaluronic acid, oxidized regenerated cellulose, polyglycolic acid, polycaprolactone, polylactic acid, polydioxane Hexanone, polyhydroxyalkanoate, polycapron, and combinations thereof. The tissue thickness compensator can include a membrane containing at least one drug. The tissue thickness compensator can include a biodegradable film containing at least one drug. Medications may include liquids, gels, and/or powders. Drugs may include anticancer drugs, eg, cisplatin, mitomycin, and/or doxorubicin.

组织厚度补偿件可包含生物降解材料,以在生物降解材料降解时提供至少一种药物的受控洗脱或释放。当可生物降解材料接触激活剂(例如,激活剂流体)时,可生物降解材料可降解、可分解、或损失结构完整性。激活剂流体可包括例如盐水溶液或任何其它电解质溶液。可生物降解材料可通过常规技术(包括但不限于喷涂、浸渍、和/或刷涂)来接触激活剂流体。使用时,例如,外科医生可将包括含至少一种药物的组织厚度补偿件的端部执行器和/或钉仓浸渍到激活剂流体(包括盐溶液,例如,氯化钠、氯化钙、和/或氯化钾)内。当组织厚度补偿件降解时,组织厚度补偿件可释放药物。药物从组织厚度补偿件的洗脱或释放可由快速的初始洗脱或释放速率和较慢的持续洗脱或释放速率来表征。The tissue thickness compensator may comprise a biodegradable material to provide controlled elution or release of the at least one drug as the biodegradable material degrades. When the biodegradable material contacts an activator (eg, an activator fluid), the biodegradable material can degrade, disintegrate, or lose structural integrity. The activator fluid may include, for example, saline solution or any other electrolyte solution. The biodegradable material can be contacted with the activator fluid by conventional techniques including, but not limited to, spraying, dipping, and/or brushing. In use, for example, a surgeon may dip an end effector and/or a staple cartridge comprising a tissue thickness compensator containing at least one drug into an activator fluid (including a saline solution, e.g., sodium chloride, calcium chloride, and/or potassium chloride). The tissue thickness compensator can release the drug when the tissue thickness compensator degrades. Elution or release of drug from the tissue thickness compensator can be characterized by a fast initial elution or release rate and a slower sustained elution or release rate.

根据本发明,组织厚度补偿件例如可由生物相容性材料构成,所述生物相容性材料可包括氧化剂。氧化剂可为有机过氧化物和/或无机过氧化物。氧化剂的例子可包括但不限于过氧化氢、过氧化脲、过氧化钙、和过氧化镁、以及过碳酸钠。氧化剂可包括过氧基氧化剂和次氯酸基氧化剂,例如,过氧化氢、次氯酸、次氯酸盐、hypocodites和过碳酸盐。氧化剂可包括碱金属亚氯酸盐、次氯酸盐和过硼酸盐,例如,亚氯化钠、次氯酸钠和过硼酸钠。氧化剂可包括钒酸盐。氧化剂可包括抗坏血酸。氧化剂可包括活性氧生成物。根据本发明,组织支架可包括含氧化剂的生物相容性材料。According to the invention, the tissue thickness compensator can for example consist of a biocompatible material which can include an oxidizing agent. The oxidizing agent may be an organic peroxide and/or an inorganic peroxide. Examples of oxidizing agents may include, but are not limited to, hydrogen peroxide, carbamide peroxide, calcium peroxide, and magnesium peroxide, and sodium percarbonate. Oxidizing agents may include peroxyl and hypochlorous acid-based oxidizing agents, eg, hydrogen peroxide, hypochlorous acid, hypochlorites, hypocodites, and percarbonates. Oxidizing agents may include alkali metal chlorites, hypochlorites, and perborates, for example, sodium chloride, sodium hypochlorite, and sodium perborate. The oxidizing agent may include vanadate. Oxidizing agents may include ascorbic acid. The oxidizing agent may include active oxygen generators. According to the present invention, the tissue scaffold may comprise an oxidizing agent-containing biocompatible material.

生物相容性材料可包括液体、凝胶、和/或粉末。氧化剂可包括例如微粒和/或纳米颗粒。例如,可将氧化剂研磨成微粒和/或纳米颗粒。可通过使氧化剂悬浮于聚合物溶液中来将氧化剂掺入到生物相容性材料中。可在低压冻干过程中来将氧化剂掺入到生物相容性材料中。在低压冻干之后,氧化剂可附接到生物相容性材料的单元壁,以在接触时与组织相互作用。氧化剂可并非化学键合到生物相容性材料。可将过碳酸盐干粉嵌入在生物相容性泡沫内,以通过氧气的缓慢释放来提供长效生物效应。可将过碳酸盐干粉嵌入在具有非织造结构的聚合物纤维内,以通过氧气的缓慢释放来提供长效生物效应。生物相容性材料可包括氧化剂和药物,例如,强力霉素和抗坏血酸。Biocompatible materials may include liquids, gels, and/or powders. The oxidizing agent may include, for example, microparticles and/or nanoparticles. For example, the oxidizing agent can be ground into microparticles and/or nanoparticles. The oxidizing agent can be incorporated into the biocompatible material by suspending the oxidizing agent in the polymer solution. Oxidizing agents may be incorporated into the biocompatible material during the lyophilization process. After lyophilization, the oxidizing agent can attach to the cell walls of the biocompatible material to interact with the tissue upon contact. The oxidizing agent may not be chemically bonded to the biocompatible material. Dry percarbonate powder can be embedded in biocompatible foam to provide long-lasting biological effects through the slow release of oxygen. Dry percarbonate powder can be embedded in polymer fibers with a non-woven structure to provide long-lasting biological effects through the slow release of oxygen. Biocompatible materials can include oxidizing agents and drugs, eg, doxycycline and ascorbic acid.

生物相容性材料可包括快速释放的氧化剂和/或较慢持续释放的氧化剂。氧化剂从生物相容性材料的洗脱或释放可由快速的初始洗脱或释放速率和较慢的持续洗脱或释放速率来表征。当氧化剂接触体液(例如,水)时,氧化剂可产生氧气。体液的例子可包括但不限于血液、血浆、腹膜液、脑脊髓液、尿液、淋巴液、滑液、玻璃体液、唾液、胃肠腔内容物、和/或胆汁。不受任何具体理论的束缚,氧化剂可降低细胞死亡、增强组织活力、并且/或者保持可在切割和/或缝合期间损害的组织-组织的机械强度。Biocompatible materials may include fast release oxidants and/or slower sustained release oxidants. The elution or release of the oxidizing agent from the biocompatible material can be characterized by a fast initial elution or release rate and a slower sustained elution or release rate. When the oxidizing agent contacts a bodily fluid (eg, water), the oxidizing agent can generate oxygen. Examples of bodily fluids may include, but are not limited to, blood, plasma, peritoneal fluid, cerebrospinal fluid, urine, lymph, synovial fluid, vitreous humor, saliva, gastrointestinal luminal contents, and/or bile. Without being bound by any particular theory, oxidizing agents may reduce cell death, enhance tissue viability, and/or maintain tissue-tissue mechanical strength that may be damaged during cutting and/or stapling.

生物相容性材料可包括至少一个微粒和/或纳米颗粒。生物相容性材料可包括本文所述的天然材料、非合成材料、和合成材料中的一种或多种。生物相容性材料可包括具有约10nm到约100nm和/或约10μm到约100μm(例如45-50nm和/或45-50μm)的平均直径的颗粒。生物相容性材料可包括生物相容性泡沫,所述生物相容性泡沫包括嵌入其中的至少一个微粒和/或纳米颗粒。微粒和/或纳米颗粒可并非化学键合到生物相容性材料。微粒和/或纳米颗粒可提供药物的受控释放。微粒和/或纳米颗粒可包括至少一种药物。微粒和/或纳米颗粒可包括例如止血剂、抗微生物剂、和/或氧化剂。组织厚度补偿件可包括生物相容性泡沫,所述生物相容性泡沫包括含氧化再生纤维素的止血剂、含强力霉素和/或庆大霉素的抗微生物剂、和/或含percarbant的氧化剂。微粒和/或纳米颗粒可提供例如至多三天的药物受控释放。The biocompatible material may comprise at least one microparticle and/or nanoparticle. Biocompatible materials may include one or more of natural materials, non-synthetic materials, and synthetic materials described herein. The biocompatible material may comprise particles having an average diameter of about 10 nm to about 100 nm and/or about 10 μm to about 100 μm (eg, 45-50 nm and/or 45-50 μm). The biocompatible material may include a biocompatible foam including at least one microparticle and/or nanoparticle embedded therein. The microparticles and/or nanoparticles may not be chemically bonded to the biocompatible material. Microparticles and/or nanoparticles can provide controlled release of drugs. Microparticles and/or nanoparticles may include at least one drug. Microparticles and/or nanoparticles can include, for example, hemostatic agents, antimicrobial agents, and/or oxidizing agents. The tissue thickness compensator may comprise a biocompatible foam comprising a hemostatic agent comprising oxidized regenerated cellulose, an antimicrobial agent comprising doxycycline and/or gentamicin, and/or a percarbant of oxidants. The microparticles and/or nanoparticles can provide controlled release of the drug, eg, for up to three days.

微粒和/或纳米颗粒可在制造过程期间嵌入到生物相容性材料中。例如,生物相容性聚合物(例如,PGA/PCL)可接触溶剂(例如,二氧杂环己烷)以形成混合物。生物相容性聚合物可进行研磨以形成颗粒。含有或不含有ORC颗粒的干燥颗粒可接触混合物以形成悬浮液。可冻干悬浮液以形成生物相容性泡沫,所述生物相容性泡沫包含PGA/PCL,所述PGA/PCL具有干燥颗粒和/或嵌入其中的ORC颗粒。Microparticles and/or nanoparticles can be embedded into biocompatible materials during the manufacturing process. For example, a biocompatible polymer (eg, PGA/PCL) can be contacted with a solvent (eg, dioxane) to form a mixture. Biocompatible polymers can be ground to form particles. Dry particles, with or without ORC particles, can be contacted with the mixture to form a suspension. The suspension can be lyophilized to form a biocompatible foam comprising PGA/PCL with dried particles and/or ORC particles embedded therein.

本文所公开的组织厚度补偿件或层可由例如可吸收聚合物构成。组织厚度补偿件可由例如以下物质构成:泡沫、膜、纤维织造物、纤维非织造物PGA、PGA/PCL(聚(乙醇酸-共-己内酯))、PLA/PCL(聚(乳酸-共-聚己内酯))、PLLA/PCL、PGA/TMC(聚(乙醇酸-共-三亚甲基碳酸酯))、PDS、PEPBO、或其它可吸收的聚氨酯、聚酯、聚碳酸酯、聚原酸酯、聚酐、聚酯酰胺、和/或聚含氧酸酯。根据本发明,组织厚度补偿件由例如PGA/PLA(聚(乙醇酸-共-乳酸))和/或PDS/PLA(聚(对-二氧环己酮-共-乳酸))构成。根据本发明,组织厚度补偿件可由例如有机材料构成。组织厚度补偿件可由例如羧甲基纤维素、藻酸钠、交联透明质酸、和/或氧化再生纤维素构成。根据本发明,组织厚度补偿件可包括例如3-7肖氏A硬度(30-50肖氏OO硬度)范围内的硬度计,其中最大刚度为15肖氏A硬度(65肖氏OO硬度)。组织厚度补偿件在3lbf负荷下可发生40%的压缩,在6lbf负荷下可发生60%的压缩,并且/或者在20lbf负荷下可发生80%的压缩。一种或多种气体(例如,空气、氮气、二氧化碳、和/或氧气)可被鼓入组织厚度补偿件中并且/或者可容纳在组织厚度补偿件内。组织厚度补偿件可在其中包括颗粒,所述颗粒可占构成组织厚度补偿件的材料硬度的大约50%至大于75%。The tissue thickness compensators or layers disclosed herein can be composed of absorbable polymers, for example. The tissue thickness compensator may consist of, for example, foam, film, fiber woven, fiber nonwoven PGA, PGA/PCL (poly(glycolic acid-co-caprolactone)), PLA/PCL (poly(lactic acid-co-caprolactone)), PLA/PCL (poly(lactic acid-co- -polycaprolactone)), PLLA/PCL, PGA/TMC (poly(glycolic acid-co-trimethylene carbonate)), PDS, PEPBO, or other resorbable polyurethane, polyester, polycarbonate, poly Orthoesters, polyanhydrides, polyesteramides, and/or polyoxyesters. According to the invention, the tissue thickness compensator consists of, for example, PGA/PLA (poly(glycolic acid-co-lactic acid)) and/or PDS/PLA (poly(p-dioxanone-co-lactic acid)). According to the invention, the tissue thickness compensator can consist, for example, of an organic material. The tissue thickness compensator can be composed of, for example, carboxymethyl cellulose, sodium alginate, cross-linked hyaluronic acid, and/or oxidized regenerated cellulose. According to the present invention, the tissue thickness compensator may comprise, for example, a durometer in the range of 3-7 Shore A durometer (30-50 Shore OO durometer), with a maximum stiffness of 15 Shore A durometer (65 Shore OO durometer). The tissue thickness compensator can be 40% compressed at a 3 lbf load, 60% compressed at a 6 lbf load, and/or 80% compressed at a 20 lbf load. One or more gases (eg, air, nitrogen, carbon dioxide, and/or oxygen) may be bubbled into the tissue thickness compensator and/or may be contained within the tissue thickness compensator. The tissue thickness compensator may include particles therein which may comprise from about 50% to greater than 75% of the hardness of the material comprising the tissue thickness compensator.

根据本发明,组织厚度补偿件可包括例如透明质酸、营养素、血纤维蛋白、凝血酶、富含血小板的血浆、柳氮磺吡啶(–5ASA+磺胺吡啶偶氮键))–前体药物–结肠细菌(偶氮还原酶)、氨水杨酸(具有用于延缓释放的不同前体药物结构的5ASA)、(5ASA+丙烯酸树脂-S涂布的–pH>7(涂层溶解))、(5ASA+乙基纤维素涂布的–时间/pH依赖型缓释)、(5ASA+丙烯酸树脂-L涂布的–pH>6)、奥沙拉嗪(5ASA+5ASA–结肠细菌(偶氮还原酶))、巴柳氮(5ASA+4氨基苯甲酰基-B-丙氨酸)-结肠细菌(偶氮还原酶))、粒状氨水杨酸、Lialda(氨水杨酸的缓释和SR制剂)、HMPL-004(可禁止TNF-α、白介素-1β、和核-k B激活的草本植物混合物)、CCX282-B(干扰T淋巴细胞运输到肠粘膜内的口服趋化因子受体拮抗剂)、利福昔明(不可吸收的广谱抗生素)、英夫利昔单抗、murinechymieric(靶向于TNF-α的单克隆抗体,所述TNF-α被核准用于降低迹象/症状、保持服用中等量/重度量苯巴比妥的成年/儿童患者的临床缓解、并且对不充分反应常规治疗的Crohn病造瘘)、阿达木单抗、人IgG1(抗-TNF-α单克隆抗体-被核准用于降低Crohn病的迹象/症状并且可用于降低和保持患有不充分反应常规治疗的中度/重度活性Crohn病或者不耐受英夫利昔单抗的成年患者的临床缓解)、Certolizumab pegoll、人化的抗-TNF FAB’(链接到聚乙二醇的单克隆抗体片段-被核准用于降低Crohn病的迹象/症状并且可用于降低和保持患有不充分反应常规治疗的中度/重度病的成年患者的反应)、那他珠单抗、第一非-TNF-α抑制剂(被核准用于Crohn病的生物化合物)、人化的单克隆IgG4抗体(靶向于α-4整联蛋白-被FDA核准用于诱导和保持患有存在炎症迹象的中度/重度疾病并且不充分反应或不能够耐受常规Crohn治疗和TNF-α抑制剂的患者的临床反应和缓解)、可能与英夫利昔单抗一起给药的伴随免疫调制剂)、硫唑嘌呤-6-巯嘌呤(嘌呤合成抑制剂-前体药物)、甲氨蝶呤(结合二氢叶酸还原(DHFR)酶,其参与四氢叶酸酯合成、抑制所有的嘌呤合成物)、别嘌呤醇和硫唑嘌呤治疗、PPI、用于酸抑制以保护愈合线的H2、C-Diff–Flagyl、万古霉素(粪便易位处理;有益菌种;正常腔内菌群的再增殖)、和/或利福昔明(细菌过度生长的治疗(显著地肝性脑病);未被胃肠道吸收且不作用于管腔内细菌)。According to the present invention, tissue thickness compensators may include, for example, hyaluronic acid, nutrients, fibrin, thrombin, platelet-rich plasma, sulfasalazine ( – 5ASA + sulfapyridine azo bond)) – prodrug – colonic bacteria (azoreductase), aminosalicylic acid (5ASA with different prodrug structure for delayed release), (5ASA+Acrylic-S coated –pH>7 (coating dissolved)), (5ASA+ ethylcellulose coated – time/pH dependent sustained release), (5ASA+acrylic-L-coated –pH>6), olsalazine (5ASA+5ASA-colic bacteria (azoreductase)), balsalazide (5ASA+4aminobenzoyl-B-alanine ) - colonic bacteria (azoreductase)), aminosalicylic acid granular, Lialda (sustained release and SR formulations of aminosalicylic acid), HMPL-004 (can inhibit TNF-α, interleukin-1β, and nuclear-kB activation herbal mixture), CCX282-B (an oral chemokine receptor antagonist that interferes with T lymphocyte trafficking into the intestinal mucosa), rifaximin (a nonabsorbable broad-spectrum antibiotic), infliximab, murinechymieric (Monoclonal antibodies targeting TNF-α approved for reducing signs/symptoms, maintaining clinical remission in adult/pediatric patients taking moderate/severe phenobarbital, and for inadequate Crohn's disease responding to conventional therapy (ostomy), adalimumab, human IgG1 (anti-TNF-alpha monoclonal antibody - approved for reducing signs/symptoms of Crohn's disease and may be used to reduce and maintain patients with inadequate response to routine Treatment of moderately/severely active Crohn's disease or clinical remission in adult patients intolerant to infliximab), Certolizumab pegoll, humanized anti-TNF FAB' (monoclonal antibody fragment linked to polyethylene glycol- Approved to reduce signs/symptoms of Crohn's disease and may be used to reduce and maintain response in moderately/severely ill adult patients with inadequate response to conventional therapy), natalizumab, first non-TNF-α Inhibitor (biological compound approved for Crohn's disease), humanized monoclonal IgG4 antibody (targets alpha-4 integrin - FDA-approved for inducing and maintaining moderate/severe clinical response and remission in patients with disease who do not respond adequately or are unable to tolerate conventional Crohn therapy and TNF-α inhibitors), concomitant immunomodulators that may be administered with infliximab), azathioprine-6 - Mercaptopurine (purine synthesis inhibitor-prodrug), methotrexate (binds dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR) enzyme, which is involved in tetrahydrofolate synthesis, inhibits all purine synthesis), allopurinol and thio Azathioprine therapy, PPIs, H2 for acid suppression to protect the healing line, C-Diff–Flagyl, vancomycin (manipulation of fecal translocation; beneficial strains; repopulation of normal luminal flora), and/or Faximin (treatment of bacterial overgrowth (notably hepatic encephalopathy); not absorbed from the gastrointestinal tract and does not act on intraluminal bacteria).

如本文所述,组织厚度补偿件可例如补偿组织厚度的变化,所述组织被捕获在从钉仓射出的钉内和/或被容纳在钉线内。换句话讲,钉线内的某些钉可捕获组织的较厚部分,而钉线内的其它钉可捕获组织的较薄部分。在此类情况下,组织厚度补偿件可在钉内呈现不同的高度或厚度,并且可将压缩力施加到捕获在钉内的组织,而不管所捕获的组织厚还是薄。根据本发明,组织厚度补偿件可补偿组织硬度的变化。例如,钉线内的某些钉可捕获组织的高度压缩部分,而钉线内的其它钉可捕获组织的较低压缩部分。在此类情况下,组织厚度补偿件能够例如在已捕获具有较低压缩率或较高硬度的组织的钉内呈现较小的高度,并且相对应地,在已捕获具有较高压缩率或较低硬度的组织的钉内呈现较大的高度。在任何情况下,组织厚度补偿件例如无论是否补偿组织厚度变化和/或组织硬度变化均可称为例如“组织补偿件”和/或“补偿件”。As described herein, a tissue thickness compensator can, for example, compensate for changes in the thickness of tissue captured within staples fired from a staple cartridge and/or contained within the staple line. In other words, some staples within the staple line can capture thicker portions of tissue while other staples within the staple line can capture thinner portions of tissue. In such cases, the tissue thickness compensator can assume different heights or thicknesses within the staple and can apply a compressive force to tissue captured within the staple regardless of whether the captured tissue is thick or thin. According to the present invention, the tissue thickness compensator compensates for changes in tissue stiffness. For example, some staples within the staple line can capture highly compressed portions of tissue, while other staples within the staple line can capture less compressed portions of tissue. In such cases, the tissue thickness compensator can, for example, assume a smaller height within the staples that have captured tissue of lower compressibility or higher stiffness, and correspondingly, have captured tissue of higher compressibility or stiffness. Tissues with low stiffness exhibit a greater height inside the nail. In any event, a tissue thickness compensator may be referred to as, for example, a "tissue compensator" and/or a "compensator", eg, whether or not it compensates for tissue thickness variations and/or tissue stiffness variations.

可将本发明所公开的装置设计为单次使用后即进行处理,或者可将它们设计为可多次使用。然而,在任一种情况下,所述装置均可进行修复,以在至少一次使用后再次使用。重新恢复可包括如下步骤的任意组合:拆卸该装置、然后清洗或替换某些部分以及随后组装。特别是,所述装置可以拆卸,而且可以任意组合选择性地替换或移除该装置任意数目的特定零件或部分。清洗和/或替换特定部分后,该装置可以在修复设施处重新组装以便随后使用,或者在即将进行外科手术前由外科手术队重新组装。本领域的技术人员将会知道,装置的修复可利用多种用于拆卸、清洗/替换和重新组装的技术。这些技术的使用以及所得的修复装置均在本发明的范围内。The devices disclosed herein can be designed to be disposed of after a single use, or they can be designed to be used multiple times. In either case, however, the device can be reconditioned for reuse after at least one use. Reconditioning may include any combination of disassembly of the device, followed by cleaning or replacement of parts, and subsequent assembly. In particular, the device may be disassembled and any number of specific parts or portions of the device may be selectively replaced or removed in any combination. After cleaning and/or replacement of particular parts, the device may be reassembled for subsequent use at a reconditioning facility, or by a surgical team immediately prior to a surgical procedure. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that reconditioning of a device may utilize a variety of techniques for disassembly, cleaning/replacement, and reassembly. The use of these techniques, as well as the resulting prosthetic devices, are within the scope of the present invention.

优选的是,本文所述的本发明将在手术前得以处理。首先,获取新的或用过的装置,并在必要时对装置进行清洁。然后对装置进行消毒。在一种消毒技术中,将该装置置于闭合并密封的容器中,例如塑料或TYVEK袋中。然后将容器和装置置于能够穿透该容器的辐射区,例如γ辐射、x-射线或高能电子。辐射将装置上和容器中的细菌杀死。然后将灭菌后的装置保存在消毒容器中。该密封容器将器械保持无菌,直到在医疗设备中打开该容器。Preferably, the invention described herein will be treated prior to surgery. First, obtain a new or used unit and, if necessary, have the unit cleaned. The device is then sterilized. In one sterilization technique, the device is placed in a closed and sealed container, such as a plastic or TYVEK bag. The container and device are then placed in a field of radiation capable of penetrating the container, such as gamma radiation, x-rays or high energy electrons. The radiation kills bacteria on the device and in the container. The sterilized device is then stored in the sterile container. The sealed container keeps the instrument sterile until the container is opened in the medical facility.

以引用方式全文或部分地并入本文的任何专利、专利公开或其它公开材料均仅在所并入的材料不与本发明所述的现有定义、陈述或其它公开材料相冲突的范围内并入本文。由此,在必要的程度下,本文所明确阐述的公开内容将取代以引用方式并入本文的任何相冲突的材料。如果据述以引用方式并入本文但与本文所述的现有定义、陈述或其它公开材料相冲突的任何材料或其部分,仅在所并入的材料和现有的公开材料之间不产生冲突的程度下并入本文。Any patent, patent publication, or other published material incorporated herein by reference, in whole or in part, is only to the extent that the incorporated material does not conflict with an existing definition, statement, or other disclosed material set forth herein. into this article. Accordingly, to the extent necessary, the disclosure as expressly set forth herein supersedes any conflicting material incorporated herein by reference. To the extent that any material, or portion thereof, is said to be incorporated herein by reference but conflicts with existing definitions, statements, or other disclosed material stated herein, nothing arises solely between the incorporated material and the existing disclosed material. incorporated herein to the extent of conflict.

尽管已经将本发明作为示例性设计进行了描述,但还可以在本公开的精神和范围内对本发明进行另外的修改。因此本专利申请旨在涵盖采用本发明一般原理的任何变型、用途或适应型式。此外,本专利申请旨在涵盖本发明所属领域中出自已知或惯有实践范围内的背离本公开的型式。While this invention has been described as an exemplary design, further modifications can be made to the present invention within the spirit and scope of this disclosure. This patent application is therefore intended to cover any variations, uses or adaptations of the general principles of the invention. Furthermore, this patent application is intended to cover such departures from the present disclosure as come within known or customary practice in the art to which this invention pertains.

Claims (6)

1. a kind of compensating part, it can be attached to the anvil block of fastening instrument, wherein the anvil block include can be with the fastener The fastener cartridge jaw of tool profiled surface positioned opposite, and wherein described compensating part includes:
Pipe, the pipe is made up of two or more as the housing that a part for expressing technique is formed together, wherein described Pipe includes hole, side wall, first end and the second end in the restriction hole, wherein the side wall entirely close to the anvil block into Arrange shape surface and the fastener cartridge jaw;
Strands line, the strands line are configured to be pulled through the hole so that the strands line can be in the benefit It is cut during repaying the manufacture of part with together with the pipe;With
Attachment part, the attachment part can be attached to the anvil block.
2. compensating part according to claim 1, wherein the strands line is made up of oxidized regenerated cellulose.
3. compensating part according to claim 1, wherein the pipe is made up of polymeric material.
4. compensating part according to claim 1, it is configured to engage the anvil block wherein the attachment portion includes The first side the first flank and be configured to engage the anvil block the second side the second flank.
5. a kind of compensating part, it can be attached to the anvil block of fastening instrument, wherein the anvil block includes profiled surface, and wherein The compensating part includes:
Pipe, the pipe is made up of two or more as the housing that a part for expressing technique is formed together, wherein described Pipe includes hole, first end and second end, wherein the first end and the second end have been sealed and closed;
Strands line, the strands line are configured to be pulled through the hole so that the strands line can be in the benefit It is cut during repaying the manufacture of part with together with the pipe;With
Attachment part, the attachment part are configured to be attached to the anvil block.
6. a kind of compensating part, it can be attached to the anvil block of fastening instrument, wherein the anvil block includes profiled surface, and wherein The compensating part includes:
Pipe, the pipe is made up of two or more as the housing that a part for expressing technique is formed together, wherein described Pipe includes hole, first end and second end;
Strands line, the strands line are configured to be pulled through the hole so that the strands line can be in the benefit It is cut during repaying the manufacture of part with together with the pipe;With
Attachment part, the attachment part are configured to be attached to the anvil block,
Wherein described pipe includes flexure joints.
CN201380027502.7A 2012-03-28 2013-03-27 Tissue thickness compensator and manufacturing method thereof Expired - Fee Related CN104349726B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US13/433,140 2012-03-28
US13/433,140 US9241714B2 (en) 2011-04-29 2012-03-28 Tissue thickness compensator and method for making the same
PCT/US2013/034090 WO2013148827A2 (en) 2011-04-29 2013-03-27 Tissue thickness compensator and method for making the same

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN104349726A CN104349726A (en) 2015-02-11
CN104349726B true CN104349726B (en) 2017-11-24

Family

ID=52504143

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN201380027502.7A Expired - Fee Related CN104349726B (en) 2012-03-28 2013-03-27 Tissue thickness compensator and manufacturing method thereof

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6293727B2 (en)
CN (1) CN104349726B (en)
BR (1) BR112014024283B1 (en)
MX (1) MX380471B (en)
RU (1) RU2641853C2 (en)

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP7159164B2 (en) * 2016-12-21 2022-10-24 エシコン エルエルシー A surgical instrument comprising separate and distinct closure and firing systems and having jaws pivotable about a fixed axis
JP6992071B2 (en) * 2016-12-21 2022-01-13 エシコン エルエルシー Surgical instruments with improved jaw control
JP2023551922A (en) * 2020-12-02 2023-12-13 シラグ・ゲーエムベーハー・インターナショナル Double-sided reinforced reloading for surgical instruments

Family Cites Families (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2318379A (en) * 1941-04-17 1943-05-04 Walter S Davis Suture package
US3661666A (en) * 1970-08-06 1972-05-09 Philip Morris Inc Method for making swab applicators
SU1475611A1 (en) * 1987-06-10 1989-04-30 Предприятие П/Я А-3697 Device for joining tubular organs
US5441193A (en) * 1993-09-23 1995-08-15 United States Surgical Corporation Surgical fastener applying apparatus with resilient film
US5810855A (en) * 1995-07-21 1998-09-22 Gore Enterprise Holdings, Inc. Endoscopic device and method for reinforcing surgical staples
AU746934B2 (en) * 1997-03-31 2002-05-09 Kabushikikaisha Igaki Iryo Sekkei Suture retaining member for use in medical treatment
US6325810B1 (en) * 1999-06-30 2001-12-04 Ethicon, Inc. Foam buttress for stapling apparatus
US6534693B2 (en) * 2000-11-06 2003-03-18 Afmedica, Inc. Surgically implanted devices having reduced scar tissue formation
WO2005007208A1 (en) * 2003-07-17 2005-01-27 Gunze Limited Suture prosthetic material for automatic sewing device
US7147138B2 (en) * 2004-07-28 2006-12-12 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Surgical stapling instrument having an electroactive polymer actuated buttress deployment mechanism
US20080140115A1 (en) * 2004-08-17 2008-06-12 Stopek Joshua B Stapling Support Structures
US20060173470A1 (en) * 2005-01-31 2006-08-03 Oray B N Surgical fastener buttress material
US20080051833A1 (en) * 2006-08-25 2008-02-28 Vincent Gramuglia Suture passer and method of passing suture material
US9888924B2 (en) * 2007-03-06 2018-02-13 Covidien Lp Wound closure material
US8062330B2 (en) * 2007-06-27 2011-11-22 Tyco Healthcare Group Lp Buttress and surgical stapling apparatus
US20120125792A1 (en) * 2008-09-08 2012-05-24 Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research Devices, kits and methods for surgical fastening
JP5722893B2 (en) * 2009-08-17 2015-05-27 カリガン、パトリック、ジョン Apparatus for accommodating a plurality of needles and method of use thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP6293727B2 (en) 2018-03-14
CN104349726A (en) 2015-02-11
RU2014143228A (en) 2016-05-20
BR112014024283B1 (en) 2022-05-17
BR112014024283A2 (en) 2017-06-20
MX2014011772A (en) 2015-03-05
JP2015513961A (en) 2015-05-18
MX380471B (en) 2025-03-12
RU2641853C2 (en) 2018-01-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN104321022B (en) Tissue thickness compensator containing multiple drugs
CN104321023B (en) Tissue thickness compensator comprising at least one drug
CN104363838B (en) Tissue thickness compensator made of various materials
CN104334096B (en) Tissue thickness compensator comprising multiple capsules
JP6348112B2 (en) Tissue thickness compensator with improved visibility
CN104394781B (en) Tissue thickness compensator including structures that generate elastic loads
CN104349800B (en) Tissue thickness compensation part including controlled release and expansion
CN104582592A (en) Tissue stapler with thickness compensator incorporating hydrophilic agent
CN104321021A (en) Expandable tissue thickness compensator
CN104379066B (en) Tissue thickness compensator comprising channels
CN104349726B (en) Tissue thickness compensator and manufacturing method thereof
BR112014024177B1 (en) STAPLER SET FOR USE WITH A STAPLER

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
C06 Publication
PB01 Publication
C10 Entry into substantive examination
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
GR01 Patent grant
GR01 Patent grant
CF01 Termination of patent right due to non-payment of annual fee
CF01 Termination of patent right due to non-payment of annual fee

Granted publication date: 20171124